Michael Wynn's Occult Reference Library
THE DIRECTION

Return to Occult Library Index

0 0

ce again revealing what crowley teaches, magic is change in conformity to will."if this is true, we can say that not only matter is made up of energy, but so are thoughts and emotions. even further, we can also say that words themselves contain powers that are activated by a force greater or equal to the exertion. such words of power are considered important factors in rituals because they aid in the direction of energy. in the neophyte grade, such lessons as the l.b.r.p. are meant to be performed in a manner that involves vibration. that is to say that rituals are simply lifeless without the use of vibration. it would almost be a football game without the cheer. another concept that is sometimes mentioned is harmonic resonance. this states that if one object vibrates strong enough, it may

nap in place or have velcro. 4. the proper sash with grade badge should be worn to all meetings. 117 5. no jewelry may be worn in the temple other than wedding rings and ceremonial jewelry. 6. special shoes or socks should be worn, red in color, or you should be barefoot. 7. minimum clothing should be worn under the robe. movement in the temple below is a diagram of the temple with explanation of the direction of the circuambulation while moving in the temple. as well you should make your grade sign before the banner of the east, then continue to the north west part of the temple, to the 0=0 section. imperator cancellarius hierophant past hiero. praemonstratrix sentinel hegemon hiereus kerux b/e b/w..se lamp bre ad & sl t wine east west dadouchos stolistes north south when you enter the

0 0 INITIATION CEREMONY

le arranged according to diagram banners of the east and west temple pillars opening of the neophyte grade 0= 0 when the members are assembled and clothed, hierophant gives one knock and the officers rise. members do not rise except for adoration s to the east or when asked for the signs. nor do they circumambulate with the officers. when they do have occasion to move in the temple, they do so in the direction of the sun and make the neophyte signs on passing the throne of the east whether the hierophant be there or not. the grade sign is made in the direction of movement, except when entering or leaving the hall, when it is made toward the east. the knock is made by rapping the base or shaft of wand or the pommel of sword on a table. hiero (knock) kerux: moves to the right of hierophant

18276066 GRIMM JACOB TEUTONIC MYTHOLOGY VOL 1

ould have been. r vl chapter i. inteoduction.i from the westernmost shore of asia, christianity had turned at once to the opposite one of europe. the wide soil of the continent which had given it birth could not supply it long with nourishment; neither did it strike deep root in the north of africa. europe soon became, and remained, its proper dwelling-place and home. it is worthy of notice, that the direction in which the new faith worked its way, from south to north, is contrary to the current of miration which was then driving the nations from the east and north to tlie west and south. as spiritual light penetrated from the one quarter, life itself was to be reinvigorated from the other, 1 in a book that deals so much with heathenism, the meaning of the term ought not to be passed over

e, fcsse, hickenildestrete, ermingestrete (thorjoe's anc. laws, p. 192; conf. henry of hunt (erningestreet, kob. of glouc, oxf. 1742, p. 299 (also erning, after the preceding. eaniilph higliden's polyclir, ed. oxon. p. 19g. leland's itinerary, oxf. 1744. 6, 108 140. gibson in app. chron. b'ax. p. 47. camden's eritannia, ed. gibson, lond. 1753, p. ixxix. in the map to lapj)enberg.'s hist, of engl, the direction of the foui" roads is indicated. iruin. 357 of every stcrne tlic twynkling notis he that in the still hevin move cours we sc, arthurys house, and hyades betaikning rane, watlingestretc, the home and the charlewane, the feirs orion with his goldin glave. wittlinga is plainly a gen. pi; who the woetlings were, and how they came to give then- name to an earthly and a heavenly street, we

A PRACTICAL GUIDE TO WITCHCRAFT AND MAGICK SPELLS

cycles, and personal ebbs and flows of energies. water is used to represent its own element. magick in the southern hemisphere in magick, time and direction have an important place and it is necessary to understand that there may be differences according to which hemisphere of the globe you are working in. in the northern hemisphere, magical circles are cast clockwise, or 'deosil, which means 'in the direction of the sun. in the southern hemisphere, however, practitioners casting their circles deosil should normally cast them anti-clockwise, because that is the direction of the sun in that hemisphere. for this reason, i have used the term 'deosil (and its opposite 'widdershins) throughout this book when referring to the direction of circles. these terms are clearer than clockwise and antic

e, however, practitioners casting their circles deosil should normally cast them anti-clockwise, because that is the direction of the sun in that hemisphere. for this reason, i have used the term 'deosil (and its opposite 'widdershins) throughout this book when referring to the direction of circles. these terms are clearer than clockwise and anticlockwise, because as long as you think in terms of the direction of the sun, the terms can be applied wherever you are standing on the globe. practitioners in the southern hemisphere will also need to alter the dates i have given. for them, for example, the mid-winter solstice is celebrated on or around 21 june and the summer solstice, when the sun is at it most powerful, is around 21 december. in the same way, the two annual equinoxes, when there

ur modern-day calendar, for what matters is not the date but what is happening with the cycle of growth and fruition. so the autumn equinox is the time of harvest, whenever that may be in your part of the globe. things are a little more complicated, however, when it comes to the use of the quadrants of your magical circle and the directions, north, south, etc. i explained on page 41 that north is the direction of earth and winter. however, in the southern hemisphere since the equator, the area of maximum heat, is to the north, this direction will more naturally be regarded as fire. to face the colder direction of winter, you must turn away from the equator, towards the antarctic- the south. this means that when following the instructions in this book practitioners in the southern hemispher

r and pestle, breathing in life from the living fruits and flowers and projecting it as blue healing light that may be mingled with the green of the herbs. you can adapt the chant if you do not wish to use specific names, for example: goddess, mother, healer, restorer, hear our plea* now that you have raised the cone of blue power, it can be directed towards the person to be healed by pointing in the direction of their home, with either your power finger or a wand, and uttering a final cry: heal and bless. rather than now grounding the remaining power, you can use it to fashion a slower, but equally potent, talisman that will continue the work* sit quietly in front of the altar, facing north, and sew a doll-shaped bag, to be filled with herbs (see the template on page 109. if you are worki

nd amongst unwanted memorabilia. alternatively, cover an ordinary one with gold or silver foil* a crystal pendulum or any crystal pendant that will swing freely. when you are ready to start the spell on the first night, have a bath, with a few drop of frankincense or sandalwood added, to open your psychic channels. now prepare yourself for the spell* sit in the south of your circle, facing north, the direction of magick and mystery* let your body fill with light from your feet right through to your head* breathe in the gold and silver colours of the items you have assembled and exhale darkness. if you are in a hurry, just set up your spell and sit for a few moments drawing up power light and energy through your feet. extend your hands over your head in an arch, stretching your fingers up s

hite cushion or piece of white cloth* six incense sticks of appropriate fragrances and separate holders to catch the ash* ivy or any green fronds; if you cannot obtain any, green ribbon will do (ivy is a plant associated with fidelity and permanent relationships) now begin your ritual* place your ring in the centre of your altar, on the white cloth or cushion* to the left of it (towards the west, the direction of love and emotions, place and light the candle* take your incense sticks one by one, and light each in the candle, reciting: incense of love, incense of power, thus do i charge thee, now at this hour. incense of faithfulness, incense of truth, bring love that will last, in age and in youth. in sickness and sorrow, in health and in joy, in wealth and in dearth, may nothing destroy*

sings* leave the candle and incense to burn away and bury any ash or wax afterwards in the earth beneath a tree. a healing ritual with sunlight and moonlight this is a very magical form of healing and can be carried out either alone or as a group activity. quartz crystal balls were traditionally used medicinally to concentrate the rays of sunlight upon a diseased or painful area of the body or in the direction of some internal organ. this clear crystal stone has always been associated with energising powers and with healing. in its spherical form of completeness, it is perhaps the ultimate healing and magical stone. you can buy tiny spheres quite cheaply and these work just as well as a large crystal ball. sunlight is good for energising and improving physical health and vitality, encourag

rthquakes, storms and volcanoes and is the archangel of salvation. he is sometimes linked with the courage of mars. he warned noah of the impending flood and led abraham out of ur. believed to have given alchemy to mankind, he also imparted the wisdom of the kabbalah, the book of sacred writings, to hebrew mystics. he stands as wise protector and keeper of the sacred mysteries, hence representing the direction of magick and initiator of all who seek the mysteries. uriel stands in the north and his colour is the deep blue or purple of midnight. raphael raphael is the healer and travellers' guide and is often associated with mercury, the messenger of the dawn. he is the angel who offers healing to the planet and to mankind and all creatures on the face of the earth and in the skies and water

direction, light the spring equinox candle, saying: once more you overcome the darkness; the throne of light is yours to ascend and longer days are won* move to the south-east and, facing this direction, light the beltain candle, saying: your warmth brings green growth once more to the barren earth. i kindle fires to draw your healing strength and the corn will grow high* move to the south, face the direction of the summer solstice, light the candle and say: the sun is at its height and all nature filled with power. the lord and lady of the universe, sky and earth, are joined on this day* around the summer solstice candle, scatter a circle of dried or fresh dill, st john's wort, vervain and clover (trefoil- these are the herbs that bloom at this time and were used to exorcise harm and bri

an work within it* light first the blue candle of the north, followed by the green candle in the east and the blue candle in the south, saying: the light is born, increases, flames and flares, and with it our lives increase, intensify, we plough and plant, create and tend, travel far and seek our destinies* light finally the green candle of autumn and the west, the celtic direction of endings and the direction of the otherworld, to which souls go for rest and regeneration, saying: the harvest is gathered and the fruits of our endeavours made great by the bounty of mother nature* take now a large bowl (or your cauldron) filled with water and place it to the west of the leaves and the circle of the harvest fruits* take a leaf to symbolise an ending, an unfulfilled hope or plan and another fo

ABRAMELIN1

agicians in political influence, is evident to any one who peruses this work. he stands a dim and shadowy figure behind the tremendous complication of central european upheaval at that terrible and instructive epoch; as adepts of his type always appear and always have appeared upon the theatre of history in great crises of nations. the age which could boast simultaneously three rival claimants to the direction of two of the greatest levers of the society of that era the papacy and the germanic empire when the jealousies of rival bishoprics, the overthrow of dynasties, the roman church shaken to her foundations, sounded in europe the tocsin of that fearful struggle which invariably precedes social reorganisation, that wild whirlwind of national convulsion which engulfs in its vortex the civ

her rest nor intermission until aaron found me a man who conducted me to the nearest route, by which walking upon fine sand during the space of three days and a half without seeing any human habitation i at length arrived at the foot of a hill of no great height, and which was entirely surrounded by trees. my guide then said: in this small wood dwelleth the man whom you seek; and having showed me the direction to take he wished to accompany me no further, and having taken his leave of me he returned home by the same route by which we had come, together with his mule which had served to carry our food. finding myself in this situation i could think of no other thing to do than to submit myself to the help of the divine providence by invoking his very holy name, who then granted unto me his

ADDTLS

rner of the separate tablets: note: the great cross and the sephirotic cross of each sub-angle have been blackened to beter illustrate the holy name applied. 14 insert diagram f: each square of the above diagram represents three squares on the tablets. this attribution is perfectly simple if it be remembered that the letter consonant to the tablet always comes to the top and left. the arrows show the direction in which the name is to be read. the sephirotic crosses in the lesser angles have, as the student will already have noted, ten squares, each of which is referred to one of the sephiroth of the tree of life. the sephirotic cross therefore represents the sephiroth modified by the letter of the lesser angle. thus kether in the airy, lesser angle is the kether of w. in the watery lesser

ADEPTUS MINOR INITIATION

support the admission of both sexes to our order, on a perfect equality, and that i will always display brotherly love and forbearance towards the members of the whole order, neither slandering nor evil-speaking, nor repeating nor tale-bearing, whereby strife and illfeeling may be engendered" dwsy "i also undertake to work unassisted, as well as in harmony with my fellow fraters and sorors under the direction of the g.h. chief adept at the subjects prescribed for study in the various practical grades from adeptus minor to as high as my aspirations will take me" twklm "finally, if in my travels i should meet a stranger who professes to be a member of the rosicrucian order, i will examine him with care before acknowledging him to be such "such are the words of this my obligation as an adept

ALEISTER CROWLEY MAGICK IN THEORY AND PRACTICE

and in what order thou has come" one cannot do one's true will intelligently unless one knows what it is. liber thisarb, equinox i, vii, give instructions for determining this by calculating the resultant of the forces which have made one what one is. but this practice is confined to one's present incarnation. if one were to wake up in a boat on a strange river, it would be rash to conclude that the direction of the one reach visible was that of the whole stream. it would help very much if one remembered the bearings of previous reaches traversed before one's nap. it would further relieve one's anxiety when one became aware that a uniform and constant force was the single determinant of all the findings of the stream: gravitation. we could rejoice "that even the weariest river winds somew

which there are two principal forms, one inward, one outward. they can be performed in either direction; and, like the circumambulation, if performed deosil< they invoke- if widdershins< they banish<forces of the most formidable character may be invoked by circumambulation widdershins when it is executed with intent toward them, and the initiated technique. of such forces typhon is the type, and the war of the titans against the olympians the legend (teitan, titan, has in greek the numerical value of 666) weh addenda: crowley is using the spelling tau-epsilo

ays been assumed that the invoked force is intelligent and competent, that it will direct itself as desired without further ado, by this method of sympathetic vibrations. the necessity of timing the force has been ignored; and so most operations, even when well performed as far as invocation goes, are as harmless as igniting loose gunpowder. but, even allowing that will is sufficient to determine the direction, and prevent the dispersion of the force, we can hardly be sure that it will act on its object, unless that object be properly prepared to receive it. the link must be perfectly made. the object must possess in itself a sufficiency of stuff sympathetic to our work. we cannot make love to a brick, or set an oak to run errands. we see, then, that we can never affect anything outside ou

in ecstasic passion "line 10" he acclaims his angel as having appointed that this formula of love should effect not only the dissolution of the separateness of the lovers into his own impersonal godhead, but their co-ordination in a "child" quintessentialized from its parents to constitute a higher order of being than theirs, so that each generation is an alchemical progress towards perfection in the direction of successive complexities. as line 9 asserts involution, line 10 asserts evolution "line 11" he acclaims his angel as having devised this method of self-realization; the object of incarnation is to obtain its reactions to its relations with other incarnated beings and to observe theirs with each other- section aa "line 1" the adept asserts his right to enter into conscious communica

circle, making the appropriate pentagrams, sigils, and signs. his direction 277 is widdershins. he thus makes three curves, each covering three-fourths of the circle. he should give the sign of the enterer on passing the kiblah, or direction of boleskine. this picks up the force naturally radiating from that point< and projects it in the direction of the path of the magician. the sigils are those given in the equinox vol. i, no. 7, plate x outside the square; the signs those shewn in vol. i, no. 2, plate "the signs of the grades. in these invocations he should expand his girth and his stature to the utmost<alpha-tau-rho-alpha-chiomicron- phi-rho-epsilon-nu-om

crowley note. weh note= bill heidrick note, etc. all footnotes have been moved up to the place in text indexed and set off in double wedge brackets, viz<marks> of the furnishings of the temple. in the east, that is, in the direction of boleskine, which is situated on the southeastern shore of loch ness in scotland, two miles east of foyers, is a shrine or high altar. its dimensions should be 7 feet in length, 3 feet in breadth, 44 inches in height. it should be covered with a crimson altar-cloth, on which may be embroidered fleur-de-lys in gold, or a sunblaze, or other suitable emblem. on each side of it should

circle\ 1 (x. trace the hexagram of air in the 2/ west, saying "ararita. this hexagram/ is like that of earth; but the bases of the/ triangles coincide, forming a diamond# 383 (xi. trace the hexagram of water in the/ north, saying "ararita# this hexagram has the lower triangle placed\ above the upper, so that their apices coincide (xii. repeat (i-vii. the banishing ritual is identical, save that the direction of the hexagrams must be reversed. 384 "the greater ritual of the hexagram" invoking banishing- 2\ saturn *2 *1 1# 1 2# jupiter *1* 2* 1 *2\ mars- 2# 1<solar, hexagram was incorrectly printed in mpt. this version has been corrected from the equinox and confirmed by direct examination> 4:9# 6:7-*5:8 3:10- 2:11* 2:11/*1:12 sun 1:12- 6:7* 4:9 3:10 5:8-*2 *1/ venus

ALEISTER CROWLEY MAGICK WITHOUT TEARS

act something, you should first know what is there. here astrology ought to give useful hints; its indications give the mind something to work on. experience makes "confirmation strong as holy writ" but beware of priori. do not be dogmatic; do not insist in the face of disappointment. astrology in education is useful as geology is to the prospector; it tells you the sort of thing to look for, and the direction in which to explore. there are, however, two main lines of teaching which are of universal value to normal children; it is hardly possible to begin too early. firstly, accustom his ear from the start to noble sounds; the music of nature and the rhythm of great poetry. do not aim at his understanding, but at his subconscious mind. protect him from cacophonous noise; avoid scoring any

ll then, my system can be divided into two parts. apparently diametrically opposed, but at the end converging, the one helping the other until the final method of progress partakes equally of both elements. magic without tears get any book for free on: www.abika.com 326 for convenience i shall call the first method magick, and the second method yoga. the opposition between these is very plain for the direction of magick is wholly outward, that of yoga wholly inward. i will deal first then with magick. how do i define this word? magick is the science and art of causing change to occur in accordance with the will (obviously then all scientific methods can be included in this term) i have to assume in all that follows that you have thoroughly understood the doctrine of 0= 2. all magical actio

ALEISTER CROWLEY THE I CHING

rpretation 13. taking thine key, which is in this book: thou wilst find the upper trigram along the top of the squares. next, find the lower trigram at the left of the chart. 14. follow thee the trigrams into the center of the key- behold the number 33. 15. then, thou shalt read the thirty-third hexagram in this book: yi king. 16. the first two lines refer to the hexagram as a whole, shewing thee the direction of the matter. 17. next, appeareth a six-line poem. the first line of this poem pertaineth to the line number one in the hexagram. the last line of the poem is for number six (the one farthest from thy-self. 18. the moving line (in this case number two) is the specific line which pertains to thy situation: thine answer from the tao. 19. if thou dost not understand, and are bewildered

ALEISTER CROWLEY THE OTO GNOSTIC MASS

y appeared in the equinox iii(1 (detroit: universal, 1919) and in magick in theory and practice (paris: lecram, 1929. this edition of the gnostic mass is a composite of the three versions. prepared by frater halayl, it was first published in the journal ecclesia gnostica i(3, and is here republished with frater halayl's annotations--h.b. i of the furnishings of the temple in the east, that is, in the direction of boleskine, which is situated on the south-eastern shore of loch ness in scotland, two miles east of foyers, is a shrine or high altar. its dimensions should be 7 feet in length, 3 feet in breadth, 44 inches in height. it should be covered with a crimson altar-cloth, on which may be embroidered fleur-de-lys in gold, or a sunblaze, or other suitable emblem. on each side of it should

ALEISTER CROWLEY THE SWORD OF SONG

just as my mood or temper tends! and thus to-day that christ ascends, i take the symbol, leave the fact decline to make the smallest pact with your creative deity, 720 and say: the christhood-soul in me, risen of late, is now quite clear even of the smallest taint of earth. supplanting god, the man has birth( new birth you ll call the same, i fear) 725 transcends the ordinary sphere and flies in the direction x (there lies the fourth dimension) vex my soul no more with mistranslations from genesis to revelations, 730 but leave me with the flaming star,75 jeheshua (see thou zohar!)76 and thus our formidable pigeon-77 lamb-and-old-gentleman religion fizzles in smoke, and i am found 735 attacking nothing. here s the ground, pistols, and coffee three in one (alas, o rabbi schimeon) but never

s of its own delusion. history affirms that such a deadlock is invariably the prelude to a new enlightenment: by such steps we have advanced, by such we shall advance. the horror of great darkness which is scepticism must ever be broken by some heroic master-soul, intolerant of the cosmic agony. we then await his dawn. may i go one step further, and lift up my voice and prophesy? i would indicate the direction in which this darkness must break. evolutionists will remember that nature cannot rest. nor can society. still less the brain of man. audax omnia perpeti gens human ruit per vetitum nefas* we have destroyed the meaning of vetitum nefas and are in no fear of an imaginary cohort of ills and terrors. having perfected one weapon, reason, and found it destructive to all falsehood, we have

of the bag of tricks. all these are methods, bad or good, for extricating ourselves from the universe. closely connected with this question is that of the will of god. people argue that an infinite intelligence must have been at work on this cosmos. i reply no! there is no intelligence at work worthy of the name. the laws of nature may be generalised in one the law of inertia. everything moves in the direction determined by the path of least resistance; species arise, develop, and die as their collective inertia determines; to this law there is no exception but the doubtful one of freewill; the law of destiny itself is formally and really identical with it.2 1 causality is itself a secondary, and in its limitation as applied to volition, an inconceivable idea. h. spencer, op. cit. this con

d mental athletes. by act, word, and thought, both in quantity and quality, the one object of the ceremony is being constantly indicated. every fumigation, purification, banishing, invocation, evocation, is chiefly a reminder of the single purpose, until the supreme moment arrives, and every fibre of the body, every forcechannel of the mind, is strained out in one overwhelming rush of the will in the direction desired. such is the real purport of all the apparently fantastic directions of solomon, abramelin, and other sages of repute. when a man has evoked and mastered such forces as taphtartharath, belial, amaimon, and the great powers of the elements, then he may be safely be permitted to begin to try to stop thinking. for, needless to say, the universe, including the thinker, exists onl

ALEISTER CROWLEY EQ I 5

, who are your enemies, who have done you wrongs, and these too, by an effort of will you suffuse with your love "till there is not one being in all that eastern quarter of the earth whom you have passed over, whom you have not suffused with thoughts of love with heart of love grown great, and mighty, and beyond all measure" and then you imagine a similar 46 ray of love issuing from your heart in the direction of your right hand; and you mentally repeat the same formula, substituting the word "southern" for "eastern" and you go through the same series of reflections in that direction. and so to the west, and so to the north, till all around you, in the four directions, you have penetrated all beings with these thoughts of love. and then you imagine your thought as striking downwards, and e

ALEISTER CROWLEY EQUINOX EQ I 1 2

perience? i connect it with my faculty of knowing direction, which all mountaineers and travellers who have been with me admit to be quite exceptional. if i leave my tent or hut by a door facing, say, south-west, throughout that whole day, over all kinds of ground, through any imaginable jungle, in all kinds 62 of weather, fog, blizzard, blight, by night or day, i know within 5 (usually within 2 the direction in which i faced when i left that tent or hut. and if i happen to have observed its compass bearing, of course i can deduce north by mere judgment of angle, at which i am very accurate. further, i keep a mental record, quite unconsciously, of the time occupied on a march; so that i can always tell the time within five minutes or so without consulting my watch. further, i have another

drive; it's all the same to me) to haggerston town hall (wherever haggerston may be; but say it's n.e. thence to maida vale. from maida vale i could take a true line for piccadilly again and not go five minutes walk out of my way, bar blind alleys, etc. and i should know when i got close to scott's again before i recognised any of the surroundings. it always seems to me that i get an intuition of the direction and length of line a (scott's to haggerston bee-line; in spite of any winding, it would make little odds if i went vi poplar) another intuition of line b (haggerston to maida vale) and obtained my line c (back to scott's) by "subliminal trigonometry. in this example i am assuming that i had never been in london before. i have done precisely similar work in dozens of strange cities, e

ALEISTER CROWLEY EQUINOX EQ I 2

in a circle\ 1 (x) trace the hexagram of air in the 2/ west, saying "ararita" this hexagram/ is like that of earth; but the bases of the/ triangles coincide, forming a diamond (xi) trace the hexagram of water in the/ north, saying "ararita# this hexagram has the lower triangle placed\ above the upper, so that their apices coincide (xii) repeat (i-vii) the banishing ritual is identical, save that the direction of the hexagrams must be reversed. 24 "invoking "banishing "the greater ritual of "the hexagram" 2\ saturn *2 *1 1/ to invoke or banish- planets or zodiacal# signs. 1 the hexagram of 2# earth alone is used- draw the hexagram# jupiter/ beginning from the\ point which is- attributed to the *1* 2 planet you are dealing with("see "777" col* 1 *2 lxxxiii- thus to invoke\ jupiter begin fro

ALEISTER CROWLEY EQUINOX EQ I 3

self condemned to expiate somewhat; but the feminine temperament, which is ill-fitted to analyse, did not permit her to notice the strangely optimistic character of the aforesaid hallucination. the benevolent look of the gods of olympus is made poetical by a varnish essentially due to hashish. i will not say that this lady has touched the fringe of remorse, but her thoughts, momentarily turned in the direction of melancholy and regret, have been quickly coloured by hope. this is an observation which we shall again have occasion to verify. she speaks of the fatigue of the morrow. in fact, this is great. but it does not show itself at once, and when you are obliged to acknowledge its existence you do so not without surprise: for at first, when you are really assured that a new day has arisen

ALEISTER CROWLEY EQUINOX EQ I 4

a.m. a.m. august 31st. 6.10-6.40 suddhi "sweet as a singing rain of silver dew" is the a.m. a.m. voice of n da. a'sana is evidently a question of training. at one point there were two or three distinct sharp throbs in the third eye (ajna) 9.15-9.55 dh ran on ajna.257 tendency to become strained and a.m. a.m. rigid, with internal kumbhaka, quite unconsciously. exactly like a difficult stool, only the direction of force is upwards- very fatiguing. 10.24-10.28 suddhi. ida stopped up. a.m. a.m. change of n da-note to a dull sound. extreme excite- ment of chitta, sleep impossible. concentrating on anahata gives sleepiness at once. i felt the pump action of the blood very plainly and also experienced sukshma-kumbhaka,258 the subtle involuntary kumbhaka. 6.10-6.40 suddhi. one minute thirty-five

ALEISTER CROWLEY EQUINOX EQ I 6 2

in thy might, and let thine enemies be scattered [aries "and" leo "draw veil. the throne has been cast down. on the black veil is a great red cross, whereon" sol "has been crucified. before him stands" satan-typhon "in the sign of apophis and typhon [aries "and" leo "fall as if slain" scorpio-apophis "plays her murder melody<adonis: waddell["meanwhile the" probationers "advance and under the direction of typhon, who stabs" sol "in the proper manner with the spear of" sol "take down" sol from the cross and lay him in the pastos. they cover it" besz "does his brutal demoniac dance upon the lid of the coffin" 73 "exeunt" omnis "exc" sol "this ends in complete darkness. silence. there is a flash of light, and the stage is shewn empty. only a glimmer remains. now" scorpio-apophis "stea

ALEISTER CROWLEY EQUINOX EQ I 6

heard a voice saying "it is a babe upon the waters" and looking at the bark, i found it refashioned by him that is appointed to refashion. for it had planks of my old shallop, and planks also of the ark, and it was shaped like a cradle rather than like a boat. and i heard the voice of one appointed to speak saying "behold thou me" 62 and i could not. nevertheless i gazed earnestly, and paddled in the direction of the sound. while this was a-doing suddenly the river fell in a cataract. and i looked for the olive-branch, and it was withered, and sunk beneath the stream. and i looked for the dove, and it was wrapped round with a most hideous serpent. and i was helpless. in the end he devoured that rose-winged companion of my journey, and went seeking a new prey. now in this cataract i had mos

ALEXANDRIAN BOOK OF SHADOWS OCCULT

are probably mispronounced attempts at a forgotten formula, though they may have been invented by some unfortunate being tortured, to evade telling the real formula. notes l published in janet& stewart farrar's the witches' way, from gbg's text b/c bos. the cone of power this was the old way. the circle was marked out and people stationed to whip up the dancers. a fire or candle was within it in the direction where the object of the rite was supposed to be. then all danced round until they felt they had raised enough power. if the rite was to banish they started deosil and finished tuathil, so many rounds of each. then they formed a line with linked hands and rushed towards the fire shouting the thing they wanted. they kept it up 'til they were exhausted or until someone fell in a faint

ALICE A BAILEY01 THE CONSCIOUSNESS OF THE ATOM

with which we are faced, as we study the known facts of life and existence, are susceptible of clearer definition than heretofore, and though we do not know the answers to our questions, though we have not as yet discovered the solutions to our problems, though no panacea lies ready to our hand whereby we can remedy the world's ills, yet the very fact that we can define them, that we can point in the direction in which mystery lies, and that the light of science, of religions, and of philosophy, has been shed upon vast tracts which were earlier considered lands of darkness, is a guarantee of success in the future. we know so much more than was the case five hundred years ago, save in a few circles of wise men and mystics; we have discovered so many laws of nature, even though as yet we can

ALICE A BAILEY02 INITIATION HUMAN AND SOLAR

ore the initiate is the signal of his approval, but the initiate does not see him face to face until the third initiation. the function of the three kumaras, or the three buddhas of activity at initiation is interesting. they are three aspects of the one aspect, and the pupils of sanat kumara. though their functions are many and varied, and concern primarily the forces and energies of nature, and the direction of the building agencies, they have a vital connection with the applicant for initiation, inasmuch as they each embody the force or energy of one or other of the three higher subplanes of the mental plane. therefore at the third initiation one of these kumaras transmits to the causal body of the initiate that energy which destroys third subplane matter, and thus brings about part of

ight and on a recognition past all disproving, of his own immortal nature. he realises the meaning and source of energy, and can begin to wield power with scientific accuracy and direction. he knows now whence he draws it, and has had a glimpse of the resources of energy which are available. before, he knew that that energy existed, and used it blindly and sometimes unwisely; now he sees it under the direction of the "open mind" and can co-operate intelligently with the forces of nature. thus, in many ways, does the revelation of the presence produce definite results in the initiate, and thus it is judged by the hierarchy to be the necessary preamble to all later revelations. the revelation of the vision. having brought the initiate face to face with the one with whom for countless ages he

mulation of the latent fires till they blaze. b. synthesis of the fires through an occult activity that brings them within the radius of each other. c. increase of the vibratory activity of some centre, whether in man, a heavenly man, or a solar logos. d. expansion of all the bodies, but primarily of the causal body. e. the arousing of the kundalini fire (or the fire at the base of the spine, and the direction of its upward progression. this fire, and the fire of manas, are directed along certain routes or triangles by the following of the rod as it moves in a specified manner. there is a definite occult reason, under the laws of electricity, behind the known fact that every initiate presented to the initiator is accompanied by two of the masters, who stand one on either side of the initia

esponding spirillae in the permanent atoms on the three lower planes. after the third initiation a corresponding stimulation takes place in the permanent atoms of the triad, leading to a co-ordination of the buddhic vehicle, and the transference of the lower polarisation into the higher. by the application of the rod of initiation, the downflow of force from the ego to the personality is tripled, the direction of that force being dependent upon whether the centres receiving attention are the etheric or the astral at the first and second initiations, or whether the initiate is standing before the lord of the world. in the latter case, his mental centres, or their corresponding force vortices on higher levels, will receive stimulation. when the world teacher initiates at the first and second

of that force being dependent upon whether the centres receiving attention are the etheric or the astral at the first and second initiations, or whether the initiate is standing before the lord of the world. in the latter case, his mental centres, or their corresponding force vortices on higher levels, will receive stimulation. when the world teacher initiates at the first and second initiations, the direction of the triadal force is turned to the vivification of the heart and throat centres in their position of synthesising the lower. when the one initiator applies the rod of his power, the downflow is from the monad, and though the throat and heart intensify vibration as a response, the main direction of the force is to the seven head centres, and finally (at liberation) to the radiant h

l become apparent to us. all in this system works under the great law of attraction, and therefore, according to our vibration, according to our colour and tone, will depend, in all probability, our choice. the greater free will of the cosmic system is under limitation, just as is the free will of the system of which we are a part, and the free will of man himself. upon innate quality will depend the direction of our further progress. these seven paths might be enumerated as follows, and certain deductions, based on the law of correspondence, might be given out, provided always that we remember that words serve more to blind than to elucidate, and that the briefest details only are possible. 1. the path of earth service. this is the path that keeps a man linked to the hierarchy that is ple

ALICE A BAILEY04 A TREATISE ON COSMIC FIRE

attention of the apparently blind self a. to another vibration. b. to something originating outside of itself. c. to the concept of externality. when sound is first contacted the consciousness for the first time becomes aware of that which is without. but all that is grasped by the dormant consciousness (by means of this one sense of hearing) is the fact of something extraneous to itself, and of the direction in which that something lies. this apprehension, in course of time, calls into being another sense, that of touch. the law of attraction works, the consciousness moves slowly outwards towards that which is heard; and when contact is made with the not-self it is called touch. this touch conveys other ideas to the groping consciousness, ideas of size, of external texture, and of surfac

ding spirillae in the permanent atoms on the three lower planes. after the third initiation, a corresponding stimulation takes place in the permanent atoms of the triad, leading to the co-ordination of the buddhic vehicle, and the transference of the lower polarisation into the higher. c. by the application of the rod of initiation the downflow of force from the ego to the personality is tripled, the direction of that force being dependent upon whether the centres receiving attention are the etheric, or the astral at the first and second initiations, or whether the initiate is standing before the lord of the world. in the latter case, his mental centres or their corresponding force vortices on higher levels, will receive stimulation. when the world teacher initiates at the first and second

of that force being dependent upon whether the centres receiving attention are the etheric, or the astral at the first and second initiations, or whether the initiate is standing before the lord of the world. in the latter case, his mental centres or their corresponding force vortices on higher levels, will receive stimulation. when the world teacher initiates at the first and second initiations, the direction of the triadal force is turned to the vivification of the heart, and throat centres, and the ability to synthesise the force of the lower centres is greatly increased. when the one initiator applies the rod of his power, the downflow is from the monad, and though the throat and heart intensify vibration as a response, the main direction of the force is to the seven head centres, and

especially to the throat and head centres; it is the active intelligent factor which enables a solar logos, a planetary logos or heavenly man, and a human being to: a. use intelligently a form or vehicle. b. build faculty into the causal body. c. reap the benefit of experience. d. expand the consciousness. e. make progress towards a specified goal. f. discriminate between the two poles. g. choose the direction in which his activity shall trend. h. perfect the form as well as use it. i. obtain control of active substance, and turn its forces into desired channels. j. co-ordinate the different grades of matter, and synthesise the utilised forms till each and all show a unanimous line of action and express simultaneously the will of the indweller- 198- a treatise on cosmic fire copyright 1998

, a flood of light will be thrown upon this matter of the intelligent principle; when the inner workings of the law of cause and effect (the law whereby the lipika lords govern all their action) is better comprehended, then and then only will the sons of men be able to study with profit the place of manas in the evolutionary scheme. at the present time it is not possible to do more than point out the direction of the path which must be trodden before this abstruse matter can be made clear, and to indicate certain lines of investigation which might (if strenuously and scientifically followed) yield to the student a rich reward of knowledge. until the intuition is better developed in the average man, the very principle of manas itself forms a barrier to its due understanding- 232- a treatise

um-total of all the centres in manifestation, and the aggregate of all the fires of kundalini in every department of nature. the trouble in our planet, and likewise the hope for our planet, lies in this very fact. the etheric centre of our planetary logos being in matter of the fourth cosmic ether (the buddhic plane) stimulates at present his lower quaternary, our three worlds of human endeavour. the direction of the force lies here, and not until the next round- 385- a treatise on cosmic fire copyright 1998 lucis trust (when three-fifths of the human kingdom will be developing the buddhic vehicle, will the point of equilibrium for him be reached, and the direction of the serpent fire be directed higher. this holds the clue to much. a further clue to the sad condition to be seen in the wor

anised activity in this round. all in nature overlaps. when therefore this vibration from the central will has arrived at the atomic triangle it is an indication that the entire lotus is turning its force downwards, and for the period of manifestation the flow of egoic energy is towards the lower, and consequently away from the higher. there is at this stage very little turning of egoic energy in the direction of the monad, for it has not yet generated enough force, and is not as yet radioactive towards the spirit aspect. its activities are primarily internal and self-centred for the greater part of the time, or are directed towards arousing the permanent atoms, and not towards the unfolding of the petals. this should be carefully borne in mind. the work of the solar angels is of a triple

- 458- a treatise on cosmic fire copyright 1998 lucis trust the student should bear in mind the fact that as soon as the mental unit has become the apex of the atomic triangle a condition is brought about wherein force in the future will enter the three atoms simultaneously through the three unfolded petals of the outer circle, and the man has therefore reached a very definite stage in evolution. the direction of force, and its application to the atoms is the work of the solar pitris. as evolution proceeds, their work in this connection becomes more complex, for the petals are unfolding, and the triangle is revolving more rapidly (2) pronouncing the mantram which will make possible the 777 incarnations. each of the figures in this triplicity stands for: a. a cycle of egoic manifestation. b

be interesting also to point out that the interaction of the energy of the solar pitris and of the lunar pitris produces a very definite effect upon the lower group of lunar pitris, and is one of the means whereby they will eventually reach the stage at which the solar pitris are. this (if fully realised by man) will bring him to a very careful control of his sheaths, and to a close attention to the direction in which his force or energy is turned. he is responsible for the work of aiding in the evolution of substance, being himself a manasaputra (h) incarnation and karma. in resuming our consideration of the process pursued by the reincarnating ego, it is necessary to point out that the entire subject radically concerns energy, and that according to the place in evolution of the unit of

rom any one of the seven rays, and associated with any of the various schemes. the other deals with the effect produced by the "coming-in" of egos on the mental plane which are not "bud" egos, but are possibly very fully developed, such as disciples and initiates. these thoughts may be clarified if certain statements are made relating to the mental plane, and which will serve as indications as to the direction in which the solution of these problems may be sought. the mental plane is, as h. p. b. has pointed out, the vastest of all the planes with which we are concerned. it is the key plane of the solar system. it is the pivotal plane upon which the great wheel turns. it is the meeting place of the three lines of evolution and has been for this reason esoterically termed "the council chamb

ALICE A BAILEY05 THE LIGHT OF THE SOUL

84- the light of the soul copyright 1998 lucis trust nature of that which we call spirit. coming to the practical manifestation of the gunas in the three worlds (in relation to man) it can be noted that: 1. the attribute of balance or rhythm distinguishes the mental vehicle. when the mental body is organized and man is being directed by his mind, his life becomes stabilised and organized also and the direction of his affairs proceeds in a balanced manner. 2. the quality of activity or mobility is the characteristic of the emotional or astral nature and, when this is dominant the life is chaotic, violent, emotional and subjected to every mood and feeling. it is primarily the quality of the desire life. 3. inertia is the quality dominating the physical body and the whole objective of the ego

, under law, and normally. the three verses quoted above deal with, a. the seven centres, hitherto quiescent, b. the ten closed portals, the ten orifices of the physical body, c. the five senses, through which contact with the physical plane takes place, and in these terms the entire outgoing and ingoing activities of the physical plane man are comprehended. when these have all been brought under the direction of the soul, or inner ruler, then unity with the soul is effected, and consequently identification with that one in whom we live and move and have our being- 117- the light of the soul copyright 1998 lucis trust 44. spiritual reading results in a contact with the soul (or divine one. this might perhaps more literally be translated as "the reading of symbols produces contact with the

ALICE A BAILEY07 FROM INTELLECT TO INTUITION

pplant the present methods of memory training, and prove a potent factor in modern educational procedure. it is a subject that has engrossed the attention of thinkers in the east and in the west for thousands of years, and this uniformity of interest is in itself of importance. the next developments which will carry the race forward along the path of its unfolding consciousness must surely lie in the direction of synthesis. the growth of human knowledge must be brought about by the fusion of the eastern and the western techniques of mental training. this has already proceeded apace and thinkers in both hemispheres are realizing that this fusion is leading towards some most significant realization. edward carpenter says that "we seem to be arriving at a time when, with the circling of our k

on "all education in the east is purely directed towards sense-understanding, which..is the only way that can be shown as leading to a raising of the level of essential being..the essential thing is not information, but understanding, and understanding can be attained only by personal creative application..sense-perception always means giving a thing meaning; the dimension of significance lies in the direction from within to the outside. therefore, knowledge (in the sense of information) and understanding in reality, bear the same relationship to each other as nature- 14- from intellect to intuition copyright 1998 lucis trust and spirit. information is gained from without to the inside; understanding is a creative process in the opposite direction. under these circumstances, there is no di

ALICE A BAILEY08 A TREATISE ON WHITE MAGIC

i, an aspirant to the higher mysteries, and one who has searched into them for a longer period than has been possible as yet to many, may write of things as yet impossible of demonstration to you or to the public who may read these instructions. to me they may be and are truth and proven fact and for me that may suffice. for you they should be regarded as significant possibilities and hints as to the direction in which truth may be sought, but beyond that you should not permit yourself to go. the value of these instructions lies in their sum total and is to be found in the underlying structure or skeleton of coordinated and correlated statements which must be considered as a whole and not in detail and this for two reasons: 1. language, as earlier said, hides truth and does not reveal it

the ebb or are they being subjected to the flow of the soul energy? are they passing through a period of temporary quiescence, preparatory to greater impulse and effort, so that the work to be done must be that of strengthening and stabilising in order to enable them to "stand in spiritual being, or are they being subjected to a cyclic inflow of forces? in this case the worker must seek to aid in the direction and utilisation of the energy which (if misdirected) will eventuate in wrecked lives but which when wisely utilised will produce a full and fruitful service. the above thoughts can also be applied by the student of humanity to the great racial cycles and much of interest will be discovered. again, and of more vital importance to us, these cyclic impulses in the life of the disciple a

lan is sensed. the vital airs in the head can be modified and respond to the force of the building magical work. a thought-form exists then as the result of the previous two activities, but it exists in the place of the brain activity and becomes a focussing centre for the soul, and a point through which energy can flow for the performance of the magical work. this magical work, carried out under the direction of the soul (inspiring the mind which in its turn impresses the brain, leads then (as the result of this triple coordinated activity) to the creation of a focussing centre, or form, within the head of the magician. the energy which flows through this focal point acts through three distributing agents, and hence all three are involved in all magical work. 1. the right eye, through whi

ant by occult work? true occult work involves: 1. the contacting of the plan. 2. right desire to co-operate with the plan. 3. the work of thought-form building and the confining of the attention of the creator of these thought-forms to the mental plane. this is of so potent a nature that the thought-forms created have a life cycle of their own and never fail to manifest and perform their work. 4. the direction of the thought-form from the mental plane and the confining of the attention to that specific enterprise, knowing that right thought and right orientation lead to correct functioning and the sure avoidance of the left hand path. this is a lesson little appreciated by aspirants. they engage in emotional desire for the appearance of their thought-form and the manifestation of the idea

rship over all modes of intercourse, commerce and exchange. they control the multiplicity of form objects which modern man regards as essential to his mode of life. money, as i have before said, is only crystallised energy or vitality, what the oriental student calls pranic energy. it is a concretisation of etheric force. it is therefore vital energy externalised, and this form of energy is under the direction of the financial group. they are the latest group in point of date, and their work (it should be borne in mind) is most definitely planned by the hierarchy. they are bringing about effects upon the earth which are most far reaching. now that centuries have elapsed since the conclave in the sixteenth century, these external groups have played their part and performed most notable serv

ul. the group that is now in process of formation is composed of those who are aware of the fact of the soul, and have established a soul intercourse that is real and lasting; they look upon the mind, emotions and body nature as simply an equipment whereby human contacts can be established, and their work, as they see it, is to be carried forward through the medium of this equipment, acting under the direction of the soul. they are therefore living souls, working through personalities, and not personalities actuated by occasional soul impulses. the members of the many groups were all somewhat one-sided and their talents ran along some specific line. they demonstrated a capacity to write as shakespeare, to paint like a da vinci, to produce musical masterpieces like a beethoven, or to bring

fe but no intelligent awareness; there is movement but no intelligent direction; in the case of senile decay, when there has been a high grade apparatus utilized in life, there may be the appearance of intelligent functioning but that is an illusion due to old habit and to old established rhythm but not to coordinated coherent purpose. it must be noted also that death is, therefore, undertaken at the direction of the ego, no matter how unaware a human being may be of that direction. the process works automatically with the majority, for when the soul withdraws its attention the inevitable reaction on the physical plane is death, either by the abstraction of the dual threads of life and reason energy, or by the abstraction of the thread of energy which is qualified by mentality, leaving the

reatise on white magic copyright 1998 lucis trust clearly held in its beautiful ritual of the raising of the great master-mason. only when there is united effort of a fivefold kind, and only after repeated failure, does the vivifying life course through the entire body and bring to life the true man. the second point i would touch upon is that all this deeply esoteric work must only proceed under the direction of the skilled teacher. platitudinously, the aspirant is told that "when the pupil is ready, the master will appear. he then settles comfortably back and waits, or focuses his attention upon an attempt to attract the attention of some master, having apparently settled in his mind that he is ready or good enough. he naturally gives himself a spiritual prod at intervals, and attends sp

only a teacher who has achieved synthetic vision and can see a man "whole" or as he really is, can give those instructions which will reverse the ancient rhythm of the centres, destroy without pain and danger the protective sheaths, and raise the kundalini fire from the base of the spine to the exit in the head. such teachers are found by the pupil when he has carried forward his life work under the direction of his soul, when he has grasped the theory of the science of the centres, and has mastered and controlled the astral nature and its corresponding centre, the solar plexus. the emphasis laid upon the dominance of the christ principle by christianity has laid a sure foundation for the work to be done. this truth is curiously substantiated in a study of the number "eight" in connection

ed by increased opportunity to serve his fellowmen. they do not reward by commendation, by patting on the head, or by expressing their pleasure in words. they are occupied in making knowers and masters out of everyday men and women by: 1. teaching them to know themselves. 2. setting them free from authority by awakening interest and enquiry in their minds, and then indicating (not more than that) the direction in which the answer should be sought. 3. giving them those conditions which will force them to stand on their own feet and rely on their own souls and not on any human being, be he a beloved friend, teacher, or a master of the wisdom. i seek not to repeat myself. most of the points that concern the work of the aspirant today i have considered earlier in this treatise. it remains now

ALICE A BAILEY09 A TREATISE ON THE SEVEN RAYS VOLUME I ESOTERIC PSYCHOLOGY I

letely deludes him. he regards himself as the form, and then proceeds from a realisation of himself as the material form, and as identified with the outer appearance, to a realisation of himself as an insatiable desire. he then becomes identified with his desire body, with his appetites, good and bad, and considers himself as one with his moods, his feelings, his longings, whether they ray out in the direction of the material world or inward toward the world of thought or the kingdom of the soul. he is torn by a sense of duality. later, he becomes identified with still another of the appearances, with the mind body or nature. thoughts become to him so tangible that he is swayed, turned and- 28- a treatise on the seven rays- volume i: esoteric psychology i copyright 1998 lucis trust influen

ALICE A BAILEY10 FROM BETHLEHEM TO CALVARY

first, he had a vision of achievement. the mountain-top achievement, a great spiritual experience, lay behind him. now he has a vision of a physical consummation in the form of the triumphal entry into jerusalem. but this is accompanied by a presentiment or a prevision of the culmination of his life of service upon the cross. he saw clearly, perhaps for the first time, what lay ahead of him, and the direction in which his service to the world was leading him. the via dolorosa of a world saviour stretched out before him; the destiny of all pioneering souls climaxed in his experience, and he saw himself rejected, pilloried and killed, as have many lesser sons of god. world rejection always precedes world acceptance. disillusionment is a stage on the way to reality. the hatred of those who a

ALICE A BAILEY11 A TREATISE ON THE SEVEN RAYS VOLUME II ESOTERIC PSYCHOLOGY II

the task of all disciples at this time. where this incentive and realisation are lacking, the disciple is still a long way from his goal. it might also be stated here that the construction of the bridge whereby the consciousness can function with facility both in the higher worlds and in the lower, is primarily brought about by a definitely directed life-tendency, which steadily drives the man in the direction of the world of spiritual realities, and certain dynamic movements of planned and carefully timed and directed orientation or focussing. in this last process, the gain of the past months or years is closely assessed; the effect of that gain upon the daily life and in the bodily mechanisms is as carefully studied; and the will-to-live as a spiritual being is wrought into the conscious

nto the personality to be later used creatively, will be seen in all three bodies. thus the true server comes into possession of his instruments for service, and thenceforth creative work in accordance with the plan can go forward on all three planes. thus has god, in his wisdom, chosen to limit himself, and the work of evolution proceeds solely through the medium of his chosen builders and under the direction on this planet of those men whose lives are being transformed through soul contact and creative service, and who constitute the planetary hierarchy. when alignment has been effected, when the at-one-ment has been more constantly made, and when the antaskarana (the bridge connecting the higher and the lower) is in definite process of construction, the true nature of service, as practi

ass on to the path of accepted discipleship. this we will do in the form of seven stanzas which will give a hint (if one is an aspirant) of the technique to which one will be exposed; if one has passed further on the way, they will give one a command which, as a disciple with spiritual insight one will obey, because one is awakened; if one is an initiate, they will evoke the comment "this i know" the direction of ray i "the garden stands revealed. in ordered beauty live its flowers and trees. the murmur of the bees and insects on their winged flight is heard on every side. the air is rich with perfume. the colours riot to the blue of heaven. the wind of god, his breath divine, sweeps through the garden..low lie the flowers. bending, the trees are devastated by the wind. destruction of all

ollowed by the rain. the sky is black. ruin is seen. then death. later, another garden! but the time seems far away. call for a gardener. the gardener, the soul, responds. call for the rain, the wind, the scorching sun. call for the gardener. then let the work go on. ever destruction goes before the rule of beauty. ruin precedes the real. the garden and the gardener must awake! the work proceeds. the direction of ray ii "the scholar knows the truth. all is revealed to him. surrounded by his books, and sheltered in the world of thought, he burrows like a mole, and finds his way into the darkness; he arrives at knowledge of the world of natural things. his eye is closed. his eyes are opened wide. he dwells within his world in deep content. detail on detail enter into the content of his world

ht. slowly the torch of light, the fire of right must burn the garnered treasures of the past, yet show their basic usefulness. the seven ways of light must wean away the attention of the scholar from all that has been found and stored and used. this he repulses and finds his way into that hall of wisdom which is built upon a hill, and not deep under ground. only the opened eye can find this way" the direction of ray iii "surrounded by a multitude of threads, buried in folds and folds of woven goods, the weaver sits. no light can enter where he sits. by the light of a tiny candle, carried upon the summit of his head, he dimly sees. he gathers handful after handful of the threads and seeks to weave the carpet of his thoughts and dreams, his desires and his aims. his feet move steadily; his

he sudden light, the sun shines in upon his woven carpet. its ugliness is thus revealed. a voice proclaims 'look from out thy window, weaver, and see the pattern in the skies, the model of the plan, the colour and the beauty of the whole. destroy the carpet which you have for ages wrought. it does not meet your need..then weave again, weaver. weave in the light of day. weave, as you see the plan" the direction of ray iv"'i take and mix and blend. i bring together that which i desire. i harmonise the whole' thus spoke the mixer, as he stood within his darkened chamber 'i realise the unseen beauty of the world. colour i know and sound i know. i hear the music of the spheres, and note on note and chord on chord, they speak their thought to me. the voices which i hear intrigue and draw me, and

and the blinding light. his world in ruins lay around. his friends were gone. instead of harmony, there was dissonance. instead of beauty, there was found the darkness of the grave. the voice then chanted forth these words 'create again, my child, and build and paint and blend the tones of beauty, but this time for the world and not thyself' the mixer started then his work anew and worked again" the direction of ray v "deep in a pyramid, on all sides built around by stone, in the deep dark of that stupendous place, a mind and brain (embodied in a man) were working. outside the pyramid, the world of god established itself. the sky was blue; the winds blew free; the trees and flowers opened themselves unto the sun. but in the pyramid, down in its dim laboratory, a worker stood, toiling at w

mber of the king. build from the heights, and thus shew forth the value of the depths' the worker then destroyed the objects of his previous toil, sparing three treasures which he knew were good, and upon which the light could shine. he struggled towards the chamber of the king. and still he struggles- 105- a treatise on the seven rays- volume ii: esoteric psychology ii copyright 1998 lucis trust the direction of ray vi"'i love and live and love again' the frenzied follower cried aloud, blinded by his desire for the teacher and the truth, but seeing naught but that which lay before his eyes. he wore on either side the blinding aids of every fanatic divine adventure. only the long and narrow tunnel was his home and place of high endeavor. he had no vision except of that which was the space

, wide to the light of day. in the far distance stood a mountain blue, and from its summit issued forth a voice which said 'come forward to the mountain top and on its summit learn the invocation of a saviour' to this great task the follower, now a leader, bent his- 106- a treatise on the seven rays- volume ii: esoteric psychology ii copyright 1998 lucis trust energies. he still pursues this way" the direction of ray vii "under an arch between two rooms, the seventh magician stood. one room was full of light and life and power, of stillness which was purpose and a beauty which was space. the other room was full of movement, a sound of great activity, a chaos without form, of work which had no true objective. the eyes of the magician were fixed on chaos. he liked it not. his back was toward

of intuitive apprehension and of analytical desire. we would do well to ponder upon these terms. it should be remembered that analysis governs the emergence of the fifth kingdom in nature, the kingdom of god, upon the phenomenal plane. this appearing presupposes a distinction between the fifth kingdom and the other four kingdoms. it is, however, a distinction in one direction only and that is in the direction of consciousness. herein lies its major interest, for in this respect the fifth kingdom differs from the other kingdoms. the other four kingdoms have separate phenomenal types and differentiated groups of forms. the phenomena of the vegetable kingdom, for instance, and that of the animal kingdom are vastly unlike each other. in the fifth kingdom, however, a new condition or state of

ALICE A BAILEY12 DISCIPLESHIP IN THE NEW AGE VOLUME I

tasks confronting disciples is to achieve factual knowledge of this. pictorial visualisation (which is a definite feature of the work in many esoteric schools) is simply an exercise to bring about the power to visualise. in the work of those disciples who are being trained for initiation, this external aspect of visualisation must give place to an interior process which is the first step towards the direction of energy. the visualising of pictures is intended to focus the aspirant within the head at a point midway between the pituitary body and the pineal gland. in that area, he draws pictures and paints scenes and thus acquires facility to see in large and in detail that which he desires and for which he intends to work. the visualising of what might be called "directed process" goes on

ven centres. it is these centres which indicate to us who watch the point in evolution, the immediate limitation, need and the inherent possibilities. the response of the physical body is purely automatic to the impression or impulses coming from the vital body. this in itself is responsive to certain sources of energy these may be one or other of the personality vehicles, the personality note or the direction of the soul, producing impression in varying degrees. during the coming period until such time as i give out the next group instruction, i would ask you to discipline your time, making each moment count; i would ask you to perfect each life episode and event (which is only another word for time) so that they are as constructive in expression of the group will as you can make them. th

e. it is the reverse of his but then your two natures are widely different. perhaps i can explain. you are working on the physical plane with distressed bodies and minds. you are also working on soul levels with thoughts and with concepts, and also with the assimilation of that inner and occult knowledge which has been your chosen way this life. your active and enquiring mind, therefore, moves in the direction of the rendering of service and the acquiring of knowledge. you can touch heights in your inner life. your service, steadfastly rendered, brings you down into the depths of human living. yet the glamour of detachment, leading to personal cleavages in your inner life, hinders the full expression of the soul and the demonstration of a fusion which is much needed. for you, the word whic

rector has necessarily enhanced this defect. i would remind you that i did not say that you lacked love. you used, in the past, to supplement this defect by an intuitive appreciation of people but lately you have hardened in one direction that of sympathy and crystallised into a racial pattern which is not yours; it is based on the development of the heart centre which has, as yet, only opened in the direction of your own people and towards masonry. will you give ten minutes each morning to the exercise which i here outline. then seek brain-mind alignment with the soul and see the love of your soul pouring into your personality, transmuting its force and working through on to the physical plane. it will express itself as personality love, actuated and directed by soul love. can you see the

lease of energy in various directions where it can best be of service. remember also, that with you i must go slowly, both because of your inner psychological hurry and your outer tension. study well the keynotes of your life; this will aid your soul growth, and lead to perseverance unto the end. july 1935 my brother: a very definite process of re-organisation has gone forward in your life, under the direction of your soul. this has brought about three events in your life- 444- discipleship in the new age- volume i copyright 1998 lucis trust 1. a shift in your attention from certain focal points (well known to you) to others of wider import. 2. a re-orientation of your entire life to the soul and to work in my group of disciples. 3. a re-arrangement of the energies of the subtle bodies, pr

hallenging you. when, therefore, the need for quiet and poised strength arises and there come those moments when powerful action seems desirable or violent protest or words are deemed advisable, stand in steadfastness and recollect the need for poise, for patience and the desirability to await right indication of the way to go and the need for speech or for silence. this waiting will often change the direction of your intent and no action will then be taken but only that steady vision which sees the inner side and not the outer happening. go in peace, my brother, and learn anew the comradeship of the path. february 1939 my brother: the tension of fear is great in the world today. people everywhere are living under great strain. forget not that it is the few in every land (and when i say "i

themselves and in their reactions and problems. it might here be noted that disciples in an ashram are primarily occupied with world affairs. as a group they are pledged to world work; as individuals, they are learning so to work. would-be disciples need to distinguish between the effect (magnetic and dynamic) of the group and the conscious effort which the group may make, under united desire and the direction of the master, to reach the minds of those directing world affairs and world happenings. the outer happenings are, to a certain point, predictable; they are the precipitated effects of hidden causes which lie deep in the subconsciousness of humanity. these can be noted and (up to a certain point) offset or stimulated by the group potency. this is one of the major tasks of the hierarc

ALICE A BAILEY14 THE REAPPEARANCE OF THE CHRIST

uth and when they can freely judge and decide for themselves, we shall then see a much better world. it is not essential or necessary that all these desirable objectives should be accomplished facts upon earth before christ again moves amongst us. it is, however, necessary that this attitude to religion and politics is generally regarded as desirable and that steps have been successfully taken in the direction of right human relations. it is along these lines that the new group of world servers and all men of goodwill are working, and their first effort must be to offset the widespread sense of frustration and individual futility. that which will offset the sense of frustration and futility and provide likewise the needed incentive towards the re-building of the new world will be the belie

ating truth and banded together subjectively in the great work of saving the world? what will be the effect of the mission of a group of world saviours, all knowers of god in some degree, who supplement each other's efforts, reinforce each other's message, and constitute an organism through which the spiritual energy and principle of spiritual life can make their presence felt in the world, under the direction of the christ in visible presence? such a body now exists, with its members in every land. relatively they are few and far between, but steadily their numbers are increasing, and increasingly their message will be felt. in them is vested a spirit of construction; they are the builders of the new age; to them is given the work of preserving the spirit of truth, and the reorganising of

ALICE A BAILEY16 GLAMOUR A WORLD PROBLEM

s now open to you and you will increasingly find yourself in a position to move in this world of concepts with freedom. to work and live in the world of ideas now becomes your objective and main effort. you train yourself in the recognition of ideas and concepts as they lie behind every form; you begin to think clearly about them and to- 10- glamour: a world problem copyright 1998 lucis trust see the direction in which they lead you and where, within the eternal plan, they fit. if aspirants will do three things: a. develop the power to visualise, b. train the mind to intuit reality, c. rightly interpret that which is seen, they can provide a demonstrating laboratory for the trained observers of the world. one of the things which the developed intuition can do is to break the glamour and il

ngdoms in nature are free from glamour and illusion, but are immersed in the world maya. 6. the buddha and his 900 arhats struck the first blow at the world glamour when he promulgated his four noble truths. the christ struck the second blow with his teaching of the nature of individual responsibility and of brotherhood. the next blow will be struck by the new group of world servers, acting under the direction of christ and his disciples, symbolically described as "christ and his 9000 initiates" 7. the four keynotes to the solution of the problem of glamour are: intuition. illumination. inspiration. the angel of the presence. the aspects of glamour see table i would call your attention to the fact that the whole problem concerns itself with the use or misuse of force or energy, and that mu

ind and work largely under the impulse of projected thought? is it perhaps to be directed by an energy greater than any of these but hitherto apparently impotent, the energy of the soul as an expression of pure being? is it to be swept into action under the impulse of sentient reactions, ideas and thoughts, emanating from other human beings or is it to be motivated and spurred into activity under the direction of the spiritual hierarchy? such are some of the questions to which answers must be found. the stage of aspiring, dreaming and of wishful thinking must now be superseded by direct action and by the carefully planned use of the available forces, swept into activity by the breath, under the direction of the inner eye and controlled by the spiritual man. which energies can and must be t

ALICE A BAILEY17 TELEPATHY AND THE ETHERIC VEHICLE

tion from shamballa; it is a technique which is implemented by the will, and its consummation is the complete assimilation of the "little wills of men" into the divine purpose; it is the acceptance on their part of the promotion of that purpose through right impression on all forms of life at any particular point of evolution. disciples then become agents of the divine will and are entrusted with the direction of energies, with the plan and with the secrets and the inspiration which are hidden in the mind of god. his contribution to the divine plan- 52- telepathy and the etheric vehicle copyright 1998 lucis trust to that knowledge germinated and formed in the solar system previous to this they add that which the present solar system has to give and to mature; the magnetic attractiveness of

rgy that is there one minute is gone the next- 85- telepathy and the etheric vehicle copyright 1998 lucis trust 2. this ceaseless play of energy varies in time and space, and moves lethargically, rapidly or rhythmically according to the type or nature of the form through which it is at any moment passing. 3. the energy of the etheric plane changes considerably as the aeons pass away, according to the direction or the source from which it comes. the directing energy alters significantly as evolution proceeds. students have been apt to speak simply of the etheric body as an entire integral entity and as constituted solely of etheric substance, forgetting that the etheric body is the medium for the transfer of many types of energy. they forget the following facts: 1. that the etheric body is

t present, the etheric body is responsive to energies from: 1. the physical world. these are not principles but are the feeders and controllers of the animal appetites. 2. the astral world, determining the desires, emotions and aspirations which the man will express and go after upon the physical plane. 3. the lower mental plane, the lower mind, developing self-will, selfishness, separateness and the direction and trend of the life upon the physical plane. it is this directive instinct which, when turned to higher matters, eventually opens the door to the higher cosmic etheric energies. 4. the soul, the principle of individualism, the reflection in the microcosm of the divine intention and speaking symbolically being to the entire monadic expression that which "stands at the midway point"

which is the most potent aspect of this first ray centre and the one which manifests first, because its work must be accomplished before the two other aspects of its potency can function rightly. the centre called humanity has as yet an inadequate radiation because of its at present inadequate development; its sphere of influence is relatively limited, though men are beginning to work outward in the direction of the subhuman kingdoms and to attract more forcefully the kingdom of souls than heretofore. the hierarchy has, however, no interior restrictions such as are consciously and deliberately imposed upon itself by shamballa or which are unconsciously imposed by humanity; any blocking of the hierarchical radiation (if i may use such a term) will come from the forms on which the impact of

he diaphragm and those above it. 2. between the three major centres with each other. 3. between the three major centres and the three planetary centres. all of this must be thought of in terms of circulating and freely moving energies, distributing themselves throughout the etheric body of the planet (and therefore through the human etheric body) under the essential purpose of shamballa and under the direction of the hierarchy. it is the theme of relationship therefore, which is the basic pattern in the evolutionary process of unfoldment in this, the second solar system (of three systems) which is that of the son, wherein the quality of the second divine aspect, love, is being perfected. in this perfecting process man participates unconsciously at first, during the long cycle of evolutiona

ALICE A BAILEY18 A TREATISE ON THE SEVEN RAYS VOLUME III ESOTERIC ASTROLOGY

nifest as a soul, pouring light through dense fogs of illusion, and preparing for the major tests in scorpio, to be followed by initiation in capricorn? subsidiary questions would, for instance be: for which death is the man preparing? is there an imminent crisis at hand which indicates a birth into some new state of consciousness? the crucial question, however, to be determined in every case, is the direction in which the man is progressing around the wheel of life. the orthodox horoscope concerns the personality life and the form is bound upon the "wheel of life as it turns from right to left (from aries to taurus via pisces. but the soul is bound to the wheel as it turns from left to right, going from aries to pisces, via taurus. it is this antagonistic movement of the wheel "turning up

se on the seven rays- volume iii: esoteric astrology copyright 1998 lucis trust cross. there is much that could be elaborated along this line but the above will give a hint as to the esoteric significance of these three happenings within every sign. they can also indicate much concerning the man whose horoscope is under consideration. the decanates can also be dealt with in two ways, according to the direction in which man is travelling upon the wheel and therefore entering the sign, speaking in symbols. if he enters aries when on the common cross he will come under the influence of mars, the sun and jupiter, according to sepharial. this means conflict, revelation and the successful satisfaction of desire and ambition as the aeons pass away. when he reorients himself and mounts the fixed c

ly developed it becomes, in the early stages, an effort to identify all soul and personality activity with god's plan, and this is, in the last analysis, the ordered direction of god's thought. there is no true direction apart from thought, and i would have you remember that thought is power. this is a statement upon which all disciples should ponder, for they can achieve no real comprehension of the direction of god's plan unless they work with a phase in their own lives which is subject to their own mental direction. then and only then, can they understand. upon the ordinary wheel of life- 114- a treatise on the seven rays- volume iii: esoteric astrology copyright 1998 lucis trust the man who is born in this sign or with this sign in the ascendant will be influenced by what the ancient h

submerged in the good of the whole. selfish individual man becomes the world server. heights of noted service are then reached in both signs. 6. pisces-virgo. the form reveals and releases the indwelling soul. the saviour of the world appears and nurtures the hidden souls in virgo. you will, therefore, note that when the pull of the energies pouring into and through the signs of the zodiac is in the direction of form expression that the result of the interplay between the opposite signs leads to some aspect of definite personality manifestation, this being largely determined by the ray of the personality. when the life tendency is being withdrawn from form and the soul is in process of revelation then there is soul or egoic emphasis, and this again is determined, as to quality, by the nat

with the dual tendency to struggle, which is characteristic of this sign, and also the dual tendency to harmony which is the inevitable result of all spiritual conflict. in connection with the duality of conflict, you should bear in mind that there is a conflict of the evolutionary process, leading finally to the conflict upon the path. these are the two aspects of struggle: unconscious and under the direction of the form; and conscious, or under the direction of the soul. there is also the harmonising of the personality and the achieving of personality integration; this is a consequence or goal of the first conflict, and then there is the attaining of harmony between soul and form; this is arrived at by the struggle upon the final stages of the path. thus again the essential dualism of th

ALICE A BAILEY19 THE UNFINISHED AUTOBIOGRAPHY

ts working towards discipleship under the guidance of certain of the masters' disciples who, in their turn, are directed and guided by a few world disciples whose work is on such a large scale that it is definitely international in scope. this group acts as a definite intermediary between the spiritual hierarchy of our planet and the mass of humanity. through them the masters of the wisdom, under the direction of the christ, are working out gigantic plans of world salvage. this attempt to lead humanity onward along new and more definite lines and on a much larger scale than heretofore is made possible by the coming in of the aquarian age. this aquarian age is both astronomical and astrological in import. there is a very strong prejudice in the world today against astrology and this is unde

group in the organisation of the new group of world servers is composed of the men and women of goodwill. these are not strictly speaking spiritual aspirants. they are not particularly interested in the plan and have little or no knowledge of the planetary hierarchy. they do, however, want to see right relations established among men. they want to see justice and kindness prevail on earth. under the direction of the world disciples and their helpers these people can be trained in practical and effective ways of expressing goodwill. in this way they can do basic and foundational work in preparing the world for a fuller expression of the spiritual purpose. they can familiarise mankind with the need for right human relations expressed in every community, in every nation and, eventually, on a

h and (usually) takes the place of the ultimate and final authority. this phase in the history of esotericism has been good, preparatory work. it has brought to the attention of the general public the nature of the secret doctrine, of the esoteric teaching and of the inner government of the world. the fact of the existence of the masters of the wisdom as they work in the planetary hierarchy under the direction of the christ has been widely presented, either in terms of orthodox theosophy, of hindu metaphysical speculation or under christian terminology. much knowledge has been imparted. the intricate process of divine creation, and the consequent manifestation of god, bring much mental stimulation and mental unfoldment but frequently little real understanding. esoteric schools are occupied

ALICE A BAILEY20 A TREATISE ON THE SEVEN RAYS VOLUME IV ESOTERIC HEALING

pwards in the case of the developed, so there are conditions in the astral body analogous to this. in the case of the highly evolved man, of the initiate or the master, the astral body is steadily oriented towards the soul. in the mystic, the- 26- a treatise on the seven rays- volume iv: esoteric healing copyright 1998 lucis trust aspirant and the disciple, the process of thus definitely changing the direction of the forces is going on and producing, therefore, a temporary chaos. 4. the astral body of man, being the latest to develop (the physical and the etheric being the first two in order of time) is still the most alive and potent. it reached its acme of development in late atlantean days and its potency is still great, constituting the mass potency, the mass emphasis, and the mass pol

is interesting to note here that just as the ajna centre (the synthesis of the personality forces, when highly developed) is a great directing and distributing agent, so the solar plexus centre (the synthesis of the average developed personality energies, prior to the process of integration) is a centre for collection, for a gathering-in of all the lower energies, and is finally a focal point for the direction and distribution of these collected energies remitting them to their receptive higher centres: 1. the energies of the solar plexus centre itself have to be directed to the heart centre. 2. the energies of the sacral centre have to be transmitted to the throat centre. 3. the energies of the centre at the base of the spine have to be transferred to the head centre. after the third init

e to blend we call sex. sex is, in reality, the instinct towards unity: first of all, a physical unity. it is the innate (though much understood) principle of mysticism, which is the name we give to the urge to union with the divine. like all else that undeveloped man has touched, we have perverted and distorted a divine idea and prostituted an immaterial urge to material desire. we have reversed the direction of the sacral energy, hence the over-developed animal nature and functions of average humanity- 109- a treatise on the seven rays- volume iv: esoteric healing copyright 1998 lucis trust there is necessarily much more that i could add to the above, but the theme would require much careful analysis, elucidation and wording that time permits not, or the established balance of this treat

lack of development and an unbalanced situation, where the centres are concerned, there will be no power to resist. the healing process in the new age will start with definitely planned work with the centres, and the general trend of the healing art will then be as you can easily see preventive in nature rather than curative. the whole emphasis will be upon the energy centres, energy currents and the direction of energy to the organs within the radius of the influence of any particular centre. from a study of the glands (a study so much in its infancy that it hardly merits the word "embryonic) much will be later learned of their relationship to the centres, and much experimental work will be done. from the standpoint of the esotericist who admits the fact of the centres, the glands are, pa

t's own spiritual energy. he thus enables him to effect his own cure, consciously or unconsciously. you have, therefore, the healer, the patient and the reservoir of spiritual energy, plus the scientific process of bringing all three into a close and healing rapport. this is done via the centre concerned in the equipment of the patient, the corresponding centre in the equipment of the healer, and the direction (by an act of the will of the healer or of the healing group) of the united streams of required specific energy to the area diseased. this is usually done via the related gland, though it is not always so. ponder on these things and see, if you can, the simplicity of the process which is based on loving intent, which isolates the specific area in which the trouble exists, which ident

tamped out, both in the human family and in the soil of the planet. as the ages passed away, humanity entered into the atlantean stage of development. the conscious control of the physical body dropped below the threshold of consciousness; the etheric body became consequently more potent (a fact not oft considered, and the physical body reacted increasingly like an automaton to the impression and the direction of a steadily developing desire nature. desire became something more than simply response to animal physical urges and to the primitive instincts, but was directed to objects and objectives extraneous to the body, towards material possessions and towards that which (when seen and coveted) could be appropriated. just as the major sins of lemurian times (if they could be called sins in

sed in those days, prior to the great war between the forces of light and the forces of evil. magic of the right kind was very familiar to the atlantean people, and was used by those members of the hierarchy who were entrusted with the guidance of the race and who were combating rampant evil in high places. that same evil is again upon the warpath and is being fought by the men of goodwill, under the direction of the great white lodge. heights of luxury were reached in atlantis of which we, with all our boasted civilisation, know nothing and have never achieved. some faint traces of it have come to us from legends and from ancient egypt, from archeological discovery and old fairy tales. there was a recurrence of pure atlantean mischief and wickedness in the decadent days of the roman empir

and celibate of the middle ages the line of least resistance. in that period of time, good people taught that sex was evil and wicked, something not to be mentioned, and a potent source of trouble. normal reactions, instead of being controlled and transmuted into creative activity, were violently suppressed and all thoughts anent the sex life were refused expression. nevertheless, energy follows the direction of thought, with the result that that particularly magnetic type of energy attracted an increasing number of cells and atoms to itself; therein is found the source of the tumours, growths and cancers so prevalent today. the same thing can be said about the violent inhibition imposed by an aspirant upon all emotional reactions and feelings. in their effort to control the astral body

brain are the exoteric symbols. living is energy, desire in form, coherence and adhesion to an idea, and of this the heart and the blood are the exoteric symbols. moving indicates the integration and response of the existing, aware, living entity into the universal activity, and of this the stomach, pancreas and liver are the symbols. it must be noted also that death is, therefore, undertaken at the direction of the ego, no matter how unaware a human being may be of that direction. the process works automatically with the majority, for (when the soul withdraws its attention) the inevitable reaction on the physical plane is either death, by the abstraction of the dual threads of life and reason energy, or by the abstraction of the thread of energy which is qualified by mentality, leaving t

flect upon all this information with studious care. the keynote to good health, esoterically speaking, is sharing or distribution, just as it is the keynote to the general well-being of humanity. the economic ills of mankind closely correspond to disease in the individual. there is lack of a free flow of the necessities of life to the points of distribution; these points of distribution are idle: the direction of the distribution is faulty, and only through a sane and worldwide grasp of the new age principle of sharing will human ills be cured; only by the right distribution of energy will the ills of the physical body of individual man also be cured. this is a fundamental (i would say the fundamental principle) of all spiritual healing. in the last analysis also this presupposes an eventu

ALICE A BAILEY21 EDUCATION IN THE NEW AGE

to continue without arrest for a long period of time because the hierarchy of wisdom sought to bring the people to the point of satiety. the world situation is eloquent today of the fact that possession and the multiplication of material goods constitute a handicap and are no indications that humanity has found the true road to happiness. the lesson is being learnt very rapidly and the revolt in the direction of simplicity is also rapidly gaining ground. the spirit of which commercialism is the indication is doomed, though not yet ended. this spirit of possession and the aggressive taking of that which is desired has proven widely inclusive and distinguishes the attitude of nations and of races as well as individuals. aggression in order to possess has been the keynote of our civilisation

ALICE A BAILEY22 DISCIPLESHIP IN THE NEW AGE VOLUME II

ons of some subjective significance which is the cause of their appearance and which can be discovered by those who can function in the world of meaning. these "foci of significance" carry a note, a vibration and a symbolic aspect which conveys to the trained mind of the esotericist far more than does the outer form of words convey meaning to the trained mind of the exoteric reader. one glance in the direction of the disciple with the thought in mind of ascertaining the value of his contribution in words, serves to bring into my line of vision the symbol which is the product of his written thought. this symbol may be and probably is distorted a symbol without true balance; it will find its place upon some level of consciousness astral, mental or spiritual and its vibratory note will depend

e new seed group who have done a more consecrated and selfless task than have you, though there are a few exceptions. but, my brothers, out of fifty-one, how few! when a.a.b. passes on she will leave the arcane school and, with my full approval, all the other activities in the hands of f.b. she will leave also, in the departments, dedicated men who will continue to assume, as far as in them lies, the direction of the work, in consultation with f.b. there will be no need whatsoever for any reorganisation. why should there be? a.a.b. has been interested in and has initiated, with f.b, all departments. she has never been a worker in any of them, which may be a new idea to you. when she finishes her job there is no gap in any department. so why reorganisation? the work will go on with the same

occult authority. those connected with the great white lodge favour no bibles or authorities only the freedom of the human soul. the teaching matters, not the source or the form. let me reiterate for the sake of clarity: none of you has any responsibility for the arcane school or for the service activities though you can work helpfully, with humbleness and pure motive in any or all of them, under the direction of a.a.b. or of those into whose hands she has put responsibility. it is in these relationships that you will develop the humility and pure motives which are the outstanding hallmarks of the disciple. one thing i would however like you clearly to grasp and that is the pattern which underlies the various aspects of the work now in process of expansion. a brief diagram should make the

g. those of you also who know with certainty that you are being specifically prepared for the second initiation would do well to follow this meditation for one week in each month of the year. meditation ii. directed energy. circulation this meditation constitutes the second stage of the first one given. that first meditation was in the nature of a foundational exercise, related to the control and the direction of energy; it was so planned that it could enable you to enter into the field of energies and from there choosing the needed energy direct a particular type of energy through some particular centre to a particular point. i gave you only the preliminary idea, for all physical plane demonstrations are founded on an ideal. do not forget that "as a man thinketh in his heart, so is he" th

the power flows outward to its created whole. in the case of the human spirit, it is the monad. 2. the eye of vision, indicating this time not the directing energy, but the conscious observer- 183- discipleship in the new age- volume ii copyright 1998 lucis trust the soul, whether cosmic, solar or human. 3. the eye that knows. this is the disciple who, from stage to stage, reacts increasingly to the direction of the spiritual will and to the growth of sensitive response, and in both his brain and his mind consciousness in the three worlds knows. that knowledge is limited in the neophyte, deepening in the disciple and profound in the master, but it is all related to vision. 4. at the same time this formula tells us that there are four eyes: a "one made of fire. the eye of god. b "one fluid

e divine creator are the sources of life and the origin of light and knowledge" thus is it expressed in the ancient archives which, at times, i attempt to translate for you. direction. time. space. with these concepts in mind, occult information begins to assume a new and deeply esoteric importance. they can be studied in two ways by the disciple (and it is for disciples i write: 1. as indicating the direction in time and space from whence motivating energy and illumining love can make an impact upon the receptive disciple. 2. as indicating (again in time and space) the direction in which the energies, manipulated by the disciple, must go as he learns to cooperate with, and work out, the hierarchical plan. this is the positive and not the negative aspect of these words. the disciple moves

ltant readjustments have been so many and have been brought about with such relative suddenness that you have not yet had time to know with clarity (within yourself) the distinctiveness of each change or its emanating source. every change in a life condition upon the physical plane is the result of some inner cause. i hinted at this when i gave you the six statements which were intended to aid in the direction of your life. i said to you "learn that your causes are effects. leave them behind and seek the world of causes" these words embody one of the first lessons which a disciple has to master, as you well know. the initiate lives in the world of causes, for this is obviously the world of initiation. he deals therefore with those basic happenings which act as life-impulses, and initiates

erred above. 8. sound the om six times as the soul, sending the energy a. to the mind, and there focus. b. to the brain or the highest head centre. c. to the throat centre and there focus. d. from that centre, imaginatively breathe out the om throughout the personality. e. then breathe it out over the group of your brothers. f. from thence to humanity. if you will do this simply as an exercise in the direction and right flow of energy, via the throat centre, you will find much instructive value emerging and increased usefulness and effectiveness in every aspect of your life, in the world and on spiritual levels as a disciple. you have learnt much, my brother, and i do not regret adding you to my group of accepted disciples. note: this was the final instruction given to the disciple whose p

personality reactions. each ashram has its part to play in materialising the plan and some project to carry through connected with that plan. sometimes this will require the joint cooperation of two or three ashrams. all the senior workers called in to help may not see eye to eye with the master responsible for a certain aspect of the plan, but (when united in a cooperative task) they work under the direction of the master who is responsible. here lies a great deal of your difficulty. you want to work your own way many thousand miles away from headquarters where i have established my work, instead of working out the plans as proposed to you. we come, therefore, not only to the field of criticism in which you find yourself stranded but we come to that latent ambition which, you have oft ad

men, for you do no positive or original thinking of your own. glamour still holds you. you might well ask, my brother: why then keep me in your group? why not wait until i have learnt better and have dropped this tendency? because you need the protection of the ashram and you need from the centre of protection to learn then to accept the duty of obedience to the ashramic intent and to work under the direction of the loving intentions of those whom you do recognise as more experienced disciples than yourself. you are in my ashram also from old association and because you earned the reward of this recognition and opportunity by being the first to appreciate the significance of my books and the teaching that they convey, and to aid the effort of a.a.b. for that reason you earned the right to

ALICE A BAILEY23 THE EXTERNALISATION OF THE HIERARCHY

d today all the political and organisational changes which are so prevalent and so disturbing. there is little that humanity can do about this except endeavour to balance this first ray display of energy with second ray or hierarchical force. this latter energy working through the world religions and the men and women who respond to the love influence can change methods (though not the purpose or the direction) by pouring in the love force. again, that force which we regard as emanating from the strictly human centre, the third ray type of energy, is of the third or creative order; and in these three energies you have, in reality, the expression of the three major centres of the planetary logos. the first or will energy is, as you know, focussed in sanat kumara, the ancient of days (as he

he jewish problem, and when it has been resolved in a humanitarian and sound manner, then the energy of the planetary solar plexus centre will have been raised to the heart and a great transmutation will have taken place. the dark or materialistic forces correspond in their entirety to the energies of the sacral centre of the planet, dealing with the generation of forms, and their work is to keep the direction of planetary interest upon the form side of divine expression. they are concerned with the life of matter itself, with its magical usage, and with that which is regarded as dark because, for humanity at its present stage of development, that divine aspect should have lost its major hold and should lie behind "in the darkness of that which has been outgrown and which has no further ho

e correct and entirely accurate in their parallelism in this solar system of changing forces, shifting cycles and constant mutation directed towards the inscrutable ends of deity inscrutable as far as the human consciousness is concerned. they remain inscrutable to humanity, because the three major ends or purposes which affect you, for instance, as members of the fourth kingdom in nature are: 1. the direction in which the solar logos is going upon the cosmic path. e soterically. the way towards the central spiritual sun. 2. the plans of the planetary logos upon the systemic path. e soterically. the way towards the heart of the sun. 3. the purpose ahead for the human family upon the path of light. e soterically. the way of the sun. i put this in here only to show you how vague and uncertai

fields of human expression. these i outlined when indicating the work of the nine groups planned by me. however, let me here point out that the groups which i planned are not in themselves the coming groups nor are they the only evidences of the emergence of these ray groups in the world. there are several similar experiments going on at this time upon the various streams of ray energy and under the direction of various masters of the wisdom. the groups for which i have made myself responsible are second ray groups essentially and are in the nature of a tentative move to see if the time is really ripe for the distribution of such seed groups throughout the entire world. will the response of humanity and the reaction of these groups be such that a network of them may be started on a large

of consciousness which leads to a growing recognition of the inner realities. it is equally the recognition of a renewed sense of the need for change and the wise engineering of these needed changes so that real progress can be made; the consciousness is expanded and becomes more generously and divinely inclusive and there is a fresh and more potent control by the soul as it assumes increasingly the direction of the life of the individual, of a nation and of the world. in the last analysis, and from the standpoint of the hierarchy, the present conflict between the personality of humanity (expressing the material values as the dominating factor in life experience) and the soul of humanity (expressing the spiritual values as the dominating factor in human affairs) is identical with the conf

aggression has appeared on earth and sought to gain control over humanity. note that aim. this will-to-power can only be dissipated when the highest aspect of the same energy is given free rein among the sons of men. the divine and spiritual will, carried on the impulse of selfless love, can and must be evoked for the destruction of the selfish and wicked will-to-power, rampant now on earth under the direction of the focussed seven in germany. the "saving force" must, therefore, be spread abroad. for long ages men have prayed in the words of st. paul "let the love of god be shed abroad in our hearts" today the need is for the spread of the "saving force" to take hold of our minds and to control from that directing centre, for it embodies the needed salvation at this time. it will take the

requirements today for disciples and aspirants may be summed up- 202- the externalisation of the hierarchy copyright 1998 lucis trust as follows: 1. the doing of everything possible to bring the war to an end. every physical plane method must be used to drive the forces of evil and of cruelty back to their dark place. physical plane methods, when motivated by unchanging love of humanity and under the direction of an enlightened soul, become agents of righteousness. there are worse things than the death of the physical body; there is the enslaving of the human soul. 2. the focussing of the inner life towards the hierarchy in radiant faith. the way of the coming one must be made clear, and the life force must be dedicated to the outer life of compassion. 3. the clarifying of the mental life

ise the need for a cycle of restoration before final and lasting decisions are made. they will therefore work for a slower moving forward and for a more careful and even prolonged investigation of the situation and of future possibilities than may seem desirable to the impatient- 300- the externalisation of the hierarchy copyright 1998 lucis trust these new and living restorative forces are under the direction and the control of one whom we might call (speaking symbolically, yet factually) the spirit of resurrection. it is this living spiritual entity, working temporarily under the direction of the christ, who will restore livingness to men's spiritual aims and life to their planning; who will engender anew the vitality needed to implement the trends of the new age and who will guide human

life, and this hope which can restore all nations. at the full moon of march, let the demand go out for the appearance of this life-giving spirit. let it go forth with such intensity that the hierarchy will be called into active response and will immediately release the potency of this spirit into the hearts of men everywhere. all of these spiritual forces, working as they are at this time under the direction of the leader of the forces of light, the christ, are closely related and their activity is most intimately synchronised. in a deeply occult sense, they are all working together, because in the human family there are those who are at every stage of responsiveness. this triple work of the hierarchy, therefore, proceeds simultaneously from the standpoint of time. the forces of- 301- th

nd culture. it will climax all the past and lay the seeds for the future. the significance of this statement lies in the fact that telepathically and with- 315- the externalisation of the hierarchy copyright 1998 lucis trust the entire force of the hierarchy behind him, plus the potency of those to whom is committed the expression of the will of god (later to be implemented by the hierarchy under the direction of the christ, the world teacher will, in his own right, make certain statements and use certain word-formulas which will create the nucleus of the thoughtform and present the blueprint around which and upon which the new age will be developed. for this moment the thinking and the planning of the enlightened aspirants of the world have made consciously, but mostly unconsciously long

ALICE A BAILEY24 A TREATISE ON THE SEVEN RAYS VOLUME V THE RAYS AND THE INITIATIONS

definite group injunction or instruction. the aid of the group is invoked almost in the form of an order. the point of this formulated injunction is that in the new era and in the interlude between the past (wherein prominent disciples worked within the veils of maya) and the new age (wherein humanity itself will consciously function upon the etheric plane, the work of the esoteric groups, under the direction of the new group of world servers, is needed. they will have the capacity to recognise the distinction between the various veils. this is the next needed development. the groups must focus the energy at the very centre of the group being; the group must carry the force from point to point and from veil to veil; the group must project the destroying energy and become unitedly aware of

y within the three worlds. the soul has its station on the higher levels of the mental plane, as well you know. in connection with the forms of expression to which i have referred above cycles, civilisations, cultures, races, kingdoms in nature and so forth their destruction is brought about from still higher sources than the three worlds in which they manifest. this destruction takes place under the direction of shamballa as it evokes the will of the hierarchy or some particular ashram or some member of the hierarchy in order to produce a predetermined result in the three worlds in line with the purpose of god. it might be said (accurately to a certain esoteric extent) that the destruction brought about in obedience to this fourth word in rule xiv is the destruction of some aspect of the

t problem to all aspirants. the tormenting turmoil and chaos of the astral plane are due largely to three factors: the force of the constantly developing glamour as self-centered and undeveloped human beings create it. the force of those aspirants and disciples who are seeking to combat this in their own lives and in the lives of others. the inflow of pure solar astral energy under cyclic law and the direction of the master working on the second path. these three factors create great trouble; during the past crisis of the world war (1914-1945) it reached most serious proportions. the hierarchical crisis to which i have earlier referred was involved, and many masters from the various ashrams made a decision to work on this second path in order to bring order out of chaos by pouring into the

evelopment of a cultured right interpretation, so that the intuitive knowledge achieved may then clothe itself in the right thoughtforms. it might also be stated here that the construction of the bridge whereby the consciousness can function with facility, both in the higher worlds and in the lower, is primarily brought about by a definitely directed life-tendency, which steadily sends the man in the direction of the world of spiritual realities, plus certain movements of planned and carefully timed and directed reorientation or focussing. in this last process the gain of the past months or years is closely assessed; the effect of that gain upon the daily life and in the bodily mechanism is as carefully studied; and the will-to-live as a spiritual being is brought into the consciousness wi

onsciousness into the sphere of monadic life; he is resurrected from the dark cave of the personality life into the blazing light of divinity; he is no longer only a part of humanity and a member also of the hierarchy, but he belongs to the great company of those whose will is consciously divine and who are the custodians of the plan. they are responsive to impression from shamballa and are under the direction of the heads of the hierarchy. the "freedom of the three centres" is theirs. they can express at will the triple energy of humanity, the dual energy of the hierarchy, and the one energy of shamballa. such, my brothers, is the goal of the disciple as he begins to work at the building of the- 324- a treatise on the seven rays- volume v: the rays and the initiations copyright 1998 lucis

stupendous source of our entire planetary life, the sun sirius, and to the lodge of divine beings who work from this heavenly centre. the first two initiations regarded simply as initiations of the threshold are experiences which have prepared the body of the initiate for the reception of the terrific voltage of this third initiation. this voltage is passed through the body of the initiate under the direction of the planetary logos, before whom the initiate stands for the first time. the rod of initiation is used as the transferring agent. the second initiation freed the initiate from the astral level of consciousness, the astral plane the plane of glamour, of illusion and of distortion. this was an essential experience because the initiate (standing before the one initiator for the first

res. nevertheless, this energy does pour through him and out into the world, in spite of the fact that he remains unconscious of its presence. the ajna centre is the "centre of direction; it is placed symbolically between the two eyes, signifying the twofold direction of the life energy of the initiate outward into the world of men and upward towards the divine life and source of all being. where the direction of the energy is consciously undertaken (and there are certain energies of which the initiate is constantly aware, the ajna centre is controlled and dominated by the indwelling spirit of man; this spiritual man bases all action in relation to these entering energies on the ancient premise that "energy follows thought" his thought life becomes, therefore, the field of his major effort

h the thread of consciousness; this is anchored in the head, and through that consciousness his personality and his soul are linked together until he has become a soul-infused personality; he has then attained unity with his higher self. through the building of the antahkarana another thread is added to the soul-infused personality, and the true spiritual individual is linked with and comes under the direction of the spiritual triad. at the fourth initiation the soul body, the causal body (so called) disappears, and the thread of consciousness is occultly snapped; neither the soul body nor the thread are any longer required; they become now only the symbols of a non-existent duality. the soul is no longer the repository of the consciousness aspect as hitherto. all that the soul has stored

n the- 470- a treatise on the seven rays- volume v: the rays and the initiations copyright 1998 lucis trust hierarchy can begin to precipitate into their consciousness some of this "divine intention" it is this reservoir of power which embodies some of the purpose and implements the plan. one of the problems of the hierarchy is, therefore, right timing in the revelation of divine intention and in the direction of the thinking and the planning done in their ashrams by the recipients: initiates and disciples. again we come back to the same necessity for right interpretation of the revelation or of the vision. 4. the problem is also one that each master has to face in connection with his own spiritual development, for this energy is the needed dynamic or potency which enables him to tread the

nd humanity, and to it we give the name of the new group of world servers. all these three groups are fundamentally "transmitters of energy; the two highest are exceedingly susceptible to cosmic impression and to the vibratory quality of the extra-planetary body of avatars who hold themselves in readiness to function as destroying or building energies in any part of our solar system and are under the direction of the solar logos. the avatar of synthesis, who is working in cooperation with the christ, is one of them. bear in mind that these extra-planetary avatars have not arrived at their high state of spiritual unfoldment on our planet or even in our solar system. their origin, source and spiritual relationships are a great mystery even to the planetary logoi to whose help they go when th

ALICE BAILEY THE LABOURS OF HERCULES

. the whole planet had to be searched, and he went up and down from north to south and from east to west, until at last he met nereus, who was skilled in all wisdom and in all forms of speech. he is called in some of the classics "the ancient of the sea. he was not only wise, but very elusive, assuming many forms, and refused ever [62] to give to hercules a direct answer. finally, he hinted as to the direction in which the apples should be sought, sending him on his way alone and somewhat discouraged, with only a vague idea as to what he would have to do and where he would have to go. all he knew was that he had to turn south; a symbol of going back into the world, the opposite pole of spirit. he had no sooner done so than he met the serpent with whom he had to wrestle [known in mythology

e read the following by rudhyar "this type of social adaptation should not be such as to divert or muddy the flow of the release of power. it should not alter the quality of the projected images, or cloud the vision they convey. this is a difficult task of discrimination. to be adaptable, yet to retain the purity and total integrity of one's vision and one's ideal; to accept detours, yet not lose the direction of the goal; to be understandable and acceptable to those who need the spiritual arousal, yet not distort or lower the character of the message; to use the values born of the past, yet not sell short the future to the uncertain present; to be kind to men, yet uncompromisingly true to the spirit- such are the problems that the aries person will constantly meet, in one form or another

BASIL VALENTINE TWELVE KEYS

animal salt v v just as horses that feed on oats, straw, etc, change those vegetable substances into flesh and fat, while the bee prepares honey out of the precious juices of flowers and herbs. the great change which takes place in these and other substances is due to putrefaction, which separates and transmutes the constituent elements. the common spirit of salt, which is extracted according to the direction given in my last declaration, if there be added to it a small quantity of the spirit of the dragon, dissolves, volatilizes, and raises together with itself in the alembic, gold and silver; just as the eagle, together with the spirit of the dragon (which is found in stony places, before the spirit is separated twelve keys of basil valentine 79 of 95 from its body, is much more powerfu

BELL CHRISTOPHER PAUL TSIU MARPO THE CAREER OF A TIBETAN PROTECTOR DEITY

channels. these constituencies are the ever-fluctuating elements of a person that are constantly reborn within sa.s.ra; in this way the mind has the quality of a soul as the term is used in the west. both tucci and samuel mention another principle called wang tang (dbang thang, though this is more akin to fate or fortune; it acts according to the state of one s karmic merit in order to influence the direction of one s life.26 the buddhist philosophical tenets of the m.dhyamika school heavily influence tibetan buddhism. m.dhyamika states that there are two truths, relative and ultimate. relative truth perceives phenomena and persons to exist as they appear, as substantial and independent; this is the truth of an ignorant consciousness. ultimate truth perceives these objects for what they r

of their monastery, the so-called dza sa dmar po i rab brtan [dzasa marp rapten. tsi u dmar po returned later to his abode, and from then on peaceful relations were established between these two deities. a trace of their dispute is, however, found in the circumstance that the oracle-priest of tsi u dmar po, when entering into the trance, will at the beginning of the fit always thrust his sword in the direction in which the shrine of dza sa dmar po lies.197 196 see goldstein 1989, p. 315. 197 de nebesky-wojkowitz 1998, p. 170. 124 not only does this account give direct information regarding the tsiu marpo oracle, it also provides some mythic history concerning tsiu marpo during his residency at samy; though no historical time period is provided for the incident surrounding the dza sa, excep

emanating riders; the haughty ones are autonomous, they do not need to be generated. red rays of light spread out like iron hooks from the syllable of the luminous heart center to the great powerful lord tamdrin. regarding the invitation from each domain; burn incense and powder, and fan it with red silk. regarding crying out with a tormented roar; kyai! regarding those many places over there; in the direction where the sun sets, in the red copper fields of the might demon domain, obey the words of the powerful lotus. regarding the high-ranking seven emanating riders; they are usually red in body color and they carry a flag and lasso in hand. they [come] with an assembly of the haughty eight classes [of demons. they depart hither, come hither, and approach this place .ulatritrivajrasamaya

the activity ritual of the offerings for the seven fierce might demon brothers. samay. protect the words of the great powerful lotus. kha tham.479 this was revealed from the region of chimbu betsa( chim bu bhe tsha)480 by the powerful emanation lotus king.481 d. violence demon invocation and history (322.6-328.5) thus called "the invocations and history of the violence demons [323 "over there in the direction where the sun sets, in the red copper fields of the might demon land; above the copper rocks there is copper and more copper. on the peaks the dark wild ones hunt. on the sides the violence demon riders race along. from the middle they penetrate the land as eaters of wolves. fundamental poison, ruzululu.482 in the power inside the red copper rock a boiling lake of blood churns.483 da

l of the life-energy arrow within the copy of that text; conceal it in the namnang [statue] at mount chimpu. when the impure age520 rises, at the time when the royal lineage falls into vulgarity, a man who will obtain this very text will arise in the manner of a fierce lightning bolt. by establishing the knowledge mantra of the lotus, the haughty ones will be gathered uncontrollably, arising from the direction of the copper field realm of the might demons. then they will protect the accomplished royal lineage [332] this fulfillment bestows fruition. without the vow [the protectors] might slip from one s hand" speaking thus, when the master padma[sambhava] went to tame the flesh-eating demons of the southwest for both king trisong deutsen and the monk gyelwa chokyang, he instructed them and

#k:-8+m-\o,-qm$-a -1-`o-0bo#=kk 206 appendix c fragment from the lightning garland 1. might demon petition (27.2-30.1) 1.1. setting (27.2-27.6) 1.2. praise and offerings (27.6-28.4) 1.3. reconsecration offerings (28.4-28.6) 1.4. vow amendment (28.6-29.5) 1.5. request (29.5-30.1) 1.1. setting (27.2-27.6) then, regarding the might demon petition: kyai! regarding those various places, over there in the direction where the sun sets, in the red fields of copper in the might demon realm; regarding the great might demons, the seven emanating riders who obey the powerful lotus [tamdrin: usually, they have a red body color, brandish flags and lassos in their hands, and exist together with the assembly of the haughty eight classes of deities. come here! come here! come to this place..latrivajrasam

BLAVATSKY H P ANTHROPOGENESIS

actual man and his inner nature, the fall mentioned above having left no original sin on humanity. but all this has been sufficiently dealt with. furthermore, we are taught that the transformations through which man passed on the descending arc- which is centrifugal for spirit and centripetal for matter- and those he prepares to go through, henceforward, on his ascending path, which will reverse the direction of the two forces- viz, matter will become centrifugal and spirit centripetal- that all such transformations are next in store for the anthropoid ape also, all those, at any rate, who have reached the remove next to man in this[[vol. 2, page] 262 the secret doctrine. round- and these will all be men in the fifth round, as present men inhabited ape-like forms in the third, the precedi

the old tombs at carnac "a prominence and a central tomb "bones are found in them (the tombs" he says "and mr. hillwell tells us that some of these are enormous, the natives (of malabar) calling the tombs the dwellings of rakshasas (giants" several stone circles "considered the work of the panch pandava (five pandus, as all such monuments are in india, so numerous in that country" when opened by the direction of rajah vasariddi "were found to contain human bones of a very large size (t. a. wise, in "history of paganism in caledonia" p. 36. again, de mirville is right in his generalization, if not in his conclusions. as the long cherished theory that the dracontia are mostly witnesses to "great natural geological commotions (charlton, and "are the work of nature (cambry) is now exploded, h

seer of the open eye" the story about enoch, told by josephus, namely, that he had concealed under the pillars of mercury or seth his precious rolls or books, is the same as that told of hermes "the father of wisdom" who concealed his books of wisdom under a pillar, and then, finding the two pillars of stone, found the science written thereon. yet josephus, notwithstanding his constant efforts in the direction of israel's unmerited glorification, and though he does attribute that science (of wisdom) to the jewish enoch- writes history. he shows those pillars as still existing during his own time. he tells us that they were built by seth; and so they may have been, only neither by the patriarch of that name, the fabled son of adam, nor by the egyptian god of wisdom- teth, set, thoth, tat, s

es or the law of moses. they aspired to build a temple to[[hebrew, like the structures erected by hiram to hercules and venus, adon and astarte. says furst "the very ancient name of god, yaho, written in the greek law, appears, apart from its derivation, to have been an old mystic name of the supreme deity of the shemites. hence it was told to moses when he was initiated at horeb- the cave- under the direction of jethro, the kenite (or cainite) priest of midian. in an old religion of the chaldeans, whose remains are to be found among the neo-platonists, the highest divinity, enthroned above the seven heavens, representing the spiritual light-principle. and also conceived of as demiurgus* was called[[iao[[hebrew, who was, like the hebrew yaha, mysterious and unmentionable, and whose name wa

ld, and especially the nine-fold division, the mystery of the cyclic divisions applied to heaven and earth, gods and men, will become clearer to them than it is now. for "there is a harmony of numbers in all nature; in the force of gravity, in the planetary movements, in the laws of heat, light, electricity, and chemical affinity, in the forms of animals and plants, in the perception of the mind. the direction, indeed, of modern natural and physical science, is towards a generalization which shall express the fundamental laws of all, by one simple numerical ratio. we would refer to professor whewell's 'philosophy of the inductive sciences' and to mr. hay's researches into the laws of harmonious colouring and form. from these it appears that the number seven is distinguished in the laws reg

ysiological selection- mr. g. j. romanes finds certain difficulties in regarding natural selection as a theory for the origin of adaptive structures. he proposes to replace it by what he calls physiological selection, or the segregation of the fit. his view is based on the extreme sensitiveness of the reproductive system to small changes in the conditions of life, and he thinks that variations in the direction of greater or less sterility must frequently occur in wild species. if the variation be such that the reproductive system, while showing some degree of sterility with the parent form, continues to be fertile within the limits of the varietal form, the variation would neither be swamped by intercrossing nor die out on account of sterility. when a variation of this kind occurs, the phy

pe are common to japan, inclines to the theory, first advanced by dr. asa gray, that the migration of species, to which the community of types in the eastern states of north america, and the miocene flora of europe is due, took place when there was an overland communication from america to central asia between the fiftieth and sixtieth parallels of latitude, or south of behring straits, following the direction of the aleutian islands. by this course they may have made their way, at any epoch, miocene, pliocene, or pleistocene, antecedently to the glacial epoch, to amoorland, on the east coast of north asia" the unnecessary difficulties and complications here incurred in order to avoid the hypothesis of an atlantic continent, are really too[[footnote(s* the pacific portion of the giant lemu

BLAVATSKY H P COSMOGENESIS

of their kingdom* they were not robbed (affected, and laughed. do your worst, sir, you cannot reach us, they said. but the smaller wept. they complained to the mother. she exiled bal-i-lu to the centre of her kingdom, from whence he could not move (since then) he (only) watches and threatens. he pursues them, turning slowly around himself, they turning swiftly from him, and he following from afar the direction in which his brothers move on the path that encircles their houses* from that day he feeds on the sweat of the mother's body. he fills himself with her breath and refuse. therefore, she rejected him" thus the "rejected son" being our sun, evidently, as shown above, the "sun-sons" refer not only to our planets but to the heavenly bodies in general. himself only a reflection of the cen

nce will show a better appreciation of the wisdom of the ancients than it has hitherto done? no doubt occult philosophy could learn a good deal from exact modern science; but the latter, on the other hand, might profit by ancient learning in more than one way, and chiefly in cosmogony. for[[footnote(s[[footnote continued from previous page] curve, which shall represent for that particular period, the direction in which the properties of the series of elements vary with rising atomic weights. now, the writer humbly confesses complete ignorance of modern chemistry and its mysteries. but she is pretty well acquainted with the occult doctrine with regard to correspondences of types and antitypes in nature, and perfect analogy as a fundamental law in occultism. hence she ventures a remark which

pace and gross physical bodies, the whole sidereal and unseen space is, in the sight of the materialists, one boundless void in nature- blind, unintelligent, useless. and now the next question is: what is that cosmic substance, and how far can one go to suspect its nature or to wrench from it its secrets, and thus feel justified in giving it a name? how far, especially, has modern science gone in the direction of those secrets, and what it is doing to solve them. the latest hobby of science, the "nebular theory" may afford us some answer to this question. let us then examine the credentials of the nebular theory[[footnote(s* a group of electricians has just protested against the new theory of clausius, the famous professor of the university of bonn. the character of the protest is shown in

were the centres of force. they were reduced to mathematical points. but if their extension in space was nothing, so much fuller was their inner life. assuming that inner existence, such as that of the human mind, is a new dimension, not a geometrical but a metaphysical dimension. having reduced the geometrical extension of the atoms to nothing, leibnitz endowed them with an infinite extension in the direction of their metaphysical dimension. after having lost sight of them in the world of space, the mind has, as it were, to dive into a metaphysical world to find and grasp the real essence of what appears in space merely as a mathematical point. as a cone stands on its point, or a perpendicular straight line cuts a horizontal plane only in one mathematical point, but may extend infinitely

e elements and the phenomena of the universe" remarks mrs. a. kingsford in a foot-note explaining it very correctly. so does eastern philosophy[[vol. 1, page] 673 the aliases of fohat. a system moving in an elliptical orbit around the sun. the aphelion of this ring is 1,732 millions of miles beyond the orbit of neptune, its plane is inclined to the earth's orbit at an angle of 64[[degrees] 3, and the direction of the meteoric swarm moving round this orbit is contrary to that of the earth's revolution. this fact, recognized only in 1833, shows it to be the modern rediscovery of what was very anciently known. fohat turns with his two hands in contrary directions the "seed" and "the curds" or cosmic matter; is turning, in clearer language, particles in a highly attenuated condition, and nebul

BLUE EQUINOX

o that, and no other shall say nay. write it also in your heart and in your brain: for this is the key of the whole matter. here nature herself be your preacher: for in every phenomenon of force and motion doth she proclaim aloud this truth. even in so small a matter as driving a nail into a plank, hear this same sermon. your nail must be hard, smooth, fine-pointed, or it will not move swiftly in the direction willed. imagine then a nail of tinder-wood with twenty points.it is verily no longer a nail. yet nigh all mankind are like unto this. they wish a dozen different liber cl 105 careers; and the force which might have been sufficient to attain eminence in one is wasted on the others: they are null. here then let me make open confession, and say thus: though i pledged myself almost in bo

y king* payable with application. when a brother in good standing takes a new degree he pays with his fee only the extra subscription. liber xv o.t.o. ecclesi gnostic catholic canon miss o.t.o. issued by order^ xi o. t. o. h i b e r n i i o n e t omnium britanniarum rex summus sanctissimus 249 liber xv ecclesi gnostic catholic canon miss i of the furnishings of the temple in the east, that is, in the direction of boleskine, which is situated on the south-eastern shore of loch ness in scotland, two miles east of foyers, is a shrine or high altar. its dimensions should be 7 feet in length, 3 feet in breadth, 44 inches in height. it should be covered with a crimson altar-cloth, on which may be embroidered fleur-de-lys in gold, or a sunblaze, or other suitable emblem. on each side of it should

the ascetic life assists liberation. the ascetic thinks that by reducing himself to the condition of a vegetable he is advanced upon the path of evolution. it is not so. minerals have no inherent power of motion save intramolecularly. plants grow and move, though but little. animals are free to move o every direction, and space itself is no hindrance to the higher principles of man. advance is in the direction of more continuous and more untiring energy. 31. the blessed ones have scorned to do so. the lion of the law, the lord of mercy, perceiving the true cause of human woe, immediately forsook the sweet but selfish rest of quiet wilds. from aranyani he became the teacher of mankind. after julai had entered the nirvana, he preached the equinox 46 on mount and plain, and held discourses in

BOOK OF JASHAR

ter creation, god's interventions are shifted in scale from cosmic to microscopic, as will be confirmed by the promise to noah. eve and human are ready to accept this gift of fire, and they immediately begin learning to use it, but their companions faben and flo are not ready and they flee. as in genesis, flaming swords mark the division between animal innocence and human sophistication, but here the direction of the swords is reversed. in genesis, the angels wield flaming swords to drive adam and eve away from the garden of eden. here, however, the flaming swords drive faben, flo, and the other animals away from the newly created domain of humanity. the word "wilderness" first appears at this point, to denote the land not yet tamed by people. at this moment, the wilderness includes the wh

BOOK T

4. find the significator. it be in the hb:y pack, the question refers to work, business, etc; if in the hb:h pack, to love, marriage, or pleasure; if in the hb:h pack, to money, goods, and such purely material matters. 5. tell the querent what he has come for: if wrong, abandon the divination. 6. if right, spread out the pack containing the significator, face upwards. count the cards from him, in the direction in which he faces. the counting should include the card from which you count. for knights, queens and princes, count 4. for princesses, count 7. for aces, count 11. for small cards, count according to the number. for trumps, count 3 for the elemental trumps; 9 for the planetary trumps; 12 for the zodiacal trumps. make a "story" of these cards. this story is that of the beginning of t

BUCKLAND RAYMOND COMPLETE BOOK OF WITCHCRAFT

quiet place, away from outside noises such as traffic and children at play. the best place, of course, is your cleansed and consecrated circle. if, for some reason, you must choose another area, it should be cleansed and consecrated in the same manner as your circle. some adepts insist that the meditator face the east. in certain cases it does seem to give a slight benefit, but generally speaking the direction of physical orientation is of slight importance. if your area has a blank wall on the east and a window on the west, you will probably feel far more comfortable facing the window. the important thing is to be as comfortable as possible. remove possible sources of disturbance where possible. a ticking clock or, worse, the discordant ring of a telephone or doorbell, can be shattering

hausted. but you will feel good! take your time recovering. have a glass of wine (or fruit juice) and relax before clearing the temple. in some traditions the power is directed by the coveners into the priest/ess who, in turn, does the actual releasing and directing. this can be quite effective, though i have found that it takes a strong priest/ess to properly handle the accumulation of power and the direction, so i do not generally recommend this method. timing it is important to know when to do your magick. in an earlier lesson i talked about the phases of the moon. the moon is your clock and your calendar for working magick. if the moon is waxing, then that is the time for constructive magick and the best time is as close to the full moon as possible. if it is waning, then that is the t

hroughout your many lifetimes. you may, therefore, have received the same type of injury in any one 235 236/ auckland's complete book of witchcraft of your previous lives or you may in any one of your future ones. 5. yes, it is possible. your temple can be in any area and does not have to be set up permanently. in this situation, the best place would probably be in your bedroom. 6. from the east (the direction of sunrise. 7. north green; east yellow; south red; west blue. 8. they all could be, but the best would be without metal. in order of preference i would put them (d (c (b (a. 9. an' it harm none, do what thou wilt. 10. yes, you can. it's not asthetically pleasing, however, and you could probably find something better, but it would do. to be sure it doesn't crack from the heat, you wo

BUDGE E

lds upon the gods who follow him. net-ra is the name of this field, arnebaui is the name of the guardian [of this field. this god beginneth to declare in this region the words which perform the destinies) of those who are in the tuat" in the lower part of the middle section of the scene we have another boat, in the centre. of which is a beetle; on one side of the beetle is a god with his knees in the direction of the prow of the boat, but having his head turned behind him and his hands raised in adoration of the beetle, and on the other is a god who also has his hands raised in adoration of the same object. the legend reads "the coming into being of osiris; as the boat has p. 7 no reed mat or carpet hanging from the prow, we may assume that it is intended to represent the atet or matet boa

h day [when] those advance who endow with magical power the dead by the mystery of their formulae. those who know this shall see their magical formul, and shall not pass through their flames" 2. nine bearded gods, who stand upright; each holds the symbol of "life" in his right hand, and a staff, the upper portion of which is in the form of a wriggling snake, in the left hand. these gods are under the direction of a god in mummied form, whose name, or description, is heru-her-she-tuati, i.e "horus who is over the lakes in the tuat" the names of the nine gods are- 1. sekhti. 2. am-sekhet-f. 3. nehebeti. 4. tchamuti. 5. neb-aatti. 6. heq-neteru-f. p. 204 click to view sekhti. am-sekhet-f. nehebeti. tchamuti. neb-aatt.i p. 205 click to view heq-neteru-f. pan-ari. teser-ari. aha-sekhet. heru-he

CASE PAUL F THE BOOK OF TOKENS

l, adds up to 73 and this is the value of the noun chokmah, c h k m h "wisdom. there are even profounder reasons for the identification of gimel with chokmah, which cannot be included in this brief commentary. 2 the quotation is from the emerald tablet, supposed to have been written by hermes trismegistus, and is one of the evidences that our author is one of the later qabalists. in the qabalah, the direction below is attributed to gimel, and above to beth. philosophically they refer to the superior and inferior natures of the one life, as described in the meditations. the doctrine here is so closely allied to that of the bhagavad-gita as to suggest that our author may have met one of the wandering hindu philosophers [36] c o m m e n t on g i m e l 4 compare the words of this paragraph wi

kingdom he concealed therein, because 10 is the number of the sephirah malkuth, the kingdom. 10 the phrase" to yield fruit, which sums up this paragraph, is another example of gematria. the hebrew is awbab, ab b" to blossom, to bear fruit, and the numeral value of this word is 5, the same as that of the letter h. 11 "who turn their faces to the east, and what follows, refers to the attribution of the direction east to the letter daleth, which precedes heh in the alphabet [60] c o m m e n t on h e h 12 "eternal fugitive" is from the proper name agee, a g a "fugitive, probably derived from the arabic. its numeral value is 5, the same as the letter h "food, in hebrew is bag, b g, a word derived from the persian. its numeral value also is 5 [61] the meditation on vav* 1 as that which uniteth a

CASSANDRA EASON A PRACTICAL GUIDE TO WITCHCRAFT AND MAGIC

nal ebbs and flows of energies. water is used to represent its own element [insert pic p042- magick in the southern hemisphere in magick, time and direction have an important place and it is necessary to understand that there may be differences according to which hemisphere of the globe you are working in. in the northern hemisphere, magical circles are cast clockwise, or 'deosil, which means 'in the direction of the sun. in the southern hemisphere, however, practitioners casting their circles deosil should normally cast them anti-clockwise, because that is the direction of the sun in that hemisphere. for this reason, i have used the term 'deosil (and its opposite 'widdershins) throughout this book when referring to the direction of circles. these terms are clearer than clockwise and antic

e, however, practitioners casting their circles deosil should normally cast them anti-clockwise, because that is the direction of the sun in that hemisphere. for this reason, i have used the term 'deosil (and its opposite 'widdershins) throughout this book when referring to the direction of circles. these terms are clearer than clockwise and anticlockwise, because as long as you think in terms of the direction of the sun, the terms can be applied wherever you are standing on the globe. practitioners in the southern hemisphere will also need to alter the dates i have given. for them, for example, the mid-winter solstice is celebrated on or around 21 seite 22 wicca01.txt june and the summer solstice, when the sun is at it most powerful, is around 21 december. in the same way, the two annual

ur modern-day calendar, for what matters is not the date but what is happening with the cycle of growth and fruition. so the autumn equinox is the time of harvest, whenever that may be in your part of the globe. things are a little more complicated, however, when it comes to the use of the quadrants of your magical circle and the directions, north, south, etc. i explained on page 41 that north is the direction of earth and winter. however, in the southern hemisphere since the equator, the area of maximum heat, is to the north, this direction will more naturally be regarded as fire. to face the colder direction of winter, you must turn away from the equator, towards the antarctic- the south. this means that when following the instructions in this book practitioners in the southern hemispher

r and pestle, breathing in life from the living fruits and flowers and projecting it as blue healing light that may be mingled with the green of the herbs. you can adapt the chant if you do not wish to use specific names, for example: goddess, mother, healer, restorer, hear our plea* now that you have raised the cone of blue power, it can be directed towards the person to be healed by pointing in the direction of their home, with either your power finger or a wand, and uttering a final cry: heal and bless. seite 73 wicca01.txt rather than now grounding the remaining power, you can use it to fashion a slower, but equally potent, talisman that will continue the work* sit quietly in front of the altar, facing north, and sew a doll-shaped bag, to be filled with herbs (see the template on page

nd amongst unwanted memorabilia. alternatively, cover an ordinary one with gold or silver foil* a crystal pendulum or any crystal pendant that will swing freely. when you are ready to start the spell on the first night, have a bath, with a few drop of frankincense or sandalwood added, to open your psychic channels. now prepare yourself for the spell* sit in the south of your circle, facing north, the direction of magick and mystery* let your body fill with light from your feet right through to your head. seite 79 wicca01.txt* breathe in the gold and silver colours of the items you have assembled and exhale darkness. if you are in a hurry, just set up your spell and sit for a few moments drawing up power light and energy through your feet. extend your hands over your head in an arch, stretc

hite cushion or piece of white cloth* six incense sticks of appropriate fragrances and separate holders to catch the ash* ivy or any green fronds; if you cannot obtain any, green ribbon will do (ivy is a plant associated with fidelity and permanent relationships) now begin your ritual* place your ring in the centre of your altar, on the white cloth or cushion* to the left of it (towards the west, the direction of love and emotions, place and light the candle* take your incense sticks one by one, and light each in the candle, reciting: incense of love, incense of power, thus do i charge thee, now at this hour. incense of faithfulness, incense of truth, bring love that will last, in age and in youth. in sickness and sorrow, in health and in joy, in wealth and in dearth, may nothing destroy*

sings* leave the candle and incense to burn away and bury any ash or wax afterwards in the earth beneath a tree. a healing ritual with sunlight and moonlight this is a very magical form of healing and can be carried out either alone or as a group activity. quartz crystal balls were traditionally used medicinally to concentrate the rays of sunlight upon a diseased or painful area of the body or in the direction of some internal organ. this clear crystal stone has always been associated with energising powers and with healing. in its spherical form of completeness, it is perhaps the ultimate healing and magical stone. you can buy tiny spheres quite cheaply and these work just as well as a large crystal ball. sunlight is good for energising and improving physical health and vitality, encourag

rthquakes, storms and volcanoes and is the archangel of salvation. he is sometimes linked with the courage of mars. he warned noah of the impending flood and led abraham out of ur. believed to have given alchemy to mankind, he also imparted the wisdom of the kabbalah, the book of sacred writings, to hebrew mystics. he stands as wise protector and keeper of the sacred mysteries, hence representing the direction of magick and initiator of all who seek the mysteries. uriel stands in the north and his colour is the deep blue or purple of midnight. raphael raphael is the healer and travellers' guide and is often associated with mercury, the messenger of the dawn. he is the angel who offers healing to the planet and to mankind and all creatures on the face of the earth and in the skies and water

direction, light the spring equinox candle, saying: once more you overcome the darkness; the throne of light is yours to ascend and longer days are won* move to the south-east and, facing this direction, light the beltain candle, saying: your warmth brings green growth once more to the barren earth. i kindle fires to draw your healing strength and the corn will grow high* move to the south, face the direction of the summer solstice, light the candle and say: the sun is at its height and all nature filled with power. the lord and lady of the universe, sky and earth, are joined on this day* around the summer solstice candle, scatter a circle of dried or fresh dill, st john's wort, vervain and clover (trefoil- these are the herbs that bloom at this time and were used to exorcise harm and bri

an work within it* light first the blue candle of the north, followed by the green candle in the east and the blue candle in the south, saying: the light is born, increases, flames and flares, and with it our lives increase, intensify, we plough and plant, create and tend, travel far and seek our destinies* light finally the green candle of autumn and the west, the celtic direction of endings and the direction of the otherworld, to which souls go for rest and regeneration, saying: the harvest is gathered and the fruits of our endeavours made great by the bounty of mother nature* take now a large bowl (or your cauldron) filled with water and place it to the west of the leaves and the circle of the harvest fruits* take a leaf to symbolise an ending, an unfulfilled hope or plan and another fo

CHIREAU YVONNE BLACK MAGIC RELIGION AND THE AFRICAN AMERICAN CONJURING TRADITION

doctor he always brought a pack of cards and a bottle with a live bug in it.a string tied around the neck of the bottle" declared shepard "he shuffles cards, you cut them, and he calls them off. all the time he is watching his bottle with the bug in it called a ewalking boy. f" according to shepard, when the insect shifted in the\ 102\ underside of the bottle, the specialist was able to determine the direction in which the victim's enemy went. another healing practitioner used the "walking boy" to uncover a charm believed to be hidden beneath the grass in someone's yard "after he had walked over and around the yard several times" related an observer "the "boy" fluttered and kicked as though he would come out of the bottle" a person was ordered to dig quickly in that spot, for a "trick bag"

CONCERNING THE CEREMONY OF THE CONSECRATING THE VAULT

e celebration and solemn ceremony of the consecration of the vault remind us to always aspire to the highest point, just as the a is in its highest point in the sky. the three chiefs join wands and ankhs forming the fiery triangle through which the energy is raised. the wands held by the black ends now brings down the power. the vault is being charged through the magnetic power of the wands under the direction of the three chiefs. this builds and establishes a shield against the qlippoth, and at the same time, runs a line to them so that they may too be utilized in the performances of the great work. the chief adept who is in the pastos is at the brunt of the incoming current. this current is discharged into his astral form. the resurrection now the pastos is removed and the resurrection i

COSIMANO CHARLES ELEMENTARY PSIONICS

he opposite direction of the yes answer. at this point you may notice that the pendulum does not swing very far for either or may not even swing at all. don't worry about that. you are just not used to it and with a little practice it will go swinging as merrily as thieves at tyburn (that's where the british used to hang..oh, forget it) once you have this down, make a copy of the picture and mark the direction of the yes swing. it was either a straight line or a circle. then mark the no swing. the chart is called an ideometer and i did not know that when i started using it. in fact, when i first heard the word, i thought that the person was talking about a device to measure idiots and i could not quite understand what that had to do with pendulum. the reason we need to learn to work with t

ve no idea where to look and you have this sneaking fear that the neighbor's child may have eaten it while you were babysitting. nil desparandum (which is ancient italian for don't despair. you have your trusty pendulum and this book. stand and hold the pendulum away from you and visualize the ring, while humming wagner. well, you don't have to hum the wagner. the pendulum will swing away from in the direction of the lost object. all you have to do now is follow the pendulum in the direction that it swings until it stops going back and forth and starts to swing in a circle. the lost ring should be in the center of that circle. i remember many years ago when i first started using the pendulum and i found myself giving a surprise demonstration of what it could do. when i was very young, like

ke much remembering as i had just started to work with it and i was behaving like a kid in the candy store and there was no way i was going to resist an opportunity like this. it probably looked very strange, but being boss's son has some advantages and this was one of them and besides, nothing else was working. so i made a makeshift device with a cam and some heavy twine and asked it to point in the direction of the missing part. at that point i felt a little stupid because it pointed in a direction we had searched to death. in fact we had found oodles of other things, but no missing part. but i did not give up, but rather perservered and followed the pendulum until it stopped over a barrel which contained a substance called oil-dry, which is actually sort of like kitty litter and is used

. aren't you lucky? let us say that you are playing golf and you have lost your favorite ball. now i know everyone has more than one golf ball, even if they don't play golf, but this one is your favorite, being the one your grandfather used when he played against sam sneed back in the 1950's. the field is going to be too big for you to simply follow the pendulum even though you can be pretty sure the direction the ball went, so you take two readings. hold the pendulum and let it swing, noting the direction. having done that, walk to the side some distance and take another reading. where the lines of the two readings cross, there is the ball, just waiting to be hit again. map dowsing map dowsing is nothing more than using a pendulum over a map to find something. it is a time-honored practic

including the best house to buy. it is a very simple procedure, but depending on how detailed your search, can be time consuming. so let us say that you own a large tract of land and you want to find a new place to dig the well. the tract is large enough that there is a map detailing it and you take this map and hold the pendlum at one side, asking it to find the best place to sink the well. note the direction the pendulum swings and then hold the pendulum at a different spot on the edge and repeat the procedure. draw two lines along the swings of the pendulum and where they cross, there you will find water. but let us say you are looking for something on a very large map, such as where you want to move. you can, with some time, find the exact location of the the house you want. begin with

the plaster instead of an empty spot, or an empty stomach as it were. now as the man was not fat, it was not a hunk of people-blubber, so the good doctor was rather puzzled by it. he felt around and found no mass of tissue and repeated the tapping, this time getting the sound he expected. now this was a great puzzlement and the only reason doc abrams could figure out was that the man had changed the direction he was facing. maybed the magnetic field of the earth had something to do with it. inspired by this fascinating posibility he marched the man (who was, after all, paying for this) around the office tapping his tummy as he faced in every direction except upside down (let us be thankful the good doctor did not think of that, better yet, let the patient be thankful, in whichever heaven

t dial through its entire cycle and did not get a stick. turn the dial back and try again. if you do not get a stick this time, there are a number of things that you can do to correct the situation. different spots on the stick pad tend to be more sensitive than others. try rubbing around the pad until you find a place that feels right. it will be the place that offers the best resistance. change the direction you face with the box. some folks are sensitive to the earth's magnetic field (which is, after all, how all this started in the first place) and you may be one of them. but suppose, horrors of horrors, you don't get a stick at all, no matter what you do. then you can use the pendulum to tune the instrument. now using the pendulum to do the tuning has a little problem in that the pend

to say anthrax every time you have a long-distance phone call. it will drive them nuts. anyway, around the turn of this century, soon to be the last century, the term used for this was "travelling clairvoyance" so if you run into that phrase in an old book you will know what it means. when i wrote the first edition of this book, the defense department was doing a lot of work with this skill under the direction of ingo swan and general stubblebine (his real name! when i first heard it i thought it was a joke because it sounds like something right out of rocky and bullwinkle. some of what they did apparently was surprisingly accurate but when a few of their people went bonkers and started looking for the ark of the covenant (which everyone knows is in my bedroom because grandma used it for a

DARK GODS

g our planet several times in the past by passing through one of the many `star gates. star gates are regions in space-time where our causal universe and the universe of the acausal are joined they are physical gates, and passage from one universe to another is possible through them. according to legend, star gates exist near to stars dabih, naos and algol: that is, if you journeyed from earth in the direction of one of these stars you would pass through a star gate. there are also stories of a star gate within our own solar system the gate through which the dark gods came to earth. this star gate is believed to be near the planet saturn. sometimes, the abyss invades our dreams, but mostly the abyss is reached by following the seven-fold way. it lies between the spheres of the sun and mars

DAVID ICKE AND THE TRUTH SHALL SET YOU FREE

ers ran the world than accept the responsibility for playing their part. these are the thought patterns which dominate the collective mind and it has therefore created that reality on a collective, global, scale. the collective mind has created a response to that desire for someone else to 'do it' by attracting together the energy fields- people- to construct the secret network which now controls the direction of everyone's lives. we have been given what we asked for, or 'thought' for. it is the same with religions. they, too, are created by the thought patterns of the collective mind, as are the media and other institutions which use fear and guilt for purposes of manipulation and control. these reflect, collectively, what billions of people do in their everyday lives. they manipulate fea

el of initiate within the secret societies knows more than those below them, so the fourth dimensional prison warders ensure that they know far more than even those human vehicles at the top of the global pyramid of manipulation. today, at their higher levels, this network of secret societies and the knowledge it has inherited are being used, i believe, for almost entirely negative reasons, under the direction of its highest, controlling core: the global elite or simply the elite. the members of this elite are either direct incarnations of the fourth dimensional prison warders or have their minds controlled by them. the aim of the brotherhood and its interdimensional controllers has been to centralise power in the hands of a few. this process is very advanced and it is happening on a globa

are constantly, by means of our press, arousing a blind confidence in these [scientific] theories. the intellectuals of the goyim [gentiles] will puff themselves up with their knowledge and without any logical verification of it will put into effect all the information available from science, which our agentur specialists have cunningly pieced together for the purpose of educating their minds in the direction we want. do not suppose for a moment that these statements are empty words: think carefully of the successes we arranged for darwinism" protocol 2..it is indispensible to undermine all faith, to tear out of the minds of the goyim the very principle of godhead and the spirit, and to put into its place, arithmetical calculations and material needs" protocol 4 darwinism, of course, refe

od."5 it is equally sobering to think that even though the round table network was directing the policies of the then most powerful country and empire in the world, the people didn't know such an organisation existed, never mind what it was doing. ask anyone today, including most historians, about the rhodes and milner round table and they will reply "the round what" the hidden hand that controls the direction of the world is indeed very well hidden from the public eye. the round table extended its influence across the atlantic to the united states. it was there that the power blocs which would control political and economic policy and the communications industry- to the present day- were being assembled in the early years of this century. these were the organisations and the businesses of

ce was gerald o. barney, the supervisor of another rockefeller environment/ population control study, the unfinished agenda. other agencies which supported the preparation of the report included the world wildlife fund,60 headed by prince philip (bil) and backed by prince charles (bil, prince bernhard (bil, and the hapsburg family; the institute for world order, created by c. douglas dillon under the direction of bertrand russell (comm 300; and the draper fund-population crisis committee established by the eugenics promoter, william draper; and the elite-controlled aspen institute. in 1965, an organisation inspired by the council on foreign relations was launched called the agenda 2000 group. this produced a report coauthored by zbigniew brzezinski (tc, cfr, bil) which called for an end to

n manipulate and deceive most of its own membership because it is structured like a pyramid. if you look at any 177 t 178..and the truth shall set you free figure 8 organisation, from a small business to a multinational corporation, you will see the same pyramid structure. at the top will be a very few people who know everything there is to know about the organisation, its motivation, agenda, and the direction it wishes to go. the further you descend from the peak, you meet more and more people who know less and less about that overall picture. they are only aware of their part in the organisation and not everyone else's. this is a manipulator's dream and it is the means through which the elite can control so many people and organisations across the world. most of those working for the new

efeller. on the board of w. a. harriman (brown brothers, harriman from 1933) were eight members of the skull and bones, among them w.a. harriman, e. roland harriman, knight woolley, and prescott bush. very obviously, the skull and bones society was, and is, an important means of coordinating the elite operations. averell harriman is a prime example of how skull and bones members have orchestrated the direction of the united states and the world, but many of the americans i have mentioned in this book are members of the s and b. its members have been behind the eugenics movement, the creation of the world council of churches, and the american civil war (in which the skull and bonesmen worked with the rothschilds, who had an agent on each side, judah benjamin and august belmont. pyramid powe

es; the economic system; the world military; the media; the intelligence agencies; public opinion manipulation 'health- the pharmaceutical industry; the illegal drugs network; population control- eugenics; education; food production; and so forth. these interconnecting elements hang together on a structure controlled from the top. it involves the covert infiltration of the authorities which guide the direction of society and the covert manipulation and coordination by key elite satellites in the centre of the structure like the round table and the royal institute of international affairs. all these threads and lines of command eventually feed into the united nations and its ever mushrooming network of agencies and power. i do not wish to give the impression that this network is all powerfu

rch establishments and its findings are used to direct the policies of the global elite network. in 1921, just as the royal institute of international affairs and the council on foreign relations were being formed, the duke of bedford, marquess of tavistock, gave one of his buildings for research into the effects of shellshock on british soldiers in the first world war. this was carried out under the direction of the british army bureau of psychological warfare under sir john rawlings-reece (comm 300. a student of sir john rawlings-reece was henry kissinger. it was tavistock, according to researchers like eustace mullins and others, that introduced the drug culture of the 1960s; and designed the mass bombing raids on civilians during the second world war to break the spirit of the people

could call this the 'culture of corruption' that we see so often in society, even in the lower echelons of business, the police, and politics. throughout this pyramid there is one common and all-pervading force, guide, and motivation. it decides the policy and holds the strings of those who manipulate our lives. this force is the guiding light, or rather darkness, which controls the thinking and the direction of those at the top of this pyramid of deceit. it is the prison warders' consciousness and its principal vehicle is known to us as black magic. postscript to 21st century edition in the 2004 presidential election both candidates, george w. bush and john kerry, were initiates of the skull and bones society- two masks on the same face as usual. and an initiate of licio gelli's p2 freem

DAVID ICKE CHILDREN OF THE MATRIX

he symbol of the phallus. so does christianity. the phallus, he says, represents the sun in sexual union with the female earth to bring new life. on one level that is true, but it is still a spin. take the freemasonic symbol of the square and compass (figure 29 overleaf. this is always placed over the chair (throne) of the worshipful master, which is positioned to the east in freemasonic temples, the direction of the rising sun. christian churches face east for the same reason. shaw says that lower-degree masons are told that the square is to remind them that they must be square or honest in their dealings with all people (excuse me while i laugh hysterically. the compass, they are told, is to teach them to "circumscribe" their passions, and to control their desires. maybe the paedophile a

thout it, the centralised control of the world by the anunnaki would not be possible. try controlling from the centre if the key decisions affecting countries and communities are being made by those who actually live there and care for the freedom of their fellow citizens. you would have such a potential diversity of decision-making and, therefore, decisions, that you could not guide the world in the direction that suits your agenda. the co-ordination would not be possible to make all the individual parts decide the same thing. but if you create a structure in which global policy in politics, business, finance, media, and military is decided by world bodies, all controlled by the same force, you can dictate to the entire human race while calling it "democratic freedom. t 336 children of th

ionships are everything. the relationships between planets and stars, water and air, hot and cold, thought and energy, are constantly creating and changing the world around us. relationships are literally what makes creation possible and human relationships are an expression of this. it is the main way that we learn and grow, but if blueprint rules are laid down on how relationships should be and the direction they must go, we are immediately building barriers to all other potential experience and, therefore, greater understanding. the flow of life leads us to what we need to experience and who with, and the flow comes from within ourselves. once we lay down the way it must be, or else, we are challenging that flow, which may have other plans for us. this creates a battle between the inner

DAVID ICKE THE BIGGEST SECRET

evites or under their supervision during or aftertheir period in babylon. this bunch of human sacrificing, blood drinking fanatics andblack magicians, who you would not trust to tell you the time, compiled the law whichjewish people to this day are supposed to follow. likewise many christian fanaticsquote this stuff as the word of god! it is not the word of god, it is the word of thelevites under the direction of the reptile full-bloods and crossbreeds of the babylonianbrotherhood. the sumerian tablets prove beyond question that genesis was a muchedited and condensed version of sumer records. the sumerian story of edin became thelevites biblical garden of eden. remember the story of moses being found in thebulrushes by the egyptian princess? the same tale was told by the sumerians-babyloni

tion. the festival of easter was as important to earlychristians as december 25th. the legend of mithra said he was crucified and wasresurrected on march 25th. the date of easter is no longer fixed to the first day ofaries, but the symbolism remains. the christian religious day is. sunday. christianchurches are build east-west with the altar to the east. this means that the congregationface east- the direction of the rising sun. even easter eggs, like hot cross buns, are nota christian tradition. dyed eggs were sacred easter offerings in egypt and persia,among other places. how ironic that the authorities at westminster abbey havequestioned whether they should have a christmas tree because it is a pagan symbol.the whole flippin religion is pagan!figure 16: the last supper by leonardo da vi

sciousness giving life to that body, your vision of yourself and your potential isexpanded beyond measure. what a nightmare for those who wish to exert control. sothrough the freemasonic networks, the royal society was formed, yet again in london,under a royal warrant from charles ii in 1662. it was the worlds first assembly ofscientists and engineers, and it was to be the dominating influence on the direction ofscience. virtually all the early members of the royal society were freemasons who knewthat that direction was flawed and untrue. no doubt the same applies today. some familiarnames are about to appear again. the father of the royal society, who was said to be itsinspiration before he died (or moved locations, was francis bacon, the top rosicrucian,translator of the bible, and archi

7ironically, diana used to have kensington palace swept for listening devices and nowshe was in the clutches of a man for whom bugging was an obsession. the al fayed villain san tropez was bugged, as were all fayed properties. everything diana said could beheard. bob loftus, the former head of security at harrods, said that the bugging there wasa very extensive operation and was also always under the direction of al fayed.38 henryporter, the london editor of the magazine v anity fair, had spent two years investigating alfayed and he said they came across his almost obsessive use of eavesdropping devices totape telephone calls, bug rooms, and film people. through mutual friends, porter warneddiana about al fayeds background and activities because we thought this was quitedangerous for her f

bonised; a high frequencysound or clicking noise is heard when the pattern is first formed; plasma lights aresometimes seen. every one of these effects would be caused by the gamma-ray beamdevice. the scientist and researcher brian desborough says:the high frequency gamma-ray beam would cause the moisture in the nodes to boil,swelling and softening the nodal cells and causing the straw to bend in the direction sweptby the beam. such beams are capable of creating extremely fine detail; the high frequencysound which is emitted from newly-formed crop circles strongly suggests that the beamsystems employed in this duplicitous act incorporate mossbaur technology. the soil withinthe circle would emit radiation and any creature unfortunate enough to be irradiated by thebeam would be carbon ised

DAVID ICKE RELATED THE HIDDEN GEARS OF FREEMASONRY

ucifer remember in isaiah 14:12-14, where god recalls lucifer's original sin of pride and rebellion? lucifer had every intention of taking god's throne by force and establishing his own reign. in verses 13 and 14, lucifer vowed "i will ascend to heaven; i will exalt my throne above the stars of god; i will sit upon the mount of assembly in the uttermost north" did you see that north is apparently the direction in which god's throne is situated, and lucifer planned to take it over. north is the place, occultists believe, where governmental authority dwells. now look at the goathead pentagram again. scott circle is precisely located at the middle of the goathead, and 16th street proceeds directly north. as you look directly north on 16th street, you will immediately see the house of the temp

"magical symbols" the vertical line symbolizes spirit. this spiritual force may move either from heaven to earth or from earth to heaven, or even from heaven to hell. the horizontal line symbolizes matter and movement from west to east. it also describes movement in time, as a direction in which one is traveling. this point is very critical, because the freemason is committed to taking america in the direction of the new world order. since the square combines the vertical and the horizontal, it becomes a symbol of the material, physical realm which is enmeshed with spirit and time. the passage of time within an occultic spiritual context is what is in view here. in this instance, the united states of america is the physical realm which is moving in time toward the desired direction of the

an occultic spiritual context is what is in view here. in this instance, the united states of america is the physical realm which is moving in time toward the desired direction of the new world order. mason headquarters (mt. vernon square) this square also contains one more piece of occultic meaning. in this goathead pentagram, mt. vernon square is the eastern point. in occultic doctrine, east is the direction from which a person receives spiritual knowledge and guidance. this belief originated in the pagan worship of the sun, and it is very much alive in freemasonry today. now, let us look at the symbol contained in the lower right hand portion of your washington, d.c, city street map. this combination of symbols runs south and east from the white house to the united states capitol. these

DAVIDSON DAN SHAPE POWER

her like resonant structures because they are now tuned. dan describes an interesting finding where a flow in a two dimensional pattern can be biased to follow a given pathway. he found that the pattern must be drawn with one continuous stroke of the pen, instead of being drawn in sections. as i understand this, as the pen or pencil moves to draw the pattern, crystals are deposited which point in the direction of the pathway, like fallen dominoes, serving as a kind of waveguide for subtle or aether energy. perhaps something of this nature might serve to create a conduit for the biasing of an energy flow into a collector. once the collector is charged, it can be extracted by draining it off or in the form of a sudden discharge. another claim that illustrates how shape power could be used is

zero point energy (zpe) field (i.e, aether) because the mass, at the nuclear level, is linked directly into aether. puthoff and his friends did a nice mathematical proof of what keely stated in 1896 that inertia was a result of the resistance of mass to the local aetheric field. hence, it is easy to see that movement/rotation would cause the aetheric flows of the mass to reorient with respect to the direction of movement. sonic stimulation performs the same thing by getting all the atoms of the mass to resonate together, which synchronizes aetheric flows into the nucleus. several interesting levitation effects have been observed where sonic stimulation assisted in the levitation. 1.3 engineering the aether some of the most interesting orthodox physics research relates to early work by whe

he paper is a different substance than the paper and will usually have a different conductivity than the paper for the flow of aether around it. if there is a stress in the aether at that point, then the differing conductivities will create eddy currents in the aether. see figure 1.5.4-1 3. the physical act of drawing any pattern in the aether creates an aetheric record and biases aether flows in the direction that the pattern was drawn. see figure 1.4.10-1 and section 1.5.1 on effects of drawing spirals in different directions. figure 1.5.4-1. line on paper shape power physics 1.5.5 shape power symbol combining combining the tesseract symbol on one piece of paper and the spiral on another paper and the papers set at right angles showed that the energies of the two symbols interact and are

d red energy at the south pole. holding permanent magnets will charge up a person's aura. two magnets facing ns-sn have a big bubble of energy between them. shape power can tap the energy flow around magnets. 8.4.1 gravity as summarized in table 8.1-1, the gravitation constant, as grad e, correlates with the seminal work by t. townsend brown. brown discovered that a capacitor will tend to move in the direction of the positive plate. apparent weight loss is the result when the plates are perpendicular to the local gravity gradient. this effect can be enhanced by making one plate much smaller than the other plate. this essentially forces the grad e to maximize. it should be noted that grad e is independent of whether the field is ac or dc. experiments have shown that even with this enhanceme

the zero point energy (zpe) field (i.e, the aether) because the mass, at the nuclear level, is linked directly into the aether. puthoff and his friends did a nice proof of what keely stated, in 1896, that inertia was a result of the resistance of mass to the local aetheric field. hence, it is easy to see that movement/rotation could cause the aetheric flows of the mass to reorient with respect to the direction of movement. sonic stimulation performs the same thing by getting all the atoms of the mass to resonate together which synchronizes aetheric flows into the nucleus. several interesting levitation effects have been observed where sonic stimulation assisted in the levitation. figure 8.4-1. paul stowe's experiment to test hydrodynamic gravity model 8.5 summary of nuclear structure a new

DIABOLUS

take the form of serpents, also connected to tiamat, the chaos dragon of the akko-sumerians. in the book of the sacred magic of abra-melin the mage, leviathan is one of the four crowned princes of hell, spell from the hebraic root of lvithn. he is called the crooked or piercing serpent or dragon. leviathan is a chief daemon along with lucifer, satan and belial. anton lavey attributed leviathan to the direction of west, associated with water. understanding leviathan provides a more significant challenge than any other daemon. rahab itself is a fallen spirit of timeless existence, as it wraps or folds in upon itself, thus a serpent which has mastered time, thus possesses a higher capacity beyond common human perception. a luciferian or satanic magician would use leviathan as the circle, and

DICTIONARY GLOSSARY OF OCCULT TERMINOLOGY

imit" one of the kabbalistic three so-called negative veils of existence (q.v. a description of the ultimate, unknowable divinity. ain soph aur: hebrew for "limitless light" one of the kabbalistic three so-called negative veils of existence (q.v. a part of the of the ultimate, unknowable divinity. air: one of the five magickal elements. it has the qualities of being warm and moist. the element of the direction of the east. the primary color is yellow. aiwass (aiwaz: the name of aleister crowley's (q.v) holy guardian angel (q.v. crowley spent many years trying to determine if aiwass was merely his higher self or was, in fact, a non-physical being. akasha: see azoth. also, the records of all that has occurred, is occurring, and will occur in the universe. alchemy: the art of transforming by

torch symbolized her search for her daughter persephone, the spirit of youth and spring. in the order of the astral star, a junior officer of a stellar temple [s.t. a member of clergy (deacon/ deaconess (q.v) of a working lodge of the order who serves as the warden of the south. dagger: a cross hilted, double edged, short blade used as the magickal tool and weapon of elemental air. attributed to the direction of the east. deacon/ deaconess: from the late latin, from the greek "diakonos" meaning "servant. in the christian church, a lesser member of the clergy. one who ranks just below a priest/ priestess and is assigned the responsibility of assisting the priest/ priestess in religious services and in administrative matters. dee, dr. john: a mathematician, astronomer, scientist, and ceremo

ound references to the enochian system, and greatly expanded it, making it the basis of their magical system. demon: from the greek meaning "spirit" in christian folklore, an evil spirit under the authority of satan (q.v. modern practice tends to distinguish "demon" from "daemon (q.v, the guardian angles (q.v) of the greeks. deosil: clockwise. the usual direction of movement in a magickal circle. the direction of circumbambulation (q.v) in the pathway of light. used to build energy. desire, ritual: a term used by don tyson to define the emotional motivation that gives rise to and drives a particular ritual expression. the ritual desire is what the ritualist seeks to fulfill by conducting the ritual. destiney: the complete and perfect fulfillment of human potential. devil, the: see satan. d

rophant: originally, the high priest of the greek mysteries at eleusis. more generally, any priest of the mysteries who reveals sacred secrets to initiates and candidates during initiation. in the order of the astral star, the chief officer of a stellar temple [s.t. the principle adept and ranking clergy (high priest/ high priestess) of a working lodge of the society whose station is at the east- the direction of light in regular working and initiations. in regular workings, it is customary for a past hierophant to stand as the warden of the east, so that the hierophant may direct the workings from the center of the circle. high magick: ritual or ceremonial magick. it is called "high" because it was first developed in places which were at a higher elevation than where farming was done, i.e

wiccan" the modern wiccan movement, as a formal religion and philosophy, began with the writings of gerald b. gardner (q.v) and doreen valiente, in the mid 1950's. anthropologist margaret murry (q.v) wrote two books that prefaced this modern movement in the 1920's. wicce: the feminine of wicca (q.v. widdershins [windershins: counterclockwise. movement against the movement of the sun. occasionally the direction moved in within a magickal circle, but rarely so. movement in this direction is used to help dispel excess energy within the circle that was built up, but not used. a grounding technique in ceremonial rituals. sometimes used to build malefic energies for the intentional purpose of performing black magick (q.v. will, true: the impulse inherent in human nature to realize individual hum

DION FORTUNE MYSTICAL QABALA

s effects, in the same way as we are ignorant of the nature of electricity yet are able to turn it to good account in our lives, and from our experience of its effects we are able to come to certain conclusions concerning some at least of the qualities it must possess. those who have penetrated furthest into the unseen have given us symbolic descriptions by means of which we may turn our minds in the direction of the absolute, even if we cannot reach it. they have spoken of negative existence as light "ain soph aur, the limitless light" they have spoken of the first manifest as sound "in the beginning was the word" i remember once hearing a man, who was an adept if ever there was one, say "if you want to know what god is, i can tell you in one mystical qabala page 25 word: god is pressure"

s were used as a form of picture-writing to indicate definite abstract ideas, of which the convention was well understood by the priesthood. having to deal with an illiterate population for the most part, for learning was limited to a very few in those days, they wisely said, look on this symbol and think about this story; you may not know what it means, if you are looking in the right direction, the direction whence light arises; and in proportion as you are able to receive it, light will flow into your soul if you contemplate these ideas. it is probable to the point of certainty that the illumination given in the mysteries included the elucidation of the metaphysics of these myths. 61. persephone, diana, aphrodite, hera, all exchange their symbols, functions, characteristics, and even su

pendulum swinging between geburah and gedulah (mars and jupiter) overreached itself in either direction it would commence to circle round to the reverse side of the globe and come into the sphere of influence of the corresponding averse sephirab. if it swung too far towards geburah (severity) it would come into the sphere of the burning and destroying forces and of hatred; if it swung too far in the direction of mercy it would come into the sphere of the permitters of destruction, and there is much significance in that name. 16. the mystic tells us that it is his aim to work in the sphere of pure spirit without any alloy of earth, and therefore he calls upon the name of god alone; but the occultist replies as long as you are in a body of earth you are a child of earth, and spirit for you

DION FORTUNE PSYCHIC SELF DEFENSE

ted, we cannot immediately reverse the spin of the soul and reconcentrate upon works of wisdom and redemption. we may liken the soul moving with the tide of evolution to a wheel spinning clockwise, or deosil; and a soul moving against the tide of evolution to a wheel spinning counter clockwise, or widdershins. the position of the axle can be altered so that the wheel revolves at any angle without the direction of its revolution being effected, but the flywheel has to be stopped before the engine can be reversed, and a big flywheel takes a great deal of stopping. moreover, in order to reverse the flywheel, we have to stop the engine. the normal movement of the soul is deosil, forward with the current of evolution. we need to think many times before we undertake to reverse that spin even mom

he thibetan orders, which unfortunately turned out to be upon the left-hand path. here she learnt the hatha yoga which gives control over the functions of the body. in her present life, she retained the powers her training had given her, but not the memory of its technique. consequently her emotional states affected those automatic systems of nervous control whose functions are normally not under the direction of the mind. whenever, therefore, she was emotionally disturbed, her subconscious mentation overflowed into the automatic mind and threw certain of the functional systems of the body out of gear. it is my belief that this explanation affords a key to a good many cases of functional disorder. many people in the course of occult meditative practices obtain control of the automatic mind

DONALDTYSON NECRO

nd speak. it was merely used as the focus for the spirit attracted by the spilled blood and evocations of the necromancer. it was necessary for the necromancer to possess mediumistic abilities to hear psychically the words of the spirit, or to gain the information of the spirit through other forms of communications. oftentimes the shade of the dead, called up by the necromancer, merely pointed in the direction where his treasure lay buried, or silently led the necromancer to the spot. in my opinion, it is not possible to call forth through necromancy the actual souls of those who have died. however, it is possible to summon spirits who represent themselves as those departed human beings to the necromancer, and these spirits may indeed possess valuable occult knowledge, or know of things th

DONALDTYSON PENTA

anish the powers and spirits of each element by inscribing the pentagram in different ways. the golden dawn system for invoking and banishing the elements is, in my opinion, unnecessarily complicated, but i will describe it here since it is employed almost universally in modern magic, and many readers will want to learn it. during rituals, it is customary to inscribe the pentagram upon the air in the direction that is associated with the element being invoked or banished. to invoke is to call forth, and to banish is to send away. pentagrams are inscribed with the right index finger, or more formally with a ritual instrument of projection such as the wand or sword. modern witches use a dagger called an athame. the correct way of drawing the pentagram is seldom taught, and perhaps is not tha

DONALDTYSON POSSESS

sion of your mind and body. if, as sometimes happens, it is necessary to deal with lower spirits who may be hurtful, you always evoke them outside the bounds of the magic circle. spirits are usually evoked into a triangle, which is drawn or otherwise marked on the floor just beyond the limit of the similarly marked magic circle. the point of the triangle points away from the circle, and points in the direction of the compass from which the lower spirit is to be summoned. usually, but not always, evoked spirits can be perceived in some way. smoke or steam may be used to give them temporary bodies within the triangle. or a magic mirror may be set within the triangle within which the spirit can manifest itself. the spirit may cause loud sounds outside the circle- very loud knocks or cracks el

ELIPHAS LEVI THE CONJURATION OF THE FOUR ELEMENTS

spirits only obey a power that is proved to them by showing itself their master even in their own element. when we have acquired by boldness and practice this incontestable power, we may impose upon the elements the mandate (verbe) of our will, by special consecrations of air, fire, water, and earth. this is the indispensable beginning of all magic operations. we exercise the air by blowing from the direction of the four cardinal points while saying: spiritus dei ferebatur super aquas, et inspiravit in facian hominis spiraculum vitae. sit michael dux meus, et sabtabiel servus meus, in luce etper lucem. fiat verbum halitus meus; et imperabo spiritibus aeris hujus, et refraenabo equos solis voluntate cordis nei, et cogitatione mentis meae et nutu oculi dextri. erorciso igitur te, creatura a

ELLIS LOW TWELVE 1907

se hell-hounds will soon run their race and god will smite them in his wrath "it seemed to me that the parson put more unction into his prayer than usual, while the scowling orderly stood at the door and impatiently awaited the close of the exercises. as i finally passed out, i heard the strains of our national song, sung with a heartiness and vigor that thrilled me through "the orderly walked in the direction of the provost marshal's office, with me just behind him and my neighbor at my heels. the provost was a large man, whom i had known 98 after ten years for years as possessing a furious temper. he was very profane and one of the fiercest secessionists in the state. when i entered his office he was savagely smoking a huge cigar, the smoke of which partly obscured his flaming features

t to remove the obstruction. while this was being done, he suddenly gave the order for the dismounted men to mount, which was immediately obeyed, and just then an incident occurred worthy of mention, as exhibiting a deed of individual heroism rarely witnessed. just as the men of the fourth regiment were well in the saddle, after the order of their commanding officer, a single soldier, coming from the direction of the enemy, with sword in hand, dashed into the black horse troop, which composed one of the squadrons of the fourth virginia cavalry, and on that occasion was the color squadron, sabering the men right and left, wounding several, and among them lieutenant william a. moss and corporal hugh hamilton, a gallant soldier and the color bearer. the boldness and suddenness of the attack p

ENCYCLOPEDIA OF OCCULTISM AND PARAPSYCHOLOGY VOL 1

r solar systems are the lowest manifestations of this being, which humans are capable of perceiving. human beings themselves are an emanation from the absolute, with which they will be ultimately reunited. abteilung fur psychologie und grenzgebiete der psychologie des psychologischen instituts der universitat freiburg i. br. parapsychology laboratory at the university of freiburg in germany under the direction of johannes mischo. the laboratory has a library and an experimental program and works in close cooperation with the institut fur grenzgebiete der psychologie und psychohygiene (institute for border areas of psychology and mental hygiene. address: belfortstr. 16, d- 79085, freiburg i. br, germany. abu yazid al-bestami (ca. 801.874) noted islamic mystic who founded the ecstatic school

viduals who, after stern self-denial and consistent self-development, have prepared themselves to assist in influencing the advancement of the world. the means by which this is attained are said to be long and arduous, but in the end the successful adept fulfills the purpose for which he was created and transcends other human beings. the activities of adepts are multifarious, being concerned with the direction and guidance of the activities of other human beings. theosophists claim that their knowledge, like their powers, far exceeds that of other mortals; they can control forces both in the spiritual and the physical realm and are said to be able to prolong their lives for centuries. adepts are also known as the great white brotherhood, rishis, rahats, or mahatmas. ordinary people who ear

inary channels of the senses, is shown by the examples of persons en rapport. the limit to this we do not know, but it is not unlikely that clairvoyance or second sight is based upon it. in his autobiography, the celebrated sac chief, black hawk, related that his great grandfather was inspired by a belief that at the end of four years he should see a white man, who would be to him a father. under the direction of this vision he travelled eastward to a certain spot, and there, as he was forewarned, met a frenchman, through whom the nation was brought into alliance with france. an anecdote related by captain jonathan carver, an english trader, in his little book of travels, describes his travels among the killistenoes. in 1767 they were in great straits for food, and depending upon the arriv

brilliantly lighted by a 100 candle-power lamp, and the door and window were shut, the latter fastened, and incapable of being opened from the outside. tweedale recorded several other similar observations. encyclopedia of occultism& parapsychology. 5th ed. apports 77 we were talking about the mysterious disappearance of the keys. suddenly i saw something bright coming swiftly through the air from the direction of the corner opposite the door and high up towards the ceiling, and so from that part of the room where there is neither door, nor window, nor any opening in the wall. the bright thing rushed through the air and struck my wife on the coil of hair at the back of her head. it came with such a force that it bounced from her head to a distance of nearly three and a half yards from where

tension. the medium always appeared to suffer more keenly if a greater distance was involved. the objects usually fell with a heavy thud. breakage, it was noted, seldom occurred. an alarm clock that was seen to fall at least 16 feet down the well of the stairs on to the flagstones in the hall of tweedale s house was found to be undamaged and still going. the precipitation is usually effected from the direction of the ceiling. catherine berry writes in her experiences in spiritualism: i saw coming from the ceiling, at the extreme end of the room, the branch of a tree about three feet in length. at the end was a large branch of white blossoms. i should perhaps say it appeared, in descending, like a flash of lightning. objects of unusual dimension and variety were apported at the millesimo ca

ine spiritualism was strongly influenced by the spiritism of french spiritualist allan kardec. the journal constancia: revista semanal, illustrada de espiritismo, psicologia, y socialogia was founded as early as 1877. other publications during the 1930s included la nota espiritista and revue anales. one early organization spiritualistic association lumen aimed to take the study of spiritualism in the direction of humanistic science rather than religion. with the growth of interest in experimental psychology stimulated by such pioneers as dr. horacio rinoldi, scientific techniques were applied to the study of the paranormal. the first institute of psychology was created in the university of buenos aires in november 1931 to investigate general psychology, psychological pathology, psychometry

stence and wants. the stage of evolution of this astral life is that of descent, the turning point not having yet been reached. he who possesses the physical body has, on the other hand, commenced to ascend, and there is, therefore, a continual opposition of forces between him and his astral body. hence, the astral body accentuates in him such grosser, retrograde thoughts as he may nourish, since the direction of these thoughts coincides with its own direction. if, however, he resists the opposition of his astral body, the craving of the latter gradually becomes weaker and weaker, till at last it disappears altogether. the constitution of the astral body is thereby altered, for gross thoughts demand for their medium gross astral matter, while pure thoughts demand fine astral matter. during

it rolls a different way each time, one must seek about for the treasure. the second method of divination by the axe is for the purpose of detecting robbers. the hatchet is cast on the ground, head downward, with the handle rising perpendicularly in the air. those present must dance around it in a ring until the handle of the axe totters and it falls to the ground. the end of the handle indicates the direction in which the thieves must be sought. it is said by some that if this divination is to succeed, the head of the axe must be stuck in a round pot. ayahuasca ayahuasca, the hallucinogenic drug favored by many traditional peoples of south america, has in the twentieth century become the center of a major new religious movement in brazil and began to spread among neo-shamanistic groups in

: institute for cultural research, 1974. psychological sciences: a review of modern psychology. new york: barnes& noble, 1974. belomancy a method of divination by arrows that dates as far back as ancient chaldea. it existed among the greeks, and still later among the arabians, although its use was forbidden by the quran. one popular method was to throw a certain number of arrows into the air, and the direction in which the arrow inclined as it fell pointed out the course to be taken by the enquirer. divination by arrows is related to rhabdomancy. sources: waite, arthur edward. the occult sciences. 1891. reprint, secaucus, n.j: university books, 1974. belphegor the demon of discoveries and ingenious inventions. he was said to appear in the shape of a young woman. the ancient moabites, who c

easons were given for this practice, some authorities stating that the corpse was placed thus in preparation for the resurrection, when the dead would rise with their faces toward the east. others think this mode of burial was practiced in imitation of the posture of prayer. a possibly related custom is the belief that a body must be carried into a churchyard or cemetery with the sun, that is, in the direction of sunset, from east to west. burland, c(ottie) a(rthur (1905.1983) ethnographer, author, and authority on mythology in relation to the occult. he was born september 17, 1905, in kensington, london, and studied at regent street polytechnic. except for his time of service in the royal air force during world war ii, he served for 40 years as a civil servant in the department of ethnogr

ENCYCLOPEDIA OF OCCULTISM AND PARAPSYCHOLOGY VOL 2

nd santa barbara. as her popularity grew, she organized mafu seminars and began to give weekend programs around the country. in 1988 mafu launched a more advanced study opportunity for people serious about his teachings, developing a course called advanced realization training beyond the human potential. the course introduced people to a macrobiotic diet, meditation, and other advanced teachings. the direction of the movement around mafu took a new turn in 1989 when torres visited india and had an intense religious experience. she took the vows of a renounced life (as a sanyassi) and accepted the mission as the ordained leader of spirituality for the present age. she also received her new name, swami paramananda saraswati. torres returned to the united states and established the foundation

t of the strongest man present. the medium of elizabeth d esperance recorded that during a seance in breslau the strongest man in silesia, a veritable hercules, vainly tried to prevent the movements of the table. zollner recorded this incident from a seance with henry slade: a violent crack was suddenly heard as in the discharging of a large battery of leyden jars. on turning, with some alarm, in the direction of the sound, the before-mentioned screen fell apart in two pieces. the wooden screws, half an inch thick, were torn from above and below, without any visible contact of slade with the screen. the parts broken were at least five feet removed from slade, who had his back to the screen; but even if he had intended to tear it down by a cleverly devised sideward motion, it would have bee

mployed were such as usually accompanied exorcism among tribal cultures, that is, dancing, flagellation of the afflicted person, induction of ecstasy, oblation to the fiend in possession, and noise. prophecy and divination prophecy and divination have been quite popular in myanmar, and were in some measure controlled by the use of the deitton, an astrological book of indian origin. observation of the direction in which the blood of a sacrificed animal flowed, the knots in torn leaves, the length of a split bamboo pole, and the whiteness or otherwise of a hardboiled egg were utilized as methods of augury. but by far the most important mode of divination in use in the country was the bones of fowls. it was indeed an almost universal way of deciding all the difficulties of burmese existence

, a new personal insight, or the realization of a spiritual truth. facilitating the personal transformation were a number of new age transformative tools: channeling, crystals, divinatory techniques (tarot cards, astrology, etc) and a whole range of holistic health practices. responsibility for bringing in the new age is in the hands of individuals who must take responsibility for their lives and the direction of society. as the new age movement emerged through the 1970s, it had a social vision that saw the merging of new age vision to older movements centered upon world peace, environmentalism, and multiethnic cooperation. healing became an important metaphor of the new age and the holistic health perspective provided an alternative program to the common scientific medicine built upon dru

the sobbing of the sisters of the deceased warrior-chief. there were 30 of us, sitting on the rush-strewn floor, the door shut and the fire now burning down to embers. suddenly there came a voice out from the partial darkness, salutation, salutation to my family, to my tribe, to you, pakeha, my friend! our feelings were taken by storm. the oldest sister screamed, and rushed with extended arms in the direction from whence the voice came. her brother, seizing, restrained her by main force. others exclaimed, is it you? is it you? truly it is you! aue! aue! and fell quite insensible upon the floor. the older women and some of the aged men were not moved in the slightest degree, though believing it to be the spirit of the chief. whilst reflecting upon the novelty of the scene, the darkness vis

rines where a god was believed to speak to human beings through the mouths of priests or priestesses. the concept of the god becoming vocal was not confined to ancient greece or egypt. the eskimos used to consult spirits for hunting and fishing expeditions. it is believed their wizards were as familiar with the art of giving ambiguous replies to their clients as were the oracle keepers of greece. the direction of the gods was also sought in all affairs of private and public life. the oracle of delphi at greece in greek mythology, when jupiter wished to learn where the central point of the earth was, he dispatched two eagles, or two crows, named by strabo. the birds took flight in opposite directions from sunrise and sunset, and they met at delphi. the site was given the title the navel of

sibility of imitating them by means of some adroit artifice on the part of the medium; nevertheless, according to what we have said, it is evident that this hypothesis would be not only improbable, but even useless in the present case, since even admitting it, the assembly of facts clearly proved would not be invalidated by it. in the following year, a series of seances took place in naples under the direction of a professor wagner of the university of st. petersburg. the next series was in rome in 1893.94 under the direction of mr. de semiradski, but was interrupted by a visit to warsaw where julien ochorowicz conducted additional experiments. he worked out the hypothesis of a fluidic double which, under certain conditions, detaches itself and acts independently of the body of the medium

circular piece of hard wood, five inches in diameter, is placed and attached to the outer edge of this a pointer. the upper piece of wood is attached to the lower by an ordinary screw, upon which the upper plate revolves when used for communication. another form is the ouija board, on which, in a convenient order, the letters of the alphabet are printed and over which a pointer easily moves under the direction of the hand of the person or persons acting as medium. it is stated that a form of this mystic toy was in use in the days of pythagoras, about 540 b.c.e. one french author described his celebrated school of philosophy, asserted that the brotherhood held frequent seances or circles at which a mystic table, moving on wheels, moved towards signs inscribed on the surface of a stone slab

iti, auguste (1855) italian watchmaker and physical medium. his mediumship was developed by the psychical researcher captain enrico de albertis. in 1902, a series of experiments were conducted on politi in paris by de albertis, col. eugene rochas, taton, lemerle, bacle, guillaume de fontenay, and dariex. photographs were taken of table levitations. in 1904, he was studied by a group in rome under the direction of professor milesi. in the paris seances, a piano was supposedly raised several times and noisly dropped. a table of 39 pounds was lifted over the sitters head, went through the opening of the curtain, and dropped upside down upon the floor. supposedly luminous phenomena were also obtained. in the fifth seance, two luminous crosses, about four inches in high, appeared. the sitters w

has been a marked decline in the physical phenomena of mediumship (most of which was fraudulently produced by tricks that will no longer work, poltergeists (not the product of fraud) continue to be reported, and many have been accessible to parapsychologists with modern monitoring equipment. in germany, the institut fur grenzgebiete der psychologie (institute for border areas of psychology) under the direction of dr. hans bender has studied 35 cases of poltergeists since world war ii. of these, the rosenheim case, 1967.68, attracted the most attention. in a lawyer s office in rosenheim, bavaria electric lamp bulbs exploded, neon tubes continually went out, fuses blew, photostatic copying machines did not work, telephones rang or conversations were cut off unaccountably, and sharp bangs wer

EXTRAORDINARY ENCOUNTERS AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF EXTRATERRESTRIALS AND OTHERWORLDY BEINGS

arm shot upward as if pointing to the sky, and he said, we come from up there. up there. the woman pushed his arm down and spoke for the first time. she said they were from hammond, indiana, and she gave a street address. the man signed the register but did it so awkwardly that simpson thought he seemed not to know how to use a pen. the woman wanted to know where they could eat. simpson indicated the direction of the motel restaurant. meanwhile, the bellhop came over to store their bags while they ate. at the manager s insistence simpson checked the indiana address and learned that both the name and the address were bogus. the bellhop checked the parking lot for a car with an indiana license plate but found none. the hostess who led the strange family to a table in the restaurant noticed t

losely at the figures. now they looked like adults, only two feet tall, perfectly proportioned, with light brown complexions and black hair. he also realized that they had not stepped out onto the road, but had materialized there. after a time he stepped out of the truck and approached the figures. his action apparently frightened them because they scattered into the dense undergrowth and fled in the direction of a nearby mountain. when gonzalez turned around to return to his vehicle, he was dismayed to see blue flames consuming it. within half an hour it and its cargo asbestos sheeting, sacked cement, and reinforcing steel had been reduced to fused metal and ash. the story made the mexican newspapers. soon afterward, the two investigators interviewed gonzalez and his boss, who confirmed t

ages are re c o rd e d in an occasional e-new s l e t t e r, sentinels of the sk y. further reading who are chief joseph and john cali? http//www. claimyourpower.com/sentinels/thechief.htm christopher jackie altisi, also known as jackie white star, channels messages from a variety of otherworldly entities, including the spirit of martyred contactee gloria lee, who died in 1962 while fasting under the direction of space people. a principal communicator is christopher, an aide to the king of the moon and spokesman for the lunarian station of united cosmic planets. according to christopher, the moon is a complete authority in itself, but working with an interplanetary confederation. these messages are circulated through the star light fellowship, established in 1962. see also: j.w. further re

ubliminal level. these beings (the earth coincidence control office, in l i l l y s phrasing) seek to influence human evolution in such a way that humans do not become enslaved to their technology. the other intelligences that share our planet dolphins and whales are more psychically attuned to these messages and re c e i ve them clearly. lilly holds that whales and dolphins quite naturally go in the direction we call spiritual, in that they get into meditative states quite simply and easi l y. dolphins have a highly developed consciousness, and a powe rful connection to higher re a l i t i e s (lilly, 1972. beginning in the 1950s, lilly had experimented with sensory deprivation. he would place himself in a tank of water in a totally dark, silent room. in due course he would undergo vivid

cted with the assistance of innumerable smaller, dimensional councils. the oldest of these is the 9d nibiruan council, also known as the ancient ones and the pelegians. this council is headed by devin and his half-brother jehowah, members of the two royal houses of aln and avyon. in the human dimension the third the 3d nibiruan council (3dnc) began in kansas city, missouri, in january 1997, under the direction of channeler jelaila starr and associates terry spears and dermot kerin. a year and a half later, it relocated to los angeles. starr is its sole owner, and the council functions as a tax-paying small business. according to starr, the 3dnc represents the gnc on earth and upholds its directives as they apply to this world. other responsibilities include providing the 9d tools of integr

to the rattle of his spring-cart and jumped up as if startled. they jabbered furiously to each other in a strange lingo welsh or something else; it was certainly not english. retrieving something on the ground, they ran to a carriage underneath the object, which then ascended in a zigzag motion. two lights on its side suddenly came on. emitting an awful noise, the craft flew higher and set off in the direction of cardiff. after lethbridge told his story in that city, investigators rushed to the site. if not for that circumstance, the episode would have the appearance of an early close encounter of the third kind. indeed, it is published in some ufo literature as just that. most accounts leave out what the investigators found at the site: a variety of artifacts including parts of letters, a

n, he said. whatever it was. see also: contactees further reading clark, jerome, 1986. waiting for the space brothers. fate pt. i. 39, 3 (march: 47 54; pt. ii. 39, 4 (april: 81 87; pt. iii. 39, 5 (may: 68 76. luno luno was one of a number of space brothers who communicated through lorraine darr of rochester, minnesota. in the mid-1970s, she and her husband, victor, performed psychic healing under the direction of friendly extraterrestrials whom the couple occasionally glimpsed in apparitional form. vic also underwent out-of-body trips that took him into spaceships. sometimes they took him to venus, where he used his healing talents to cure ailing natives. the couple also believed that while in meditative states they entered other dimensions. other space brothers who helped the darrs includ

to circ ulate through the spanish-speaking world. t h e y described the nature of the cosmos, eart h s sec ret history, and human beings spiritual nat u re. the teachings we re circulated under the name mission rama, organized as a nonpro fit corporation. they hold that there are three diff e rent universes: material (septennial, mental( eternal, and spiritual (mental. our ow n milky way is under the direction of twe n t y- four highly evo l ved beings, the elders of the ga l a x y. beneath them are advanced civilizations which actively assist lesser but deve l o p i n g races. each of these takes on a particular task, as genetic engineers, keepers, gu a rdians, ins t ructors, and the like. galaxy m-31, in the a n d romeda constellation, is the seat of an ext remely important council where

his mouth, at which time i heard a sound as of escaping gas (bullard, 1982) each also carried an egg-sized device that cast an intense but not unpleasant light when opened. 226 shaw s martians at this point the beings whom shaw presumed to be from mars tried to carry him and his friend away, but weighing as little as they did, they lacked the strength. so they turned around and flashed lights in the direction of a nearby bridge. the two men then perceived an airship, some one-hundred fifty feet long, hovering twenty feet over the water. the three martians floated with a swaying motion toward the craft. a door opened on the side, and the trio disappeared inside. the ship flew away and was seen no more. concluding his letter, shaw blasted other airship stories as clumsy fakes that should no

n human affairs to their otherworldly superiors. toward dawn the buzzing sounds, emanating from either the helmets or the belts, resumed. the two left the car, with villanueva following. eventually, they came to the ship, a saucer-shaped structure. the men invited him inside the craft, but at that moment he lost his nerve and fled back to the car. from it he saw the saucer ascend and disappear in the direction of the rising sun. when his experience became known soon afterward, villanueva was compared to the prominent american contactee george adamski. adamski met villanueva in mexico in the spring of 1955 and asked him a series of questions. an american couple that also was there would write, if the questions astounded us, so did the answers. salvador passed his examination at the hands of

FELDMAN DANIEL QABALAH THE MYSTICAL HERITAGE OF THE CHILDREN OF ABRAHAM

he ruach haqodesh to the karana sharira, and the neshamah to the mahakarana sharira. 26 the hebrew word geviyah (hyvg) begins with the letter gimel g, which is the gate that connects sefirah foundation/ below to sefirah beauty/last in the world of yeztirah. the triad of letters yhv that follows the gimel g is the specific permutation of the name vhy that the sefer yetzirah ascribes as the seal of the direction north, which corresponds to the zoharic sefirah understanding, the supernal root of yetzirah. 27 the pronunciation of the name hvhy as jehovah first appeared in the middle ages in jerome s vulgate latin translation of the tanakh, which became the official bible of the roman catholic church. jerome changed the y to j and used the vowels of the name adonai. 28 sifra detzniyutha 2. 29 s

FRANCIS A YATES GIORDANO BRUNO AND THE HERMETIC TRADITION

and that therefore from the study of a person's horoscope, the position of the stars at the time of his birth, one can foretell his irrevocably foreordained future. this magic is astrological only in the sense that it too bases itself upon the stars, their images and influences, but it is a way of escaping from astrological determinism by gaining power over the stars, guiding their influences in the direction which the operator desires. or, in the rehgious sense, it is a way of salvation, of escape from material fortune and destiny, or of obtaining insight into the divine. hence "astrological magic" is not a correct description of it, and hereafter, for want of a better term, i shall call it "astral magic. it is in a very timid hesitating and cautious manner that ficino embarks on a mild

e case. ficino is describing three different kinds of objects made to represent the figure of the world, one type being the cosmic mechanism of which della volpaia's clock is an example. 2 ficino, loc. cit. 75 ficino's natural magic influences on the inhabitants in such a way as to keep them healthy and virtuous, so ficino's "figures of the world" would be calculated to regulate the influences in the direction indicated in the libri de vita, towards a predominance of solar, jovial, and venereal influences and towards an avoidance of saturn and mars. the point in the description of the "figures of the world" to which i want to draw particular attention in view of later developments in this book is that these figures are not only to be looked at but reflected or remembered within. the man wh

ple in the uncompromisingly dualist zoroastrian system. with this determination to find adumbrations of christian truths everywhere, he would be likely to ignore, or to misunderstand as an "egyptian" version of christian asceticism, the dualist aspects of the hermetica. moreover, many of the most influential of the hermetic treatises, including the asclepius, are far from dualist and tend more in the direction of pantheism. the cabala, in so far as it can be called a gnosis, is also optimist. whilst pseudo- 1 see above, p. 33. 2 theologia platonica, iv, i (ficino, p. 130; in convivium, ii, 4 (ibid, p. 1325. this extraordinary statement was repeated after ficino in the later renaissance; see below, p. 174. 128 pseudo-dionysius and theology of a christian magus dionysius is surely the suprem

philological expertise. lorenzo valla was able to prove that the ad herennium, used throughout the middle ages as a text on rhetoric by "tullius, was not really by cicero.2 compare this with the unfailing gullibility with which ficino swallows as prisca theologia texts which are really hellenistic in date. then, the two traditions appeal to entirely different interests. the humanist's bent is in the direction of literature3 and history; he sets an immense value on rhetoric and good literary style. the bent of the other tradition is towards philosophy, theology, and 1 on petrarch as a textual scholar, see g. billanovich "petrarch and the textual tradition of livy, j.w.c.i, xiv (1951, pp. 137 ff. 2 valla pointed out (in his invective against bartolomeo facio) that the ad herennium is not wr

ll towards the world, its marvels, and mysterious workings, a new longing and determination to understand those workings and to operate with them. whence and how had this new direction arisen? one answer to that question suggested by this book is "hermes trismegistus. and under that name i include the hermetic core of ficinian neoplatonism; pico's momentous association of hermetism with cabalism; the direction of attention towards the sun as the source of mystico-magical power; the magical animation throughout nature which the magus seeks to tap and to operate with; the concentration on number as a road into nature's secrets; the philosophy, present in both a magical text-book like picatrix and in the philosophical hermetic writings, that the all is one, and that the operator can rely on t

FRATER ELIJAH ANGELS OF CHAOS

aotes. it is distinctive and yet parallel to format and precision. i emphasize the effect, but the dream sequence is not so easily described -we 99 i spent a great deal of time pondering over the ramifications of these rituals, and possible what if scenarios. presenting the core ideas of this operation we have the following (abstracted to a general form: a certain degree of coincidences led me in the direction of the calling to a higher self in the formulation of the r.o.g. a shocking event happened, which was channeled wholly into feverish desire (prayer/ meditation) towards the desired goal. this goal was taken to the point of obsession, while learning about the goals concepts, relations and connections of the hga. certain alignments with resonant factors of myself were brought into play

forth from my upbringing is a trap. every action must be waged against it s opposite, i must not falter along this way. did i forget to mention that everything both inside and outside of existence is insane? just thought i would clear that up. 10/1/99 the main occurrence of the binding of the necessary was recognized this past friday, in the early afternoon, which happened as a balanced vision of the direction and path for my life and future. i have to put in the work of course, but this is de-emphasized as this is all for myself. to take a perspective and change it for ones benefit is real magick let me emphasize, that this vision of clarity was very nice! to have a clear purpose of will and focus was welcome after the flux i just came from 11/6/99 the binding of the will. bearing witness

FREEMASON BLUEBOOK

the deacons and other officers in performing their respective duties. you are also to see that the tables are properly furnished at refreshment, and that every brother is suitably provided for. your regular and early attendance will afford the best proof of your zeal and attachment to the lodge. organist. my brother:you are appointed organist of this lodge, and i invest you with this jewel. under the direction of the worshipful master, you will conduct the musical services of the lodge. as harmony is the strength and support of all institutions, so may the harmony over which you shall preside strengthen and support every gentle and ennobling emotion of the soul. historian. my brother: you have been appointed historian of this lodge and i invest you with this jewel. it is your duty to colle

with your counsel; and that you may be prepared to exercise the functions of his office, to which you are liable to be called. senior grand warden r.w. brother:in investing you with the jewel of senior grand warden, i perform a pleasant duty. the position which you occupy in the grand lodge and among the fraternity is one of no little importance. in the grand lodge, to control practically, under the direction of the grand master, the admission of all visitors, to announce specially those who are of rank or eminence, and to aid in the preservation of order, and at all times to render counsel and advice to the grand master, are high andresponsible duties, requiring circumspection,vigilance, and reflection; but when to these is superadded the more onerous labor, in conjunction with the junio

l, the pens, l am persuaded that they will make an enduring record, not only to your praise, but to the welfare of a craft so largely dependent upon your experience and integrity. the grand marshal will now present the appointed officers, who take the official obligation in the same manner as the others. corresponding grand secretary. r.w. brother:the constitution imposes upon you the duty, under the direction of the m.w. grand master, of answering all foreign communications made to the grand lodge, and, when desired by him, to read all communications to it. from yourknown attachment to masonry, i have no doubt that you will perform all the duties which may be devolved upon you in a manner creditable to yourself and satisfactory to the grand lodge. maine masonic text book file//c /grand lo

FREEMASONRY AND CATHOLICISM BY MAX HEINDEL 2

vital energy which he absorbed into his body was used solely for the purpose of growing, until the time of propagation came, when a new budding body was cast off to grow also. there was no incentive to action, but if there had been, man would have had no mind or will to direct it. for the emancipation of humanity from this negative condition, one-half of the creative force was turned upward under the direction of the angels for the purpose of building a larynx and a brain, that man might learn to create by thought as do the divine hierarchies, and express the creative thought in words. thus man ceased to be physically hermaphrodite and became uni-sexual. he can no longer create from himself physically as do the hermaphrodite plants, nor psychically as do the elohim, the male-female hierarc

ain and larynx, organs which are still fed and nourished by this uplifting half of the sex-force. but while the gods direct their whole creative force to altruistic purposes by the power of mind, you still squander one-half of your divine heritage upon desire and sense-gratification. if, therefore, you would become as they, you must learn to turn your whole creative energy upward to be used under the direction of your intelligence entirely. thus only can you become as the gods and create from yourself by the power of your mind and the great word whereby you may speak the creative fiat. remember that physically you were once hermaphrodite like the plant and able to create from yourself. look into the future now through the perspective of the past and realize that your present uni-sexual con

FREEMASONRY AND CATHOLICISM BY MAX HEINDEL

t attempt to unite them, and had that been accomplished the world history from then on would have been altered in a very material manner. the sons of cain, descended from the fiery lucifer spirits, were naturally proficient in the use of fire. by it the metals hoarded by solomon and his ancestors were melted into altars, lavers and vessels of various kinds. pillars were fashioned by workmen under the direction of hiram abiff, and arches to rest upon them. the great edifice was nearing completion when he made ready to cast the "molten sea" which was to be the crowning effort, his masterpiece. it was in the construction of this great work that the treachery of the sons of seth became manifest and frustrated the divine plan of reconciliation. they tried to quench the fire used by hiram abiff

GAMBLE ELIZA BURT THE GOD IDEA OF THE ANCIENTS OR SEX IN RELIGION

s and the vilest practices. the symbols which appear in connection with early religious rites and ceremonies, and under which are veiled the conceptions of a still earlier and purer age, when compared with subsequently developed notions relative to the same objects, indicate plainly the change which has been wrought in the original ideas relative to the creative functions, and furnish an index to the direction which human development, or growth, has taken. as the human race constructs its own gods, and as by the conceptions involved in the deities worshipped at any given time in the history of mankind we are able to form a correct estimate of the character, temperament, and aspirations of the worshippers, so the history of the gods of the race, as revealed to us through the means of symbol

ssrs. maundrell and sandys, who in 1697 visited all the holy places in and around jerusalem, state that the entire city, but especially the sites of moriah, zion, and suburbs were hotbeds of fire and phallic worship as usually developed still in the east. the topography of ancient delphi, on the site of which was built the village of kastri, and at which place excavations are now being made under the direction of the american school of archaeology, has ever been a place of peculiar interest to the mystic. here are to be found all the natural features and objects which gladden the heart and stimulate the imagination of a solo-phallic worshipper. the holy mt. parnassus, the fountain of kastali, the deep cave said to be pythian, and the remnants of huge sepulchres hewn in the rocks all conspi

GILBERT AE WAITE A MAGICIAN OF MANY PARTS

atyou have done today is that which you can never repair, andwhatyears of remorse, nor groans of sorrow cannot wash out. in making an enemy of me you havedonewhatyou will repent of tothelasthourof your life, for my revenge will fall so heavily upon you, that itmustcrush you' tom shuddered at the bitter hate which his tones expressedasmuch and more than his words. his uncle then left himandwent in the direction of the house, calling on thetutorwithan oath to followhim.thereverend jonas creeper obeyed, casting as he passed a look of fiendish malignity on our hero,whomet it fearlessly. nelson gave a low growl which quickened his steps considerably, and he hastened up the steps of the verandah four at a time.alas, this first episode was alsothelast, fortheidlerfailed andthefateof ibm trueheart

e accomplished solely by correspondencewithevolution, which is the abidinglawof life' thelaw of evolution may be sub-dividedinto-thelaws in the development of physical beauty and perfection.thelaws 267in 267the development ofthe-.highermorality,thelaws in the development of intellectual aspiration and the realization of intellectual ideals.-thelaws in the development of the spiritual principle in the direction of the perfect rest and the perfect activity in god.perfection267consistsin the' physical order: in the realization of the dreamofbeauty. in the moral order: in the realization of the dream of love. in the intellectual order: in the realization. of the dreamofpoetry. in the spiritual. order .in therealization ofthedream of the mystics [note:theprospectus was issued in1891.1have been

GILBERT THE MAGICAL MASON

nprepared, must die. notice the grandeur and mystery increases as we pass up the masonic ladder or the sephirotic tree.theperambulation by the candidate under appropriate guidance is anaptimitation of the ceremony in the ancient mysteries. another remnant of the same form was until recently, and may be still, extant in scotland; the highland custom deasil was to walk three times round a person in the direction of the sun, for a favourable effect. to perambulate against the sun was called widdershins, and was an evil omen and act. freemasonry, as one special development of a long series of monotheistic secret associations, being constituted on a basis of masonic operations by masculine operatives, has perhaps necessarily excluded females; many military and hierarchical mystical societies ha

GILBERT THE SORCERER AND HIS APPRENTICE

ters. never by any chance allow yourself to try and write them cursively as you do english. a few hints here may be useful to the beginner, and savehimmuch time and trouble hereafter. the general idea of the hebrew letters is the square formation, the horizontal lines being thick, and the perpen255 dicular lines thin. the easiest way to acquire this is from the first to write with the pen held in the direction of the lines andnotes on the first knowledge lecture 117to press heavily on the horizontal, lightly on the vertical. also copy every letter as though it were a mechanical drawing. in the examinations that follow each knowledge lecture much credit is given for good hebrew writing. when the alphabet has been learned, i advise the student to take a text at random from a hebrew bible and

.4)to revolve rapidly, the ends will bend away fromthedirection of rotation, and thus the form known as the swastica (fig. 5* becomes the natural glyphofmatterinrevolution -thatis, in manifestation. this is oneofits meanings, for it has many. but now, since all matter in manifestationmusthave three*the arms of the swastica are sometimes turned the other way; the interpretation varies according to the direction, a point to be afterwards explained. much curious learning on this old symbol maybefound in schliemann'stroas.176thesorcererand his apprenticeelements- namely, spirit, matter, and 'that' which unites them, which we for the present call 'fohat- clearly a simple line is incomplete as a symbol; therefore on this earth plane we require a figure which shall typify three in one, and this t

an say is with regard to these, take them patiently .take them slowly. my own experience hasbeenthatthe system. of the tatwic philosophy works in the minutest 225 detail when carefully studied,buta superficial glancerevealsonly inconsistencies. wemuststudy our electrical engine very carefully, andthen,200 the sorcerer and his apprenticehaving a very broad idea, a mere schoolboy notion in fact, of the direction and force of the currents which are driving it, we may getalittleidea of how best to handle the great machine with which we have been entrusted.[paper read on 2 february 1895. reprinted fromtransactionsof thescottishlodgeof thetheosophicalsociety,voliii,no.1(1895, pp. 9255 15](2) polarity of tatwic currents i was asked some time ago to say something about polarity and polarisation. i

e to know simply the obliquity of its axis, and then to know the exact nature of the tatwic currents which belong to that plane to which it is polarised. the rules of the old astrologers and the characteristics which they affixed to [he star groups give us a267 great clue. i have not anything like time to go intoitnow;butanyonewho has the patience to followitout can easily do so, andifyou look at the direction of the earth's axis, look at the characteristics of the constellations round the pole star and the characteristics of the constellations round the celestial equator, you will see sorrow, suffering, tribulation, and trial, tbe characteristics of this material plane, and you will see many other things, all of which interpreted will give you a very exact account of the materialist man o

GLOBAL FREEMASONRY

provides important information about the anti-religious mission of the grand orient, as french masonry was known: from the official documents of french masonry contained principally in the official "bulletin" and "compte-rendu" of the grand orient it has been proved that all the anti-clerical measures passed in the french parliament were decreed beforehand in the masonic lodges and executed under the direction of the grand orient, whose avowed aim is to control everything and everybody in france "i said in the assembly of 1898" states the deputy mass, the official orator of the assembly of 1903 "that it is the supreme duty of freemasonry to interfere each day more and more in political and profane struggles "success (in the anti-clerical combat) is in a large mea- global freemasonry die su

army in the first world war before the country's arrogance was tamed and it again recognized the importance of spiritual values. as the catholic encyclopedia maintains, the war against religion, from the french revolution to the twentieth century, was carried out by "the anti-clerical measures passed in the french parliament" which "were decreed beforehand in the masonic lodges and executed under the direction of the grand orient."126 this fact is clear from masonic writings. for example, a quotation from a turkish publication of "a speech made by brother gambetta on july 8 1875 in the cl mente amiti lodge" reads: while the specter of reaction threatened france, and religious doctrine and backward ideas went on the offensive against modern social principles and laws, in the bosom of indust

GNOSTIC STUDIES THE GNOSTIC HANDBOOK II GNOSTIC THEURGY

, and a means of spiritual illumination. for example, the age of pisces can be correlated with the imagery of horus and is the time which focuses on reconciliation of man with the light worlds. however, just as powerful as the formula of light, is the misuse of the aeonic force by the archons to create an unbalanced current. for example, in this same period, the apostate christian churches (under the direction of emperor constantine) re-edited the bible and created a political force which has decayed western civilisation ever since. we can correlate the astrological ages with events within history quite easily. we can link the age of aries with the early sacrificial religions, the age of pisces with that of the revelation of jesus (the imagery of the fish is certainly suggestive) and we ca

GOLDEN DAWN RITUALS B

gn, for n, that of practicus, and for o, the sign of the philosophus. the pentagram may be used for invoking or banishing zodiacal forces. each zodiacal sign has an elemental quality. let the adept use the pentagram that contains the elemental quality of the sign to be invoked or banished. take note of the following example: i l when tracing a symbol, commence in the left-hand position and follow the direction of the a. 11 when invoking the forces of the zodiac, make certain to erect an astrological scheme of the heavens for the time of working so that the adept will know what quarter or direction to face. the use of an ephemeris can be invaluable for this task. when working with the planets and in stubborn zodiacal cases, it may be more effective to use the hexagram ritual. the pentagram

GOLDEN DAWN RITUALS C C1

sun. special note on elemental directions take notice that the positions of the elements are different in the zodiac, which equates to the macroprosopus, than that of the four winds. the zodiac is utilized for the hexagram rituals and the winds are used for pentagram ritual. repeated here is the tablet of shewbread. notice within it is hidden both the macrocosmic direction within the zodiacal and the direction of the four winds, the microcosm. 22. h w z j f y l n s u x q hwhy w h hy hh w y yhwh hywh ywhh hyhw yhhw hhyw whyh hwyh wyhh nesher aryeh shor adam michael auriel gab riel gad ephraim manasseh issachar j udah naphtal i asher dan benjamin zebulon reuben simeon raphael in the macrocosm in the east is a, which is. in the south j, which is. in the west is g, which is. in the north is d

GOLDEN DAWN RITUALS D

invoking and the black end is always used for banishing. a general rule, this will stand fast. the white end may be used to banish by tracing the opposing banishing symbol of the force of which you are trying to banish. so, for example, when banishing a tough elemental of o, the opposing elemental force would be that of n. let the adept also realize that the white portion is always pointed toward the direction or quarter that you are invoking from. so, if you are invoking, for example, element of o, and you are holding a or e, you then face their particular direction. if you are invoking the higher spiritual natures, it is important to hold the white band upwards. as a matter of fact, it is a sacrilege to hold the white band downwards, for that would provide the infiltration of evil forces

GOLDEN DAWN RITUALS F

again incensing with the movements of left, right and center and a large cross. let the adept then recite the following "and when after all the phantoms have vanished, thou shalt see that holy and formless fire, that fire which darts and flashes through the hidden depths of the universe, hear thou the voice of fire" step 5 let the adept now taking up the wand by the white band, circumambulate (in the direction of the sun) and desoil three times. step 6 upon completion, let the adept now return to the west of the altar, facing east, and recite the adoration to the lord of the universe. let the adept include the sign of the enterer and the sign of harparcrates at the end "holy art thou lord of the universe, holy art thou which nature hath not formed, holy art thou, the vast and mighty one, r

GOLDEN DAWN RITUALS SADD

blet begins on the top with the appropriate letter of the tetragrammaton, ascribed to the elemental tablet: d= y c= h a= w b= h thou shalt read the linea spiritus sancti beginning in the left, and again, commencing with the letter of the tetragrammaton appropriate to the tablet, reading from right to left. air tablet 15 tetragrammaton as applied to the kerubic ranks of each tablet (hands indicate the direction of the letters are to be read) air tablet" whyh (f) yh(f)wh h(f)yhw hwh(f)y" water tablet" whyh(f) yh(f)wh h(f)yhw hwh(f)y" earth tablet" wh(f)yh wh(f)yh h(f)why h(f)why" fire tablet" wh(f)yh wh(f)yh h(f)why h(f)why! do not confuse same tetragrammaton allocation with very different natures of the tablets. the elemental composition differs enormously in each lesser angle. servient squ

GOLDEN DAWN RITUALS Z3

y, and therefore, before beginning fresh operation to attract a fresh current, the kerux proclaims that the former password is abrogated. in the whole ceremony, save at the exchange of insignia, the hierophant, hiereus, hegemon, stolistes, and dadouchos remain in their places. the kerux, or watcher of the gods is being the only one who moves. first comes the establishment of a vertical current in the direction of the middle column by the exchange of words between the hierophant and the hiereus. the hegemon, who is in the whole ceremony of the equinox the important officer, by reason of his insignia, seals and arrests the current in the center by a single knock and the words, i am the reconciler between them. then follows the cross current established between the stolistes and dadouchos, ag

GOLDEN DAWN RITUALS ZAM15

west, face east, and say the adoration "holy art thou lord of the universe. holy art thou whom nature hath not formed. holy art thou the vast and mighty one, ruler of the light and of the darkness" step 7 perform the lesser invoking ritual of the hexagram of f, holding the wand by white band. give the 5=6 signs and the analysis of the keyword. step 8 return to the west of the altar. turn to face the direction in which you have found f to be, standing so that the altar is between yourself and f for convenience. step 9 trace in the air the invoking pentagram of the sign that f is in. step 10 trace the invoking hexagram of f, vibrating "rwbg \yhla" step 11 then, still holding the wand by the white band, recite your invocation to the power of hrwbg and the forces of f, tracing the sigil of ea

GOLDEN DAWN RITUALS ZAM22

pon the altar. stand west of the altar and face east. say: o ye powers of trapt which i have now invoked within this temple, know that all is now in readiness to duly and completely consecrate this talisman of a. i call upon ye now, ye powers of trapt, to aid me with your might and power that i may cause the great angel lakym to give life and strength to this creature of talismans, and that under the direction of laykn, which is fully and 8 completely in conformity with my will, the spirit of a, trws, may empower and fortify this a talisman in the name of tudw hwla hwhy! step 10 go now to the east of the altar between the pillars and face west. place your left hand upon the talisman, and hold your sword erect over it (pommel down, blade up. say: hwchy, thou who art the spirit of c, manifes

GOLDEN DAWN RITUALS ZAM24

e toward the temple itself, but every individual member; that i will cooperate with the guardians of the temple; that i will execute the decree of the chiefs of the second order, acting with justice and without fear of favor in accordance with the dictates of my conscience. this i affirm by the symbol worn upon the breast of the officiating adept (hierophant is directed to stretch out his hand in the direction of the rose cross on the chief adept's breast "arise, very honoured frater, and receive at my hand the highest office i can bestow upon you in this temple. by the power in me vested, i now appoint you hierophant of the temple of isis mighty mother to work and confer the grades of the outer order, under the dispensation of the chiefs during the ensuing six months. may the light which

GOLDEN DAWN RITUALS ZAM5

and of ignorance. this is the light of the holy spirit, shining so intensely and so brilliantly that it appears as black to the naked eye. it is divine brilliance. at any given moment in one's sphere of sensation, there shines a pentagram. when the mind and heart is focused on the spiritual in every aspect of life, the pentagram points upward. this, in effect, is placing the world of matter under the direction of the divine or higher genius as symbolized by spirit ruling of the elements. this pentagram in one's sphere of sensation on a microprosopic level and is the light that shineth in the darkness yet the darkness comprehendeth it not. the averse pentagram is an evil symbol of the world of matter and of shells ruling over the spirit; the filling of one's sphere of sensation with the dar

GRAHAM HANCOCK FINGERPRINTS OF THE GODS

prints of the gods 21 this development began after 4000 bc, and culminated in the emergence of the earliest true civilizations (sumer and egypt) around 3000 bc, soon followed by the indus valley and china. about 1500 years later, civilization took off spontaneously and independently in the americas. since 3000 bc in the old world (and about 1500 bc in the new) civilization has steadily evolved in the direction of ever more refined, complex and productive forms. in consequence, and particularly by comparison with ourselves, all ancient civilizations (and all their works) are to be understood as essentially primitive (the sumerian astronomers regarded the heavens with unscientific awe, and even the pyramids of egypt were built by technological primitives. the evidence of the piri reis map ap

ard angle as though it were just about to lever itself upright. had it done so, i calculated, it would have stood about eight feet tall. even reclining, coiled and tightly sprung, it seemed to overflow with a fierce and pitiless energy. its square features were thin-lipped and implacable, as hard and indifferent as the stone from which they were carved, and its eyes gazed westwards, traditionally the direction of darkness, death and the colour black.2 1 mexico, lonely planet publications, hawthorne, australia, 1992, pp. 839. 2 ronald wright, time among the maya, futura publications, london, 1991, pp. 343. graham hancock fingerprints of the gods 101 chichen itza. rather lugubriously, i continued to climb the steps of the temple of the warriors. weighing on my mind was the unforgettable fact

torical character, some great lawgiver and organizer, the memory of whose benefactions lingered long after death, and whose personality was eventually deified.7 all the legends stated unambiguously that quetzalcoatl/kukulkan/gucumatz/votan/itzamana had arrived in central america from somewhere very far away (across the eastern sea) and that amid great sadness he had eventually sailed off again in the direction whence he had come.8 the legends added that he had promised solemnly that he would return one day9 a clear echo of viracocha it would be almost perverse to ascribe to coincidence. in addition, it will be recalled that viracocha s departure across the waves of the pacific ocean had been portrayed in the andean traditions as a miraculous event. quetzalcoatl s departure from mexico also

east in boats across the water with their leader itzamana, serpent of the east, a healer who could cure by laying on hands, and who revived the dead. 12 kukulkan, stated another tradition, came with nineteen companions, two of whom were gods offish, two others gods of agriculture, and a god of thunder. they stayed ten years in yucatan. kukulkan made wise laws and then set sail and disappeared in the direction of the rising sun. 13 according to the spanish chronicler las casas: the natives affirmed that in ancient times there came to mexico twenty men, the chief of whom was called kukulkan. they wore flowing robes and sandals on their feet, they had long beards and their heads were bare. kukulkan instructed the people in the arts of peace, and caused various important edifices to be built

let us start with some basics. the wild celestial dance the earth makes a complete circuit around its own axis once every twenty-four hours and has an equatorial circumference of 24,902.45 miles. it follows, therefore, that a man standing still on the equator is in fact in motion, revolving with the planet at just over 1000 miles per hour.2 viewed from outer space, looking down on the north pole, the direction of rotation is anti-clockwise. while spinning daily on its own axis, the earth also orbits the sun (again in an anti-clockwise direction) on a path which is slightly elliptical rather than completely circular. it pursues this orbit at truly breakneck speed, travelling as far along it in an hour 66,600 miles as the average motorist will drive in six years. to bring the calculations do

stem. anyone who has ever set a top spinning should be able to understand it without much difficulty; a top, after all, is simply another type of gyroscope. in full uninterrupted spin it stands upright. but the moment its axis is deflected from the vertical it begins to exhibit a second behaviour: a slow and obstinate reverse wobble around a great circle. this wobble, which is precession, changes the direction in which the axis points while keeping constant its newly tilted angle. a second analogy, somewhat different in approach, may help to clarify matters a little further: 1 envisage the earth, floating in space, inclined at approximately 23.5 to the vertical and spinning around on its axis once every 24 hours. 2 envisage this axis as a massively strong pivot, or axle, passing through th

rying the sun on the day of the vernal equinox circulated very, very slowly among all the constellations of the zodiac. in the words of giorgio de santillana: the sun s position amongst the constellations at the vernal equinox was the pointer that indicated the hours of the precessional cycle very long hours indeed, the equinoctial sun occupying each zodiacal constellation for almost 2200 years.1 the direction of the earth s slow axial precession is clockwise (i.e, east to west) and thus in opposition to the direction of the planet s annual path around the sun. in relation to the constellations of the zodiac, lying fixed in space, this causes the point at which the spring equinox occurs to move stubbornly along the ecliptic in the opposite direction to the yearly course direction in which

aurus. gemini. cancer. leo, etc, etc. at present, on the vernal equinox, the sun rises due east between pisces and aquarius. the effect of precession is to cause the vernal point to be reached fractionally earlier in the orbit each year with the result that it very gradually shifts through all 12 houses of the zodiac, spending 2160 years in each sign and making a complete circuit in 25,920 years. the direction of this processional drift, in opposition to the annual path of the sun, is: leo. cancer. gemini. taurus. aries. pisces. aquarius. to give one example, the age of leo, i.e. the 2160 years during which the sun on the vernal equinox rose against the stellar background of the constellation of leo, lasted from 10,970 until 8810 bc. we live today in the astrological no man s land at the e

g among the treacherous masonry blocks, feeling as though we had been reduced to ants. by the time we had completed the descent the night was over and the first wash of pale sunlight was filtering into the sky. we paid the 50 egyptian pounds promised to the guard of the pyramid s western face and then, with a tremendous sense of release and exultation, we walked jauntily away from the monument in the direction of the pyramid of khafre, a few hundred metres to the south-west. khufu, khafre, menkaure. cheops, chephren, mycerinus. whether they were referred to by their egyptian or their greek names, the fact remained that these three pharaohs of the fourth dynasty (2575-2467 bc) were universally acclaimed as the builders of the giza pyramids. this had been the case at least since ancient egyp

wn to have been available to the ancient egyptians capable of achieving such results. nor, for that matter, would any stone-carver today be able to match them, even if he were working with the best tungsten-carbide tools. the implication, therefore, is that an unknown or secret technology had been put to use in ancient egypt. ceremony of the sarcophagus standing in the king s chamber, facing west the direction of death amongst both the ancient egyptians and the maya i rested my hands lightly on the gnarled granite edge of the sarcophagus which egyptologists insist had been built to house the body of khufu. i gazed 20 for example, see cyril aldred, egypt to the end of the old kingdom, thames& hudson, london, 1988, p. 25. 21 ibid, p. 57. the relevant artefacts are in the cairo museum. graham

GREENFIELD ALLEN SECRET CIPHER OF THE UFONAUTS

t would be impossible for an ape to imagine he could be us( thelemic being from the greek word for will, thelema that is, a humanity governed by pure will rather than idle whim) so the matter, indeed, could not rest in 1974 a cipher solution consistent with all the clues in the book of the law was discovered. the solution produced immediate, specific results. a key has been left by crowley, under the direction of aiwass, wrote carol smith in 1980, in order that thou shalt obtain the order and value of the english alphabet (ch.1 v.55) the instruction is in ch.1li v.47 this shall be translated into all tongues but always with the originals in the writing of the beast; for in the chance shape of the letters and their position to one another; in these are mysteries no beast shall divine. aleis

note that crowley regarded blavatsky as a high intitiate of the great white brotherhood, or a.a. he ranked her an 8= 3 (master of the temple) in his class b commentary on the voice of the silence, in which he pointedly credits himself the lesser grade of 7= 4. secret cipher of the ufonauts 37 crowley and liber al, came in 1944, with mark probert and the inner circle ufo trance channelings, under the direction of meade layne s bsra. madame blavatsky s first control in the parlance of 19th century mediumship was called john king a control name as common in 19th century mediumship as orthon or ashtar have been in ufo contacteeism, mediumship s 20th century counterpart. john king in the cipher= 98. 98= scribe and also tongue, precisely the role john king played in madame blavatsky s early car

GRERALD SCHUELER AN ADVANCED GUIDE TO ENOCHIAN MAGICK

voked anubis, the subtle dweller, the divine initiator of the temple, who allows the followers of osiris to enter finto and to come forth from the magical universe, and who rewards the lords and masters so that their light will be strengthened and nourished. 71 astrological influences astrology in education is usefui as geology is to the prospector; it tells you the sort of thing to look for, and the direction in which to explore. aleister crowley, magick without tears the stars impel, they do not compel. ancient maxim the astrological influences in the four great crosses are shown in appendix d. how these forces influence the lesser watchtower squares is shown in appendix c. the primary meanings of these signs are given below. aries: the first cause, the life-principle, pure spirit. tauru

n's the ritual of the hexagram when invoking, evoking, or banishing deities of the watchtowers you should always include tracing the proper hexagram. in addition to the hexagrams describeci in enochian magic, the following may also be used: fire. face toward the south and trace the hexagram of fire as follows: 102 notes: trace two equal triangles pointing upward. trace the upper triangle first in the direction shown for invoking or banishing. the second triangle begins at the center of the first and is traced in the sanee direction. earth. face the north and trace the hexagram of earth as follows: notes: trace the upper triangle first in the direction shown. the second triangle intersects the first and points downward. air face the east and trace the hexagram of air as follows: 103 notes:

r banishing. the second triangle begins at the center of the first and is traced in the sanee direction. earth. face the north and trace the hexagram of earth as follows: notes: trace the upper triangle first in the direction shown. the second triangle intersects the first and points downward. air face the east and trace the hexagram of air as follows: 103 notes: trace the upper triangle first in the direction shown. the second is inverted and the bases coincide. water pace the west and trace the hexagram of water as follows: 104 notes: the first triangle is traced the same way for all of the hexagranas. here the second triangle is inverted and the apexes coincide. 105 an enochian hexagram ritual use the following ritual in your magical operations for banishing or invoking, or make modific

op of your head downward along the outside 286 of your body and then flowing back into your body from your feet and upward through the center of your body to return to your head. i t should be egg-shaped on the outside and column-shaped on the inside of your body. 3. maintain this visualization until you can feel the current flowing through your body. it should have a masculine feel to it. 4. let the direction of the current be reversed. maintain the flow and notice the distinct feminine feeling to this current. 5. continue oscillating between the two polarized currents and let them filter throughout your body for as long as you can. 287 enochian tarot then there are the elemental tablets of sir edward kelly and dr. john dee. from these you can extract a square to perform almost any concei

GREY W G CONDENSATION OF KABBALAH

e. most of us use a bit of each in our practice, but the general impression is that the middle way is the best approach for a modern westerner since it includes a workable percentage of both ways. there are two other useful concepts to be considered about the tree on our way back up it. one is that of a bow, called keshet, which fires a golden arrow, termed chetz, straight up the middle pillar in the direction of divinity. this bow is thought to be just below the ninth sphere yesod, and is symbolised by the rainbow, composed of all colours of the spectrum. see figure 4. it represents projective energy drawn from every sphere, and the arrow signifies pure aspiration deliberately aimed at some objective ahead of normal reach in this world- our advanced thoughts and intentions. the fruits of

GRIFFIN DAVID MAGICAL EVOCATION OF THE AVERSE FORCES

e, and so forth. in practice, however, the traditional triangle of art, specially prepared for the ritual, is generally quite sufficient. the adept may nonetheless wish to experiment with polygons other than a triangle for use as constrainment devices, since there exists historical precedent in the rosicrucian tradition for this variation. place the triangle of art in the east of the temple or in the direction usually associated with the force. for example, to evoke the demon of air, set up the triangle of art in the west, the quarter toward which the magician should face to skry to the plane of air. one line of tradition then suggests the use of vast amounts of thick, smoky incense for the entity to use as a material basis to appear. in recent decades, however, research has suggested that

GRIMM JACOB TEUTONIC MYTHOLOGY VOL 3

hen, grab-eiile, todten-vogel, and in brunswick the lapsch, because of its lazy lingering flight (brauns. anz. 1746. p. 236' ignavus bubo' which again calls up the old sense of feig (fey, moribundus. other prognostics of death are, when the raven belches, sup. g, 1. 166, when a cock or hen trails straw, m, 77, the top of the pole was fixed the wooden image of a dove, whose head or beak pointed in the direction where the loved one lay buried; paul. diac. 5, 34 (not unuke the gyrating eagle on the palace-roof, p. 634. the dove represented the sorrowing kinsman who set up the pole. precisely so the servians of to-day make the cuckoo mourn for them (p. 682: on a wooden cross 6 feet high arc carved as many cuckoos as there are survivors, esp. sisters, to mourn the dead. a girl who has lost a br

GRIMM TEUTONIC MYTHOLOGY VOL 2 1883 COMPLETE

ook it, storm and wind broke out (fornald. sog. 2, 412; the same with mondull (3, 338. the swedish 1 this globus resembles the lat. turbo, a top or teetotum used in magic: citum retro solve, solve turbinem, hor. epod. 17, 7. 2 fornm. sog. 2, 246. isl. sog. 1, 9. 100. 151. conf. torfaeus s hist. vinlandiae antiquae, hafn. 1705. 3 the esthonians believed that wind could be generated and altered. in the direction whence you wish it to blow, hang up a snake or set an axe upright, and whistle to make it come. a clergyman happened to see some peasants making a great fuss round three stones, eating, drinking and dancing to the sound of rustic instruments. questioned as to the object of the feast, they replied that by means of those stones they could produce wet weather or dry; dry, if they set th

over the gate, and carries on converse with the king s daughter. this cutting off and setting up of horse s heads has been mentioned at p. 47-8 as an ancient german custom. pliny 19, 10 (58) notices, as a remedy for caterpillars: si polo imponantur in hortis ossa capitis ex equino genere. in scandinavia they stuck a horse s head on a pole, and turned the gaping jaws, propped open with a stick, in the direction whence the man they had a spite against, and wished to harm, was sure to come.1 this was called a neidstange (spite-stake. saxo gram. p. 75: immolati diis equi abscissum caput conto exdpiens, subject is stipitibus distentos faucium rictus aperuit, sperans se primos erici conatus atrocis spectaculi formidine frustraturum. arbitrabatur enim ineptas barbarorum mentes oblatae cervicis te

le from it, have been noticed (pp. 47-49. strabo reports, that the veneti offered a white horse to diomed (v. 1, 9. siebenk. 2, 111. casaub. 215. kramer 1, 339. the indians get up grand horsesacrifices with imposing ceremonies. what is told of the kalmuks appears worthy of notice. among them you see numbers of scaffolds erected, bearing horses hides and heads, the remains of former sacrifices. by the direction of the horse s head to east or west, you can tell if the sacrifice was offered to a good or evil spirit. 2 on the one hand it suggests that sacrificial fixing of horses heads in a particular direction in germany, which under christianity was treated as wicked sorcery; and on the other hand the pira equinis sellis constructa in jornandes, and the o"fj/j,a of the scythian kings in

ee. 783 of winter at all. in geo. torquatus s (unpublished) annal. magdeb. et halberst. part 3 lib. 1 cap. 9 we are told that afc halberstadt (as at hildesheim above) they used once a year to set up a log in the marketplace, and throw at it till its head came off. the log has not a name of its own, like jupiter at hildes heim; it is not unlikely that the same practice prevailed at other places in the direction of these two cities. at halberstadt it lasted till inarkgraf johaii albrecht s time; the oldest account of it is by the so-called monk of pirna, joh. lindner (tilianus, d. ab. 1530) in his onomasticon: f ln the stead of the idol s temple pulled in pieces at halberstadt, there was a dome-church (cathedral) edified in honour of god and st. stephen; in memory thereof the dome-lords (dea

H SPENCER LEWIS ROSICRUCIAN MANUAL AMORC 1990

t large; or between members of the same or two or more affiliated bodies; and between the general members affiliated with the grand lodge and known as sanctum members. its judicial powers shall also be of an appellate nature embracing the revision of all matters and controversies, or of discipline and the investigation of all such matters along with the exercise of such disciplinary authority and the direction of the procedure of all trials and hearings in regard to charges brought against any member or any affiliated body under this grand lodge, or similar matters. all members and affiliated bodies of this grand lodge shall use every means within the order for the adjustment of any controversies or preplexities. the members of this order or any of the affiliated bodies thereof shall not s

master 9. the sacred insignia of the imperator [27] part three operating manual we present to our members a manual regarding the work, symbols, and other matters pertaining to our order. this manual will answer many questions continually asked, and will be a guide for officers and members in promptly and more efficiently advancing in the principles of the order. the matter has been prepared under the direction of the imperator and must conform with the constitution of the order as well as the unwritten laws used by the american supreme council in its procedures. wherever the following may differ from the constitution, the constitution is binding. this manual should have a careful reading and study, and should be consulted often. purpose and work of the order all applicants for admission.an

sdiction (the americas, australasia, europe, africa, and asia. in addition to the lectures and study material, all members have the privilege of associating with an amorc lodge, chapter, or pronaos, where rituals and discussions are part of the group's activity. members who complete the ninth degree are eligible to continue on in the work of the rosicrucian order through specialized studies under the direction of the imperator. they will also have the opportunity to assemble with others who have reached the same point in the teachings for the exchange of knowledge that may be beneficial to the good of the order [55] the rose-croix university in keeping with the ancient and modern practices of the rosicrucian order in various lands, the supreme grand lodge of the ancient, mystical order of

that a magnet attaches itself to a piece of iron or to another magnet. crystal molecules of different substances generally have different lines of attraction, some being of different intensity; hence it follows that in most cases the solid formed by the piling together of the crystal molecules of a certain chemical compound has an outward shape characteristic of that compound. we also assume that the direction of attraction of the unit of crystal accretion (the crystal molecule) is dependent upon the structure of the chemical molecule of the substance crystallizing; that is, made up of a number of chemical molecules grouped together. hence only elementary chemical substances and definite chemical compounds form crystals. so that the crystal molecules of a substance may come into sufficient

. special opportunities to progress as soon as the higher officers of the order learn of the progress of those who are headed in the right way for the goal, they diplomatically offer them further opportunities for study, for service, and for personal test. we have said that there are a number of special avenues of work connected with the order and that there are several allied organizations under the direction of amorc. into these the progressing members are directed from time to time without anything said as to why. some members are suddenly called upon [153] to do certain things. they may refuse, they may hesitate, they may impulsively and enthusiastically accept. and thereby hangs the fate of their progress; whether it shall be rapid or regular. not that any officer of the order can det

ia, europe, africa, and asia. lodge, supreme grand.this is the legal, corporated body of the [183] rosicrucian order, incorporated under the laws of california as a nonprofit organization. the general administration of the order is governed by the board of directors of the supreme grand lodge of whom the imperator is president. the general membership of the order constitutes a separate body under the direction of the supreme grand lodge through the grand lodge executive committee, composed of the grand master, the grand secretary, and the grand treasurer. logos.the creative cosmic or divine power manifest as a spoken word. the divine idea or thought objectified by divine utterance. lost word.to the natural cosmic forces, the physical laws of the universe, man attributes a once uttered word

rosicrucian sanctum membership program offers a means of personal home study. instructions are sent once a month in specially prepared weekly lectures and lessons, and contain a summary of the rosicrucian principles with such a wealth of personal experiments, exercises, and tests as will make each member highly proficient in the attainment of certain degrees of mastership. the lectures are under the direction of the imperator's staff. these correspondence lessons and lectures comprise several degrees. each degree has its own initiation ritual, to be performed by the member at home in his or her private home sanctum. such r i tual s are not the elaborate rituals used in the lodge temples, but are simple and of practical benefit to the student. if you are interested in knowing more of the h

HAMIL THE ROSICRUCIAN SEER

gh unpublished, ideas of the time is professor bush's note, at p.227.what is here said of the dia-magnetic principle was entirely new to me at the time, having never heard of the term. on subsequently asking the speaker(davis)for a more particular explanation, he replied, in substance, that an imponderable element had recently been discovered, the motion of which intersected the current producing the direction of the magnetic needle. on my enquiring the name of the discoverer, the clairvoyant passed off(i.e.,spiritually, the body assuming the inclined position, asisexplained on p. 38, and on returning, he remarked,'itsoundslike-heis known as professor faraday'"emerson'srepresentativemen,p. 5i.bohn.t"thestatement here, concerning the revolution of the sun as a planet around a centreinthe de

' question by mr owen'sfriend.-whatis the criterion by which good and evil may be known? no reply. second question by thesame.-isnot good, that which is conducive to happiness? c.a.-itmay be so distinguished; but the greatest goodness and the worst evil do not consist in that. question bymrh.-inwhat do they consist? no reply.thequestion repeated bymrh. c.a.-thegreatest good consists in saving, by the direction of god's word, and under the blessings of a special providence, the souls of your fellow-men, as well as your own.thegreatest evil in blaspheming the holy ghost, and willingly and knowingly directing others to misery and torture.mrh. thensaid:-ifmr owen takes hold of my seer's hand, will it be agreeable to you to favour him with such information or advice as you may deem fitting? c.a

HEAVEN HELL

and the beetle is there to typify the presence of osiris, and to lead afu-ra on his way through the division (vol. i, p. 7. as afu-ra is preceded by a number of forms of the sun-god, so the "form of osiris" kheper-en-asar, is preceded by a number of osirian deities, three snakes and three goddesses, among them being neith of the north, neith of the south, and the rare goddess artet (vol. i, p. 7. the direction in which afu-ra is moving is northwards, and we may glance at the beings who are on the banks of the river of the tuat. on the right hand are nine apes "which sing to ra as he entereth the tuat" nine gods and twelve goddesses, who sing praises unto ra, and twelve serpents, which belch forth the fire that gives light to lighten the god on his way (vol. i, pp. 12-15. on the left hand a

he book am-tuat. the god afu-ra now enters the region urnes which derives its name from that of the river flowing through it; it is 309, or 480 atru or leagues in length, and 120 wide. urnes is a portion of the dominions of osiris-khenti-amenti, the great god of abydos, and it, no doubt, formed a section of the sekhet-hetepet according to the old theology of egypt. the boat of afu-ra is now under the direction of the goddess of the second hour of the night, shesat-maket-neb-s, and the uraei of isis and nephthys have been added to its crew. immediately in front of it are four boats, which move by themselves; the first contains the full moon, of which osiris was a form, the second the emblem of a deity of harvest, the third the symbols of another agricultural deity, and the fourth the grain

with the kingdom of seker. the god afu-ra, having passed through the gate of the division or hour, which is called arit, and which has been opened by the monster serpent teka-hra that guarded it, is towed along by four of the gods of this section of the p. 144 [paragraph continues] tuat. the ministers of the god consist of nine gods whose hands and arms are covered, and twelve gods who are under the direction of heri-qenbet-f; the nine gods are called kheru-ennutchi, i.e "those who hold the serpent ennutchi" and the twelve gods baiu reth ammiu tuat, i.e, the "souls of men who dwell in the tuat (vol. ii, pp. 144, 145. the exact functions of ennutchi are not known, but his presence is baleful, and afu-ra straightway calls upon the group of gods to destroy him; the god would press on to the

HELENA BLAVATSKY NIGHTMARE TALES

character- apeculiar style of written language used only for religious and mystical purposes. having finished, heexhibited from under his clothes a small round mirror of steel of extraordinary brilliancy, and placing itbefore my eyes asked me to look into it. i had not only heard before of these mirrors, which are frequently used in the temples, but i had often seenthem. it is claimed that under the direction and will of instructed priests, there appear in them the daij-dzin,the great spirits who notify the enquiring devotees of their fate. i first imagined that his intention was toevoke such a spirit, who would answer my queries. what happened, however, was something of quite adifferent character. no sooner had i, not without a last pang of mental squeamishness, produced by a deep sense

upon my sight, and i was brought face to facewith the vilest results of man's passions, the most terrible outcome of his material earthly cravings. had the bonze foreseen, indeed, the dreary results, when he spoke of daij-dzins to whom i left "an ingress""a door open" in me? nonsense! there must be some physiological, abnormal change in me. once atnuremberg, when i have ascertained how false was the direction taken by my fears- i dared not hope forno misfortune at all- these meaningless visions will disappear as they came. the very fact that my fancyfollows but one direction, that of pictures of misery, of human passions in their worst, material shape, is aproof, to me, of their unreality "if, as you say, man consists of one substance, matter, the object of the physical senses; and if per

HELENA BLAVATSKY THE KEY TO THEOSOPHY

and no society can lay down a hard-and-fast rule in this respect. much must necessarily be left to the individual judgment. one general test may, however, be given. will the proposed action tend to promote that true brotherhood which it is the aim of theosophy to bring about? no real theosophist will have much difficulty in applying such a test; once he is satisfied of this, his duty will lie in the direction of forming public opinion. and this can be attained only by inculcating those higher and nobler conceptions of public and private duties which lie at the root of all spiritual and material improvement. in every conceivable case he page 109 the key to theosophy- hp blavatsky.txt himself must be a center of spiritual action, and from him and his own daily individual life must radiate t

HP LOVECRAFT A DARK LORE

sawyer spoke softly, pointing with a grimy finger through the steadily lessening rain 'i guess ye kin git to seth bishop's quickest by cuttin' across the lower medder here, wadin' the brook at the low place, an' climbin' through carrier's mowin' an' the timber-lot beyont. that comes aout on the upper rud mighty nigh seth's- a leetle t'other side' armitage, with rice and morgan, started to walk in the direction indicated; and most of the natives followed slowly. the sky was growing lighter, and there were signs that the storm had worn itself away. when armitage inadvertently took a wrong direction, joe osborn warned him and walked ahead to show the right one. courage and confidence were mounting, though the twilight of the almost perpendicular wooded hill which lay towards the end of their

firmation. my slight fall had extinguished the lantern, but i produced an electric pocket lamp and viewed the small horizontal tunnel which led away indefinitely in both directions. it was amply large enough for a man to wriggle through; and though no sane person would have tried at that time, i forgot danger, reason, and cleanliness in my single-minded fever to unearth the lurking fear. choosing the direction toward the house, i scrambled recklessly into the narrow burrow; squirming ahead blindly and rapidly, and flashing but seldom the lamp i kept before me. what language can describe the spectacle of a man lost in infinitely abysmal earth; pawing, twisting, wheezing; scrambling madly through sunken -convolutions of immemorial blackness without an idea of time, safety, direction, or defi

e correspondent luke fenner had represented in his epistle by the characters 'waaaahrrrrr-r'waaahrrr' this cry, however, had possessed a quality which no mere writing could convey, and the correspondent mentions that his mother fainted completely at the sound. it was later repeated less loudly, and further but more muffled evidences of gunfire ensued; together with a loud explosion of powder from the direction of the river. about an hour afterward all the dogs began to bark frightfully, and there were vague ground rumblings so marked that the candlesticks tottered on the mantelpiece. a strong smell of sulphur was noted; and luke fenner's father declared that he heard the third or emergency whistle signal, though the others failed to detect it. muffled musketry sounded again, followed by a

other southward street; for that party from the hotel would doubtless be after me. i must have left dust prints in that last old building, revealing how i had gained the street. the open space was, as i had expected, strongly moonlit; and i saw the remains of a parklike, iron-railed green in its center. fortunately no one was about though a curious sort of buzz or roar seemed to be increasing in the direction of town square. south street was very wide, leading directly down a slight declivity to the waterfront and commanding a long view out a sea; and i hoped that no one would be glancing up it from afar as i crossed in the bright moonlight. my progress was unimpeded, and no fresh sound arose to hint that i had been spied. glancing about me, i involuntarily let my pace slacken for a secon

n patches, and curious circles of stones, with the grass around them worn away, which did not seem to have been placed or entirely shaped by nature. there were, too, certain caves of problematical depth in the sides of the hills; with mouths closed by boulders in a manner scarcely accidental, and with more than an average quota of the queer prints leading both toward and away from them- if indeed the direction of these prints could be justly estimated. and worst of all, there were the things which adventurous people had seen very rarely in the twilight of the remotest valleys and the dense perpendicular woods above the limits of normal hill-climbing. it would have been less uncomfortable if the stray accounts of these things had not agreed so well. as it was, nearly all the rumors had seve

HP LOVECRAFT AT THE MOUNTAINS OF MADNESS

d, it was a thing so mockingly normal and so unerringly familiarized by our sea days off victoria land and our camp days at mcmurdo sound that we shuddered to think of it here, where such things ought not to be. to be brief- it was simply the raucous squawking of a penguin. the muffled sound floated from subglacial recesses nearly opposite to the corridor whence we had come- regions manifestly in the direction of that other tunnel to the vast abyss. the presence of a living water bird in such a direction- in a world whose surface was one of age-long and uniform lifelessness- could lead to only one conclusion; hence our first thought was to verify the objective reality of the sound. it was, indeed, repeated, and seemed at times to come from more than one throat. seeking its source, we enter

HP LOVECRAFT FROM BEYOND

the sound softly glided into existence. it was infinitely faint, subtly vibrant, and unmistakably musi-cal, but held a quality of surpassing wildness which made its impact feel like a delicate torture of my whole body. i felt sensations like those one feels when accidentally scratching ground glass. simultaneously there developed something like a cold draught, which apparently swept past me from the direction of the distant sound. as i waited breathlessly i perceived that both sound and wind were increasing; the ef-fect being to give me an odd notion of myself as tied to a pair of rails in the path of a gigantic approaching locomotive. i began to speak to tillinghast, and as i did so all the unusual impressions abruptly vanished. i saw only the man, the glowing machines, and the dim apart

HP LOVECRAFT HYPNOS

rly overhead. in the autumn it would be in the northwest. in winter it would be in the east, but mostly if in the small hours of morning. midwinter evenings seemed least dreadful to him. only after two years did i connect this fear with anything in particular; but then i began to see that he must be looking at a special spot on the celestial vault whose position at different times corresponded to the direction of his glance-a spot roughly marked by the constellation corona borealis. we now had a studio in london, never separating, but never discussing the days when we had sought to plumb the mysteries of the unreal world. we were aged and weak from our drugs, dissipations, and nervous overstrain, and the thinning hair and beard of my friend had become snow-white. our freedom from long slee

HP LOVECRAFT THE BEAST IN THE CAVE

ised that i had no more than wounded the creature. and now all desire to examine the thing ceased. at last something allied to groundless, superstitious fear had entered my brain, and i did not approach the body, nor did i continue to cast stones at it in order to complete the extinction of its life. instead, i ran at full speed in what was, as nearly as i could estimate in my frenzied condition, the direction from which i had come. suddenly i heard a sound or rather, a regular succession of sounds. in another instant they had resolved themselves into a series of sharp, metallic clicks. this time there was no doubt. it was the guide. and then i shouted, yelled, screamed, even shrieked with joy as i beheld in the vaulted arches above the faint and glimmering effulgence which i knew to be th

HP LOVECRAFT THE CRAWLING CHAOS

ies and horrors of de quincey and the paradis artificiels of baudelaire are preserved and interpreted with an art which makes them immortal, and the world knows well the beauty, the terror and the mystery of those obscure realms into which the inspired dreamer is transported. but much as has been told, no man has yet dared intimate the nature of the phantasms thus unfolded to the mind, or hint at the direction of the unheard-of roads along whose ornate and exotic course the partaker of the drug is so irresistibly borne. de quincey was drawn back into asia, that teeming land of nebulous shadows whose hideous antiquity is so impressive that "the vast age of the race and name overpowers the sense of youth in the individual" but farther than that he dared not go. those who have gone farther se

HP LOVECRAFT THE LURKING FEAR

firmation. my slight fall had extinguished the lantern, but i produced an electric pocket lamp and viewed the small horizontal tunnel which led away indefinitely in both directions. it was amply large enough for a man to wriggle through; and though no sane person would have tried at that time, i forgot danger, reason, and cleanliness in my single-minded fever to unearth the lurking fear. choosing the direction toward the house, i scrambled recklessly into the narrow burrow; squirming ahead blindly and rapidly, and flashing but seldom the lamp i kept before me. what language can describe the spectacle of a man lost in infinitely abysmal earth; pawing, twisting, wheezing; scrambling madly through sunken -convolutions of immemorial blackness without an idea of time, safety, direction, or defi

HP LOVECRAFT THE NAMELESS CITY

the outer world. my sensations were like those which had made me shun the nameless city at night, and were as inexplicable as they were poignant. in another moment, however, i received a still greater shock in the form of a definite sound- the first which had broken the utter silence of these tomb-like depths. it was a deep, low moaning, as of a distant throng of condemned spirits, and came from the direction in which i was staring. its volume rapidly grew, till it soon reverberated frightfully through the low passage, and at the same time i became conscious of an increasing draught of old air, likewise flowing from the tunnels and the city above. the touch of this air seemed to restore my balance, for i instantly recalled the sudden gusts which had risen around the mouth of the abyss eac

HP LOVECRAFT THE SHADOW OVER INNSMOUTH

other southward street; for that party from the hotel would doubtless be after me. i must have left dust prints in that last old building, revealing how i had gained the street. the open space was, as l had expected, strongly moonlit; and i saw the remains of a parklike, iron-railed green in its center. fortunately no one was about though a curious sort of buzz or roar seemed to be increasing in the direction of town square. south street was very wide, leading directly down a slight declivity to the waterfront and commanding a long view out a sea; and i hoped that no one would be glancing up it from afar as i crossed in the bright moonlight. my progress was unimpeded, and no fresh sound arose to hint that i had been spied. glancing about me, i involun-tarily let my pace slacken for a seco

HUEBNER LOUISE WITCHCRAFT FOR ALL WICCA 04

to put in the seventh circle, because you don't want things to be too erratic in your partnerships. it is a good card to throw in the fifth circle. for luck, you might throw it in the money section to get a beautiful gift from a lover. ace of diamonds is a fantastic financial windfall, and anywhere that you want this to hit is a good place to stick it. wherever it falls by itself would determine the direction from which this windfall would arrive. of course, if you want to have tremendous prestige, and if you're not dealing just with money but with your personal reputation, put it in the first circle. if you want to be married to someone like an actor or a politician or a writer, someone who has achieved worldwide fame, put it in the seventh circle. you don't want to fool around with havi

television. one morning, a little bit too early, he heard something shuffling from the children's bedroom down the corridor, and he assumed it was the kids; when he called out to them, however, and then investigated, no one was up; no one was in the front room, no one was stirring. it continued to happen every day, so that he could listen carefully and distinguish a definite shuffling noise, and the direction it took. there was no explanation for it, except that it disappeared after i regained my strength. our guess was that the noises were an extension of my own psyche, which in sickness i was no longer controlling. in addition to the shuffling, there was frequently a noise like a deep sigh, exactly the kind of sigh i frequently use when exasperated. i think the ghost was me, my wild, re

ISIS UNVEILED

dently been done; the luuid* rdazed their gra^ and the old mifccnr fdl on his bade a ooqmel a stnjige and ghostly imile had ktued on thestonylipa a amile dead man himbeu. he (tared round with an eipi snon of tenw difficult to demribe, and without annwing our inquiriea niahed out wildly fiom the hut, in the direction at the woodi. ueasengerb were aent after him, but he waa dowhete to be found. about sunict a report wai heard in the foreat an hour later his body was brought borne, with a bullet throii^ his head, tor the skeptic had uown out his brainsl what made him commit suicide? what magic pdl ol sorcery had the 'word' of the dying wiiard lift on his mind? who can tell? 77. anacalypti; also ter

ond any question proved by the author of sdd, the son of the man to have been the site of the adonis-worship" over the jordan and beyond the lake dwelt the nasarenes, a sect said to have existed already at the birth of lesus, and to have counted him among its number. they must have extended along the east of the jordan, and southeasterly among the arabians (gal, i, 17, 21; ii, 11) and sabaeaus in the direction of basra; and again, they must have gone far north over the lebanon to antioch, also to the northeast to the nasarian settlement in beroea, where st. jerome found them. in the desert the mysteries of adonis may have still prevailed; in the mountains aiai adonin was still a cry i "having been united (conjunctug) to the nazarenes, each (ebionite) imparted to the other out of his own wi

ed either moses or the law of moses. they aspired to build a temple to nin, like the structures erected by hiram to hercules and venus, adon and astarte. says furst "the very ancient name of god, yaho, written in the greek jaa, appears, apart from ii derwation, to have been an old mystic name of the supreme deity of the shemites [hence it was told to moses when initiated at hor-eb the cave, under the direction of jethro, the kenite or cainite priest of midian] in an old religion of the chal- daeans, whose remains are to be found amongst the neo-flatonists, the highest divinity enthroned above the seven heavens, representing the spiritual light-principle (notu" and also conceived as the demi- urgus* was called low, who was, like the hebrew yaho ^tv, mysterious and unmentionable, and whose n

ISRAEL REGARDIE A PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GEOMANTIC DIVINATION

but to develop it. it is really less a matter of development than of rendering explicit what is actually implicit. just as everyone is moved by the spark of life without in most cases being aware of the direct mechanisms involved, so every man and woman possesses some latent capacity for extra-sensory perception. some more, some less. the major contribution of this book is not so much slanted in the direction of prediction of what is yet to come, but to facilitate the growth and expression of this inner psycho-spiritual ability. to this extent, any and all systems of divination may be considered useful. amongst the more commonly used methods are the tarot cards, astrology, palmistry, graphology, and many others. the method to be described here, geomancy, is favoured above all others becau

JASMUHEEN THE FOOD OF GODS

e, emotional highs and emotional lows, and is generally a field of man-made, self-inflicted chaos. a beta field person can increase their capacity to see, hear, feel and be nourished by the gifts of the other zones through a simple change in lifestyle that includes meditation, mind mastery and maybe even yoga. the alpha field reveals the zen of life, allowing us down time, to chill out and re-set the direction of our own life, to assess the imbalances and re-address them hopefully for the good of all. time in the alpha zone improves our health and happiness levels and is step one in the direct and conscious feeding our soul. the theta field brings co-incidences that no longer seem to be random and time spent here attracts events filled with symbolism and deep, meaningful possibilities for

ecific software programs that are comprised of thought, will and intention. a basic fact in dimensional biofield science is that all thoughts, words and actions. that are beneficial for all. will be supported by the purest and most powerful fields. see below for the perfect health, balance, weight and image program, required for successful divine nutrition feeding. the control of our thoughts and the direction of our perceptions of the world, are crucial to this success. a vegetarian diet tunes us to the fields of kindness and compassion which are a natural part of the theta. delta field. a vegetarian diet also improves health and decreases our draining of the world s resources, as it takes 20 times the resources to put animal products on the table compared to vegetables and grains. until

JESSUP MK THE CASE FOR THE UFO

wledge enable us to explain the seeming inconsistencies of this freak of nature. the controversy about the s0-called flying saucers began in just such a fashion with kenneth arnold-s startling announcement in 1947. a businessman of boise, idaho, mr. arnold was on his way from chehalis to yakima, washington. flying in his private plane, he was startled to see a bright flash on his wing. looking in the direction of mount rainier, he was astonished to see nine gleaming disks, each approximately the size of a c-54. they were clearly outlined against the snow. as he later told the story "it was as if they were linked together. they flew close to the top of mountain in a diagonal, chainlike line" mr. arnold estimated their speed to be around twelve hundred miles per hour, and he thought they mus

nds in the sky theory is based solely on the locale of the falls and the kind of ice noted. read the following citations, bearing in mind our thesis that intelligence or intelligent direction does explain the selectivity of materiel and locale. selectivity can be intelligent or nonintelligent. the affinity of hydrogen and oxygen, which produces water, is what we consider nonintelligent selection. the direction which makes rifle bullets strike on or near a target is what we believe to be intelligent direction or selectivity. repetition of falls on the same pinpointed area from fixed regions above a spinning and revolving earth is incredible. but repeated showers, selectively directed by intelligence, is a probability within the grasp of the uninhibited thinker. we list these occurrences wit

emely in it distance from the sun, as compared to the movement of the earth and other planets, which have orbits almost circular. then, as the ice swarm approach the sun, in its periodic orbital circuit, tiny amounts of ice are melted and, being fluid, the film of melted ice is pulled toward the side of greatest gravitational attraction, probably earthward or sunward. this melted ice flows toward the direction of greatest gravity, on the surface of the spatial iceberg exactly as, and for the same reasons that, the sun and moon pull water toward the proximate side of the earth in their production of ocean tides. we come to the inevitable conclusion, therefore, that this series of falling ice cannot be explained other than as vast masses of ice in orbital motion, in which case they are an in

incidents. but, contrast the sea disappearances with the c-46 with thirty-two marines aboard. the wreckage was found but never any bodies! god helpthe l-ms, the marines have landed also, at half past ten o'clock on the morning of march 7, 1922, flying officer b. holding set out from an aerodrome near chester, england, on what was intended to be a short flight in wales, turning back and heading in the direction of chester. he was never seen again. holding disappeared far from the sea, and he disappeared over a densely populated land of highly civilized people! the unexplained and unannounced crashes of planes over land are numbered in dozens, but these are crashes not disappearances. nevertheless there is a strong element of mystery in many of them. it is the rule, and not the exception tha

rratic movements. on the night of april 18, 1880, a storm of unprecedented severity passed over missouri and adjacent states. local whirlwinds, probably tornadoes, developed, and at least one town was completely destroyed. everywhere along the track there was evidence of a wave of water flowing in the rear of the cloud spots, and in places debris was carried over obstacles of considerable height. the direction of the currents was always uphill. one man and his family were deluged by a wave of water and they said the wave was about fifteen feet high and was icy cold. stones weighing several hundred pounds were lifted from the ground and carried along for some distance. there is an accredited statement that a stone weighing two tons fell from this storm into a field belonging to mr. s. rose

KETAB E SIYAH

the midnight passages of stone, there did i seek a darkness to be as a mirror to the deep veil of my black despair, fleeing the faith that i betrayed by my bravado, the noble shedim dreams that i had thwarted. yet now my shedim brothers i am returned! in the darkness i perceived a light, 136 in the wild tangle of the night's forest a path became clear to my eyes. heed now my new instruction, for the direction of our tread is known to me. whilst one candle must dwindle, dim and die, the lighted wick become but drifting smoke, even a dying candle may kindle yet another flame, a pyre ten thousand magnitudes more great than the guttering tongue that first gave it light. with the candle of the noble shedim race shall i set the world aflame with incandescent heat that its light shall illumine t

and not their abuse? but satan answered, would asmodeus then lighten for man the challenge before him and so lessen the strength of will that he must attain to conquer uriel? i would not, for then would we yield to our own pleasure, and man should become the plaything of hell as well as of heaven. indeed we may give our tools to man as he may comprehend them, but he himself must be entrusted with the direction of their use. but this i will tell thee- that not only in matters scientific shall hell tutor man. for we would not have him view mechanism alone as the hallmark of his progress, else we never had cause to challenge the cosmic mechanism of god itself. into the workings of the mind of man we shall convey aesthetic sensitivity and artistic restlessness, and he shall not view his achiev

KNOWLEDGE LECTURE ONE

e, but say agla 12. return to the east, completing the circle, extend the arms in the form of a cross, and say: 13. before me raphael; 14. behind me gabriel; 15. on my right hand, michael; 16. on my left hand, auriel; 17. before me flames the pentagram, 18. and in the column shines the six-rayed star. 19-24. repeat 1 through 6, the qabalistic cross. for banishing use the same ritual but reversing the direction of the lines of the pentagram. invoking pentagram banishing pentagram viii. the uses of the pentagram ritual opening and closing any magical work the lesser ritual of the pentagram can be used to open and close any magical or mystical work, such as a ceremony or meditation. as an exorcism the lesser ritual of the pentagram can be used by the neophyte as a protection against impure ma

LAITMAN M FROM CHAOS TO HARMONY

nd tries to persuade him to change his ways. in the end, they agree that from now on they will begin with a clean slate, and the boy will better his ways. if, in the next day, the boy succeeded in improving his ways, even just a little bit, his father s attitude toward him will immediately change for the better. thus, everything is measured and judged not according to the result, but according to the direction. when more people become concerned about correcting interpersonal relationships, and regard this attitude as the most important thing, because their lives actually depend on it, their common worry will become public opinion, which will affect all the members of society. because of the internal connection among us, everyone worldwide, even in the most desolate places, will instantaneo

s. such teachings provide calm, peace, and a sense of wholeness. however, they cannot bring us closer to realizing nature s goal, since they rely on suppressing the ego and diminishing it. in doing so, they lower the human ego from the speaking degree to lower degrees, called animate, vegetative, and inanimate degrees within man. therefore, these methods actually pull us back, and thus contradict the direction nature is leading us in: elevating us to a higher level than our present state, to the level of the corrected speaking. nature will not allow us to diminish our egos, as we can evidently see in countries such as china and india, which until recently maintained a low level of egoism, but 146 from chaos to harmony are presently experiencing an outbreak of egoism. in recent years, they

LAITMAN M KABBALAH ATTAINING THE WORLDS BEYOND

receiving or in giving as part of the pursuit of what we desire, but our ultimate goal always remains to receive, even if we also give something physically to another. if the act is characterized by the same direction as the goal, that is, if the result of an action is to receive, and the result of the goal is to receive, then such an action is referred to as "a simple act" if, on the other hand, the direction is to give but the purpose is to receive, then the act is referred to as "a complex act" because its purpose and its direction diverge in their intentions. we are incapable of imagining the desires and the realms of our desires effects beyond space. therefore, we can only imagine the creator as a spiritual force that fills a space. the kabbalists say that the creator originally desig

, then the whole life-bearing effect of kabbalah is rendered in the proper place. but if the person is studying only to receive greater knowledge or, even worse, to display and take pride in the intellect, even kabbalah will not yield the right results. in this case, it can, however, reveal the proper goal of studying, and thus help focus efforts in the right direction. this process of correcting the direction of one s thought occurs while one constantly studies kabbalah, since every human being s task is to steer thoughts and deeds in the right direction. by doing so, they will commune uniquely with the goal of creation. this is especially important while studying kabbalah, since there is no stronger means of coming closer to the spiritual. in the bible, egypt symbolizes the supremacy of

her words, when the light shines on all, without distinguishing the levels, then everything becomes clear. there is no beginning or end to this light, there are no shades, and everything is absolutely comprehensible- 138- attaining the worlds beyond 13 the way of kabbalah the way of kabbalah is a long, difficult period of reevaluating one s goals in life, of reassessing the self, clearly defining the direction of one s desires, truthfully assessing the motivating forces of one s actions, attempting to overcome the desires of the body and the demands of reason, as well as completely grasping the power of one s egoism. the way of kabbalah is, at the same time, a hard, prolonged period of suffering to search to satisfy one s desires; it is a period of disappointment that one is unable to find

the creator is one and is our only support, we are also considered to be unique, and not part of the masses among which we were born and raised. since we can find no support in the masses and are solely dependent on the mercy of the creator, we become worthy of receiving the light of the creator, which serves to guide us along our path. every beginner comes across one common question: who decides the direction of one s path, the person or the creator? in other words, who chooses whom: does a person choose the creator, or does the creator choose the person? from one point of view, one must say that it is the creator who chooses an individual by virtue of what is known as "personal providence" as a result, one must be thankful to the creator for providing an opportunity to do something for h

the level of maaseh merkavah("the act of rule. he is able to correct himself to such an extent that divine providence over the world can be executed through that person (talmud, suka) a necessary condition for spiritual elevation is a continuous quest for a bond with the creator (rambam, ilchot yesodot torah) do not despair once you have entered the path, for the creator assures us of success if the direction of our aspirations is correct (talmud, psachim) the most important aspect of a person is his aspirations, rather than his achievements, because it is egoism that requires achievements (talmud, yavamot; talmud, sota) just as a person should strive to feel the insignificance of his inborn characteristics, so too should he be proud of his spiritual work and purpose (talmud, brachot) a p

LAITMAN M KABBALAH SCIENCE AND THE MEANING OF LIFE

of reality, not just another segment of the whole, but reality at its highest levels, before we ever reached it. attaining the roots of reality grants researchers control over events before they clothe in our world, and the ability to interfere and change them, to lead and guide them using their unique approach. if we determine our desire in such a way that the entire reality will appear to us in the direction of bestowal upon the creator, if we want to live in a reality where the five senses are devoted to a single aim, to delight the creator, then in that state we will determine our attitude to reality in the realm and at the level of the sixth sense. this means holding an altruistic attitude to reality, which yields an entirely different characteristic to the reality perceived through t

LAITMAN M THE KABBALAH EXPERIENCE

ers have nothing to do with the spiritual world and kabbalah. these manifestations exist in reality as an influence of one object on another, which is partly in the subconscious. but that is still below the barrier, within our world, which is affected by our corporeal-egoistic nature. kabbalah offers you a way to live in the spiritual world while living in ours, where you feel, see and understand the direction of your personal growth and that of the whole of mankind. then you will see your life- past, present and future- in a more correct fashion and live more wisely. s h a m b a l a h q: i read in a book that in 1924, mrs. elena blavatsky entered the spiritual world in a body of a romanian youth. a: the meaning of entrance to spirituality is compatibility between inner attributes and desi

LAITMAN M THE PATH OF KABBALAH

ains equivalence of one s properties with the creator s, namely adhesion with him. when that happens, one receives the complete eternal abundance that the creator had intended to bestow when he designed creation. it is impossible to turn the will to receive into a will to bestow. why? because receiving is our essence and remains with us. it must therefore be clothed with an aim to bestow, meaning the direction of received bounty should be changed. in that situation, one s body (desires) will commence its process of correction, or cleansing. if, for example, ten grams of the body are cleansed, then ten grams of the body can now be filled with light. when the light descends, it also restricts itself to ten grams to fit the corrected part of the body and clothe it. the two world systems pure

es and correct the next lot of desire to receive. the situations are much more acute and profound in spirituality, but at the same time, the power we receive to handle them is greater, too. we always choose the desire that gives us the most pleasure in every situation. this conduct was imprinted in us from above and is unchangeable. but what we can change is the intent, meaning that we can invert the direction of the pleasure toward its origin. thus, the focus should be on feeling the source of the pleasure! the will to receive in itself is not egoism. if i want to receive because the creator gives me pleasure, and i please him by receiving, it is considered giving, not receiving. if i don t care who gives me pleasure, even knowing that it comes from the creator, but take everything to der

LEADBEATER C W THE HIDDEN LIFE IN FREEMASONRY 2E

h, or more commonly gthe light h but the jews were taught to interpret it as referring to the temple of king solomon. 101. the real reason, however, for the careful orienta-tion of the lodge is magnetic. there is a constant flow of force in both directions between the equator and each of the poles of the earth, and there is also a current flowing at right angles to that, moving round the earth in the direction of its motion. both of these currents are utilized in the working of the lodge, as will be explained when we come to deal with the ceremonies. the world at large does not recognize the presence of these forces, which are not of the same order as those which influence a common steel or iron magnet, but there are some people who are sensitive to them to such an extent that they cannot

, the pillar of horus, end conjoined with it in order to add to the strength the stability necessary for going forward to higher things. only then is the man established in strength, having the power to execute and the wisdom to direct. 187. the pillars also represent once more the two great laws of progress, karma and dharma, the former providing the environment or material world, and the latter the direction of the self within; by the union or harmonious working of these two laws a man may attain the stability and strength required for the occult path, and map thus reach the circle within which a m.m. cannot err. 188. also the pillars were used in the teaching of the priests to illustrate the great doctrine of the pairs of opposites- spirit and matter, good and evil, light and darkness

with that, but it creates a devotional and restful atmosphere, and tends to stimulate those vibrations in the astral body which make people responsive to higher things. attar of roses is also useful, and adds greatly to the effect produced. 330. if the incense is intelligently magnetized its strength is increased enormously; for example, by putting into olibanum the definite force of the will in the direction of calmness and devotion, its influence may be increased by perhaps a hundredfold. that is why the incense in church is always taken up to the celebrant to be blessed, and why in the lodge it is brought to the r.w.m. in order that he may magnetize it with whatever special quality he thinks will be helpful for the work of the day. the sprinkling of holy water in a church is another wa

at a higher level the lord christ projects that thought-form which is called the angel of the presence at every celebration of the holy eucharist. so fully is this thought-form a part of the h.o.a.t.f. that the lodge has the benefit of his presence and his blessing just as though he stood there in physical form. the deva representative of the r.w.m. bows low before the head of his ray, and leaves the direction of affairs in his hands. it will be seen that those of us who know of the existence of this great adept, and of his keen interest in our work, have a great advantage; but it must not be forgotten that every regularly constituted masonic lodge is in charge of a seventh ray angel, however little the brn. may know about the matter. 424. i have explained how at the moment of the open-ing

chamber, which is the only part of the temple fully enclosed. the accompanying picture may help to make this clear, and we give at the same time in plate v a drawing of an existing greek temple for the sake of comparison. the mere outline of the temple is always finished during the singing of the opening hymn, but in certain circumstances friezes and other decorations may be added later on under the direction of the controlling angel. 426. it will thus be seen why the unofficial brn. who sit at the sides of the lodge are sometimes spoken of as the columns; and some light is also thrown on an ancient text which runs: ghim that overcometh will i make a pillar in the temple of my god, and he shall go no more out. h incidentally, we see how necessary it is that the brn. should put their heart

LEADBEATER CW GLIMPSES OF MASONIC HISTORY

of israel as one being who might shed blessing over all nations; and they attempted to arouse among them the sense of unity necessary for this purpose partly by means of ritual. there were also the schools of the prophets, who were trained in the mysteries and studied the deeper teaching enshrined in the ancient rites. one such school is mentioned in the old testament as existing at naioth under the direction of the prophet samuel(*sam, xix, 20) and there were others later at bethel and jericho(*ii kings, ii, 2, 5) 272. these schools were not so much concerned with prophecy in our modern sense of foretelling the future, as with endeavouring to instruct the people by preaching; they seem to have resembled in many ways the preaching friars sent out by the roman church during the middle ages

osed upon the scots degrees. composed of high members of the nobility. college de valois of knights of the east. composed of bourgeois. 1755 may have worked ten degrees. in rivalry to chapter of clermont. grand lodge of france recognized the privileges claimed by scots masons. 1757 scots lodges and degrees of masonic chivalry condemned by grand lodge, maningham letters, as innovations. 1758 under the direction of the h.o.a.t.f. the chapter of clermont was expanded into the council of the emperors of the east and west. this was composed of some of the highest nobility of the country. it worked the rite of perfection or heredom; a list of its degrees will be found in appendix i. 1761 the grand lodge of all england at york revived. said t0 have recognized templars and royal arch besides blue

LEWIS JAMES SATANISM TODAY AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF RELIGION FOLKLORE AND POPULAR CULTURE

n literal blood baths and blood-drinking. though jay s journal was marketed as a novel, its author, utah child psychologist beatrice sparks, insisted that she based its contents on what she had learned from interviews with young people about their witchcraft interests and activities. no one else has verified the book s extraordinary claims, but the book helped direct the alberta investigations in the direction of possible satanist involvement. meanwhile, in montana, a wave of alleged cattle mutilations in the mid- to late 1970s sparked statewide speculation about cultists. on a wooded mountainside near butte, in august 1976, authorities found a cult ritual site, with names of pagan deities isis, ariel, and others painted on rocks but, their suspicions notwithstanding, they failed to prove

the metal scene have debated the question of whether a distinction should be drawn between black metal and later trends such as death metal, speed metal, and doom metal. one difficulty is that different musical groups have changed over time. in the early 1980s, the swedish group bathory, for instance, started out in the venom tradition. by the late 1980s, however, the group s style was moving in the direction of what was eventually dubbed modern or northern black metal. other groups such as hammerheart introduced an appeal to the viking tradition. one band that helped to define black metal was the swiss group hellhammer, though in the mid-1980s they changed their name to celtic frost and distanced themselves from black metal. in some european countries, black metal became popular in the g

ptivity to spectres, as he called it as being a variant on indian captivity. in any event, both were portrayed as demonic captivities. mather was the most prominent clerical defender of the infamous salem witchcraft trials of 1692, and was especially active in efforts to alleviate the afflictions of some of the young girls who were being tormented by specters that were presumed to be acting under the direction of witches. the first people to be identified and mathers, samuel liddell 169 executed as witches (after the craze got rolling, almost anyone was susceptible to accusations of witchcraft) were either outsiders an irish catholic and a west indian slave or new englanders who had deviated enough from puritan values to be transformed into moral outsiders. mather s participation in this p

rticipants in the contactee subculture began to suspect that all was not what it appeared to be. longtime occultist and newly turned contactee trevor james constable (who wrote under the name trevor james) warned that some ostensible space beings were really malevolent entities who were lying about their true nature. noting that several contactees had been led astray, leaving families and jobs at the direction of unethical invisibles, constable wrote that the spacemen exert a psychic despotism over innocent and well-meaning people (james 1958, 20. according to constable, good and evil entities are locked in battle for the soul of the human race. the evil entities live inside an astral shell beneath the earth s surface, allied with nearphysical beings based on the moon. they have earthly as

LIBER O

circle\ 1 (x. trace the hexagram of air in the 2/ west, saying "ararita. this hexagram/ is like that of earth; but the bases of the/ triangles coincide, forming a diamond -383 (xi. trace the hexagram of water in the/ north, saying "ararita# this hexagram has the lower triangle placed\ above the upper, so that their apices coincide (xii. repeat (i-vii. the banishing ritual is identical, save that the direction of the hexagrams must be reversed. the greater ritual of the hexagram. invoking banishing- 2 *2 *1 1# 1 2 *1* 2* 1 *2- 2# 1/ 4:9# 6:7-*5:8 3:10- 2:4* 2:11/*1:12^ 1:12- 6:7* 4:9 3:10 5:8-*2 *1- 1# 2/ to invoke or banish planets or zodiacal signs. the hexagram of earth alone is used. draw the hexagram, 385- beginning from the point which is attributed to the planet you are dealing with

LIBER ALEPH

art. t the book of wisdom or folly 15 x de via per empyr um (of the way through the empyrean) oncerning thy travellings in thy body of light, or astral journeys and visions so-called, do thou lay this wisdom to thy heart, o my son, that in this practice, whether things seen and heard be truth and reality, or whether they be phantoms in the mind, abideth this supreme magical value, namely: whereas the direction of such journeys is consciously willed, and determined by reason, and also unconsciously willed, by the true self, since without it no invocation were possible, we have here a cooperation of alliance between the inner and the outer self, and thus an accomplishment, at least partial, of the great work. and therefore is confusion or terror in any such practice an error fearful indeed

LIBER DCCCLX JOHN ST

experience? i connect it with my faculty of knowing direction, which all mountaineers and travellers who have been with me admit to be quite exceptional. if i leave my tent or hut by a door facing, say, south-west, throughout that whole day, over all kinds of ground, through any imaginable jungle, in all kinds of weather, fog, blizzard, blight, by night or day, i know within 5 (usually within 2) the direction in which i faced when i left that tent or hut. and if i happen to have observed its compass bearing, of course i can deduce north by mere judgment of angle, at which i am very accurate. further, i keep a mental record, quite unconsciously, of the time occupied on a march; so that i can always tell the time within five minutes or so without consulting my watch. john st. john 53 furthe

drive; it.s all the same to me) to haggerston town hall (wherever haggerston may be; but say it.s n.e, thence to maida vale. from maida vale i could take a true line for piccadilly again and not go five minutes walk out of my way, bar blind alleys, etc, and i should know when i got close to scott.s again before i recognised any of the surroundings. it always seems to me that i get an intuition of the direction and length of line a (scott.s to haggerston bee-line; in spite of any winding, it would make little odds if i went via poplar, another intuition of line b (haggerston to maida vale, and obtained my line c (back to scott.s) by .subliminal trigonometry. in this example i am assuming that i had never been in london before. i have done precisely similar work in dozens of strange cities

LIBER DOMINI

treated with extreme scepticism, most often they do nothing but stir up the loose earth of gullible individuals. 4. the path to my power must always be tread alone, no other can lead you to me. comment: unlike other paths which focus on conversions and herd mentalities, the path of satan is for the individual alone. embracing this path is a choice which must be made for personal reasons, never at the direction or discretion of others. 5. i have no creed or code of conduct; i have only will, pure and inviolate. belief in dogmas is for those who prostrate themselves before their so-called gods, fashioned from their own minds or, better yet, bequeathed to them by false prophets and books filled with feces. comment: there are no specific metaphysical or ethical beliefs required to follow satan

LIBER LXVII THE SWORD OF SONG

raith, just as my mood or temper tends! and thus to-day that .christ ascends. i take the symbol, leave the fact decline to make the smallest pact with your creative deity, and say: the christhood-soul in me, risen of late, is now quite clear even of the smallest taint of earth. supplanting god, the man has birth(.new birth. you.ll call the same, i fear) transcends the ordinary sphere and flies in the direction .x (there lies the fourth dimension) vex my soul no more with mistranslations from genesis to revelations, but leave me with the flaming star,75 jeheshua (see thou zohar!)76 and thus our formidable pigeon-77 lamb-and-old-gentleman religion fizzles in smoke, and i am found attacking nothing. here.s the ground, pistols, and coffee.three in one (alas, o rabbi schimeon) but never a duell

of its own delusion. history affirms that such a deadlock is invariably the prelude to a new enlightenment: by such steps we have advanced, by such we shall advance. the .horror of great darkness. which is scepticism must ever be broken by some heroic master-soul, intolerant of the cosmic agony. we then await his dawn. may i go one step further, and lift up my voice and prophesy? i would indicate the direction in which this darkness must break. evolutionists will remember that nature cannot rest. nor can society. still less the brain of man. audax omnia perpeti gens human ruit per vetitum nefas* we have destroyed the meaning of vetitum nefas and are in no fear of an imaginary cohort of ills and terrors. having perfected one weapon, reason, and found it destructive to all falsehood, we have

of the bag of tricks. all these are methods, bad or good, for extricating ourselves from the universe. closely connected with this question is that of the will of god. people argue that an infinite intelligence must have been at work on this cosmos. i reply no! there is no intelligence at work worthy of the name. the laws of nature may be generalised in one.the law of inertia. everything moves in the direction determined by the path of least resistance; species arise, develop, and die as their collective inertia determines; to this law there is no exception but the doubtful one of freewill; the law of destiny itself is formally and really identical with it.2 1 causality is itself a secondary, and in its limitation as applied to volition, an inconceivable idea. h. spencer, op. cit. this con

d mental athletes. by act, word, and thought, both in quantity and quality, the one object of the ceremony is being constantly indicated. every fumigation, purification, banishing, invocation, evocation, is chiefly a reminder of the single purpose, until the supreme moment arrives, and every fibre of the body, every forcechannel of the mind, is strained out in one overwhelming rush of the will in the direction desired. such is the real purport of all the apparently fantastic directions of solomon, abramelin, and other sages of repute. when a man has evoked and mastered such forces as taphtartharath, belial, amaimon, and the great powers of the elements, then he may be safely be permitted to begin to try to stop thinking. for, needless to say, the universe, including the thinker, exists onl

LIBER LXXVIII

to love, marriage, or pleasure; if in the w pack, to trouble, loss, scandal, quarrelling, etc; if in the# pack, to money, goods, and such purely material matters [sic, read zelator adeptus minor. t.s] 54 liber lxxviii 5. tell the querent what he has come for: if wrong, abandon the divination. 6. if right, spread out the pack containing the significator, face upwards. count the cards from him, in the direction in which he faces. the counting should include the card from which you count. for knights, queens and princes, count 4. for princesses, count 7. for aces, count 11. for small cards, count according to the number. for trumps, count 3 for the elemental trumps; 9 for the planetary trumps; 12 for the zodiacal trumps. make a gstory h of these cards. this story is that of the beginning of

LIBER O

n in a circle. e (x) trace the hexagram of air in the west, saying .ararita. this hexagram is like that of earth; but the bases of the triangles coincide, forming a diamond. e (xi) trace the hexagram of water in the north, saying .ararita. this hexagram has the lower triangle placed above the upper, so that their apices coincide. e (xii) repeat (i-vii) the banishing ritual is identical, save that the direction of the hexagrams must be reversed.12 svb figvra vi. 11 the greater ritual of the hexagram to invoke or banish planets or zodiacal signs. the hexagram of earth alone is used. draw the hexagram, beginning from the point which is attributed to the planet you are dealing with (see .777. col. lxxxiii) thus to invoke jupiter begin from the right-hand point of the lower triangle, dextro-rot

LIBER SAMEKH

s in ecstatic passion. line 10 he acclaims his angel as having appointed that this formula of love should effect not only the dissolution of the separateness of the lover into his own impersonal godhead, but their co-ordination in a gchild h quintessentialized from its parents to constitute a higher order of being than their, so that each generation is an alchemical progress towards perfection in the direction of successive complexities. as line 9 asserts involution, line 10 asserts evolution. line 11 he acclaims his angel as having devised this method of self-realization; the object of incarnation is to obtain articulate apprehension of the soul by measuring its reactions to its relations with other incarnated beings, and to observe theirs with each other. section aa line 1 the adept asse

ns now following, b to gg. he is to travel astrally around the circle, making the appropriate pentagrams, sigils and signs. his direction is widdershins.17 he thus makes three curves, each covering three-fourths of the circle.18 he should give the sign of the enterer on passing the kiblah, or direction of boleskine.19 this picks up the force naturally radiating from that point* and projects it in the direction of the path of the magician. the sigils are those given in the equinox i (7, plate x outside the square;20 the signs those shewn in vol. i no. 2, plate gthe signs of the grades. h21 in these invocations he should expand his girth and his stature to* this is an assumption based on liber legis ii, 78 and iii, 34. point ii 15 the utmost* assuming the form and the consciousness of the el

uction. on the face of it, this is a ritual of invocation, and in chapter x, s. ii, of mtp, crowley says of circumambulations and spiral movements in the circle: gif performed deosil they invoke.if widdershins, they banish. h one possible explanation lies in the footnote to that passage: gsuch, at least is the traditional interpretation. but there is a deeper design which may be expressed through the direction of rotation. certain forces of the most formidable character may be invoked by circumambulation widdershins when it is executed with intent towards them, and the initiated technique. of such forces typhon is the type and the war of the titans against the olympians the legend (teitan, titan, has in greek the numerical value of 666. h (for example, if invoking the powers of the constel

or banishing as the original gstele of jeu h: that is, it is intended to gdeliver him, nn h. the operator himself. gfrom the endnotes 53 daimon which restrains him h. his own mundane personality. 18 possibly there is a qabalistic significance to this; one thus travels 2. circles total, or 810 degrees. the best i can manage off the top of my head is 810= iw, greek ghail! h 19 the identification of the direction of boleskine with the kiblah (an arabic term denoting the direction one faces to pray) is presumably based on al iii, 10 (plus the other two verses cited, which are far more ambiguous this involves the assumption that git h in git shall be your kiblah forever h refers to gthy secret temple. and that temple is already aright disposed h and not gthe stele of revealing itself h
LINDOW JOHN NORSE MYTHOLOGY A GUIDE TO THE GODS HEROES RITUALS AND BELIEFS

aga, snorri tells us that the king sveigdir one evening after sundown at a farm called steinn (stone) saw a dwarf sitting by the stone and was summoned into the stone by the dwarf, never to return. the conception of dwarfs as dwelling in the earth or in rocks or mountains is deeply rooted. alviss tells thor that he lives down under the earth, under a stone. when odin sent for the fetter gleipnir, the direction was down. here, however, and in skaldskaparmal as well, in the story of the acquisition of gold from andvari, snorri calls the destination svartalfaheim (world of the blackelves, which suggests that for him the category of elves and dwarfs was somewhat blurred. snorri tells us in gylfaginning that the dwarfs originated as maggots in the flesh of the proto-giant ymir, whose body the g

ith loki, but in the following stanza loki accuses idun of having slept with the killer of her brother. the identity of her brother and the killer remain unknown. see also skadi; thjazi references and further reading: in her prolonged echoes: old norse myths in medieval icelandic society, vol. 1: the myths (odense: odense university press, 1994, margaret clunies ross makes clear the importance of the direction of the passage of marriageable women, and on pages 115.119 she analyzes the idun-thjazi myth in some detail. see also her gwhy skadi laughed: comic seriousness in an old norse mythic narrative, h maal og minne, 1989: 1.14. from the older scholarly literature may be cited sophus bugge fs giduns abler: et bidrag til de nordiske mythers historie, h arkiv for nordisk filologi 5 (1889: 1

e gods grow old and gray.that is, display mortality.indicates what would happen if the flow of females, ordinarily from the giants to the gods, were to be reversed. see also idun; skadi references and further reading: in her prolonged echoes: old norse myths in medieval icelandic society, vol. 1: the myths (odense: odense university press, 1994, margaret clunies ross makes clear the importance of the direction of the passage of marriageable women, and on pages 115.119 she analyzes the idun-thjazi myth in some detail. another interesting approach is that of anne holtsmark, gmyten om idun og tjatse i tjodolvs haustlo cng, h arkiv for nordisk filologi 64 (1949: 1.73, who argued for a background in ritual drama. thor god who specializes in killing giants. thor is the son of odin and jord (eart

LOGOMACHY OF ZOS

cannot retell; perhaps the hinge of connection must be your own self-congruence. if events are foretellable from the subconscious (which i maintain) how do i' e..1 ,m to begin with, man is predestined by his good, evil and past history, but within him is the potential for effort towards free will and independence. illustration: i* 6. f6 5: 3"d. m..1 &7 i have this measure of freedom: i can choose the direction and even delay the event. but go i must. it is obvious that those living a virtuous life are rectifying their future and the possibility of freer will. there is a form of aesthesis that is only explainable by the unison of all. h% z@ e( x 5! s@ z< e# 5. 9" feels: such a state allows of telaesthesia. the coetaneous has a spatial spread, causing unknown concurrent superfetations having

led( 2 o. re-remembered associations. also, meaning is involved with concurrent thinking from unknown presuppositions or inherencies. abandoned, undigested and forgotten impressions and ideas desire their evolutionary fulfilment and become substitute figures of their meanings. most abstract thinking and dreaming is meandering in this limbo of symbolic thought-forms; such fortuitous gleaning is in the direction of inspiration from something more potent. the only content of reality we know is ego, or potential ego: the thesis that there is related ego. something like our own that can feel in some manner. has credence because all things are parts of a whole: hence, everything has equal significance and an essential and universal interdependence. a renaissance: new forms represent the greatest

LUCIFERIAN SORCERY

he light of azazel, or shaitan embodied on earth through cain, the initiator of the sethanic path of witchcraft. east lucifer as azazel in the earthbound form, the mentioning of twelve wings in reference to the serpent angel. lucifer is the freedom of will from which the individual may seek to strengthen and illuminate the self in ones own discovered light, or black flame. north the cold north is the direction of not only cain as the lord of horsemen, but also of set-heh the adversary. set is the egyptian god of chaos, storms and darkness. the isolator, set is the adversarial god of change, strength and sufficiency through the will. set is the mask of azazel, the lord of flame. within witchcraft cain is considered the offspring of samael and lilith, thus being the same as baphomet. the ang

LUCIFERIAN WITCHCRAFT AN INTRODUCTION

key to the gnosis within their minds; it seems to speak through the blood. this unspoken aspect of the tradition of the old is known directly as witchblood, it is a silent, unspoken yet natural degree of the folk ability to practice magick. this is the inner magickal voice of angels and demons, the very core essence within each initiate that speaks to he/she of their own infinite potential. while the direction of those involved in the luciferian tradition in america are well aware of its context of approach, the defining state of consciousness must be adhered to. the union of some aspects of middle eastern practices such as sufism and the various parallel witch ways of tribes of the deserts are essential productive and beneficial for the advancement in human thinking. there is much to be l

LURQUIN STONE EVOLUTION AND RELIGIOUS CREATION MYTHS

rated for a very long time, particularly in australia? it turns out that many millions of years ago, the continents were grouped together to form a single supercontinent. through the process of continental drift, which is still observable today, the supercontinent broke up, one result of which was that australia became a vast island isolated from the other continents. marsupials were spreading in the direction of australia before it became an independent continent, while most placental mammals were spreading in other directions. therefore, marsupials found themselves separated from their placental competitors and were able to thrive and continue to evolve as soon as australia broke free from the supercontinent. elsewhere, such as in north and south america, marsupials would either become e

. as creationists and neocreationists have it, the fossil record is woefully incomplete; they claim that it lacks evolutionarily intermediate forms 85 between species. this is actually untrue. for example, new discoveries in china clearly show that some dinosaur species had feathers, making them good candidates as precursors of birds. similarly, new fossil finds in arctic canada strongly point in the direction of extinct fish on their way to becoming adapted to life on land. and finally, a recently discovered 100-million- year-old fossil bee clearly shows traits intermediate between those of modern bees and wasps, which today are fully differentiated, non-interbreeding species. but, of course, one must agree that the fossil record is not as complete as one would wish, because fossils are r

nd subsequently moving southeastward to reach the indian subcontinent. an alternative explanation is that early humans could have gone due east from their african location, crossed the red sea (but not under the leadership of moses quite yet, and then traveled along the coast of the arabian peninsula until they reached and crossed the strait of hormuz. from there, they would have traveled east in the direction of india. at about the same time that they reached northern india, several thousand years after leaving africa, some subgroups split off from the main migrating group and moved northward, toward central asia. other subgroups moved southeast and reached borneo, new guinea, and australia. later, starting about 40,000 years ago, as the human population was growing, migrants moved from c

us creation myths every day because more sun compensates for lower efficiency. therefore, keeping a dark skin near the equator prevents sunburns and allows production of enough vitamin d. where the sun shines more rarely, as in the north, humans evolved in a direction that maximized the efficiency of vitamin d synthesis in their skin while not having problems with sunburns. this meant evolving in the direction of less pigmented skin. loss of pigmentation then occurred through a sequence of random mutations that decreased the production of skin pigments in some individuals. gradually, the mutant individuals who made more vitamin d thanks to their light pigmentation and were thus healthier were favored over others for survival and longevity by natural selection. these better-adapted mutants

time. 106 evolution and religious creation myths nonetheless, the puritans were successful in america, so much so that many aspects of original puritanism (such as work ethic and deep religiosity) still exist today in our society. and this happened in spite of the later immigration of millions of people who did not share the beliefs of the puritans. thus, america as a whole culturally drifted in the direction of a more fundamentalist interpretation of religion while europe kept its more casual approach. the theory of co-evolution is not based on anecdotal evidence alone, as presented here for reasons of simplicity. it has become very mathematical and oriented toward population genetics. it is a young theory that needs to be buttressed by a considerable amount of evidence. in conclusion, p

MACNULTY W KIRK KABBALAH AND FREEMASONRY

nry is one of the most debated, and debatable, subjects in the whole realm of historical enquiry."2 some of the masonic histories written in the 19th century were quite fanciful and uncritical in their approach. more recent authors have sought to be more rigorous, but the data which is available present a real and ongoing puzzle. citing yates again. recent books on the subject have been moving in the direction of exact historical investigation, but the writers of such books have to leave as an unsolved question the problem of the origin of "speculative" masonry, with its symbolic use of columns, arches, and other architectural features, and of geometrical symbolism, as the framework within which it presents a moral teaching and a mystical outlook towards the divine architect of the univers

MAGIC AND SPELLS

inating inside the zone is affected -1: wilefects dmagic effect" the spell rebounds on the caster with normal effect. if the spell cannot affect the caster, it fails. the spell affects a random target or area. the dm should randomly choose a different target from #mong those in range of the spell or relocate the point of origin of the spell to a random place within range of the spell. to generate the direction in which the point of origin is moved randomly, roll 1d8 on the grenadelike weapons diagram on page 138 of the player's handbook. to generate how far the point of origin is moved from its intended position randomly, roll 3d6. multiply the result by s feet for close-range spells, 20 feet for medium-range spells, or by 80 feet for long-range spells. it is possible for the spell effect

harply than 45 degrees. arcane material component. a white handkerchief. moonbeam evocation [light] level: hth 2, moon 2 components: v, s, m/df casting time: 1 action range: close (25 ft+ 5 ft./2 levels) area: cone duration: 1 minute/level (d) saving throw: none or will negates (see text) spell resistance: no a cone of pale moonlight springs from your hand. on your turn each round, you can change the direction the cone points. light from a moonbeam does not adversely affect creatures that are sensitive to light, but lycanthropes in humanoid form caught in the cone must make will saves to avoid involuntarily assuming their animal forms. lycanthropes in animal form can change out of it on their next turn (spending a round in animal form. however, if they are still in the area of the spell, t

MANLY P HALL THE SECRET TEACHINGS OF ALL AGES

e pairs) ons (living, divine principles) were described by simon in the philosophumena in the following manner: the first two were mind (nous) and thought (epinoia. then came voice (phone) and its opposite, name (onoma, and lastly, reason (logismos) and reflection (enthumesis. from these primordial six, united with the eternal flame, came forth the ons (angels) who formed the lower worlds through the direction of the demiurgus (see the works of h. p. blavatsky) how this first gnosticism of simon magus and menander, his disciple, was amplified, and frequently distorted, by later adherents to the cult must now be considered. the school of gnosticism was divided into two major parts, commonly called the syrian cult and the alexandrian cult. these schools agreed in essentials, but the latter d

ch appealing poems and, drawing aside part of her garments, disclosed that one side of her body was nearly eaten away by a cancer. raymond never recovered from the shock. it turned the entire course of his life. he renounced the frivolities of the court and became a recluse. sometime afterwards while doing penance for his worldly sins a vision appeared to him in which christ told him to follow in the direction in which he should lead. later the vision was repeated. hesitating no longer, raymond divided his property among his family and retired to a hut on the side of a hill, where he devoted himself to the study of arabic, that he might go forth and convert the infidels. after six years in this retreat he set out with a mohammedan servant, who, when he learned that raymond was about to att

netary system. one of the least known--but most important--keys to the baconian enigma is the third, or 1637, edition, published in paris, of les images ou tableaux de platte peinture des deux philostrates sophistes grecs et les statues de callistrate, by blaise de vigenere. the title page of this volume--which, as the name of the author when properly deciphered indicates, was written by or under the direction of bacon or his secret society--is one mass of important masonic or rosicrucian symbols. on page 486 appears a plate entitled "hercules furieux" showing a gigantic figure shaking a spear, the ground before him strewn with curious emblems. in his curious work, das bild des speersh ttlers die l sung des shakespeare-r tsels, alfred freund attempts to explain the baconian symbolism in th

MASTERING WITCHCRAFT

chastisement, hexing, and the like. the second, less obvious but far more important reason for concealment is one which may not occur to you as a beginner witch but would leap to the mind of an old pro immediately: should your victim himself turn out to be a dabbler in the black arts, or indeed intimate with one such as yourself who is, it would be a comparatively easy operation for him to divine the direction from which the magical onslaught emanates, and by means of the very same puppet, being impregnated with your magnetism, bring about your magical downfall in any number of ingenious ways. therefore, let me again reemphasize a certain degree of caution, at the risk of sounding repetitious and unnecessarily wary. herbs and incense of love to conclude this chapter on amatory matters, her

MATHERS MACGREGOR THE GREATER KEY OF SOLOMON VOL 1

er of the art or exorciser arise and exhort his companions to be of good cheer and not to despair of the ultimate success of the operation; let him strike the air with the consecrated knife towards the four quarters of the universe; and then let him kneel in the midst of the circle, and the companions also in their several places, and let them say consecutively with him in a low voice, turning in the direction of the east, the following: address to the angels. i conjure and pray ye, o ye angels of god, and ye celestial spirits, to come unto mine aid; come and behold the signs of heaven, and be my witness before the sovereign lord, of the disobedience of these evil and fallen spirits who were at one time your companions. this being done, let the master arise, and constrain and force them by

t the master on that account lose his courage, for there is nothing in the world stronger and of greater force to overawe the spirits than constancy. let him, however, re-examine and reform the circle, and let him take up a little dust of the earth, which he shall cast towards the four quarters of the universe; and having placed his knife upon the ground, let him say on his knees, turning towards the direction of the north: in the name of adonai elohim tzabaoth shaddai, lord god of armies almighty, may we successfully perform the works of our hands. and may the lord be present with us in our heart and in our lips. these words having been said kneeling upon the earth, let the master shortly after arise and open his arms wide as if wishing to embrace the air, and say: conjuration. by the hol

garters with green mugwort gathered also on the 25th of june before sunrise, thou shalt put in the two ends of each the eye of the fish called barbel; and when thou shalt wish to use them thou shalt get up before sunrise and wash them in a brook of running water, and place them one on each leg above the knee. after this thou shalt take a short rod of holm-oak cut on the same 25th of june, turn in the direction thou wishest to go, write upon the ground the name of the place, and commencing thy journey thou wilt find it accomplished in a few days and without fatigue. when thou wishest to stop thou hast only to say amech and beat the air with the aforesaid wand, and incontinently thou shalt be on firm ground. figure 8. the key of solomon page 50 chapter xiii. how to make the magic carpet prop

MATHERS MACGREGOR THE GREATER KEY OF SOLOMON VOL 2

tation and vainglory in their dress, and they rejoice in many ornaments; the boast of possessing mundane beauty, and all sorts of ornaments and decorations. thou shalt only invoke them in serene, mild, and pleasant weather. the spirits which are created of fire reside in the east, those created of wind in the south. note then that it will be much better to perform the experiments or operations in the direction of the east, putting everything necessary in practice towards that point. but for all other operations or extraordinary experiments, and for those of love, they will be much more efficacious directed towards the north. take heed further, that every time that thou performest any experiment, to reduce it unto perfection with the requisite solemnities, thou shalt recommence the former e

MATHERS MACGREGOR THE LESSER KEY OF SOLOMON LEMEGETON VOL 1

le of solomon. this is the form of the magical triangle, into the which solomon did command the evil spirits. it is to be made at 2 feet distance from the magical circle and it is 3 feet across (see frontispiece figure 154) note that this triangle is to be placed toward that quarter whereunto the spirit belongeth. and the base of the triangle is to be nearest unto the circle, the apex pointing in the direction of the quarter of the spirit. observe thou also the moon in thy working, as aforesaid, etc. anaphaxeton is sometimes written anepheneton (colours- triangle outlined in black; name of michael black on white ground; the three names without the triangle written in red; circle in centre entirely filled in in dark green) 28 the coiled serpent is only shown in one private codex, the hebrew

MEANING OF MASONRY

he company of heaven. some of them are dothed with light as with a garment; others are ministers of flaming fire. in a short paper such as this our reference to the ancient mysteries is necessarily brief and has been restricted to the greek eleusinian system. many others of course existed and an extensive, though scattered, literature is available for those who would pursue the subject further in the direction of the egyptian, samothracian, chaldean, mithraic, gnostic and other systems. in their respective days and localities they formed the authoritative centres of religion and philosophy, using those terms as but phases of an indivisible subject which nowadays has become split up into many brands of theology and speculative philosophy having little and often no possible connection with e

MICHAEL FORD WITCHMOON

of the sorcerer is the strength of magick and witchcraft, to change his/her surroundings according to the desire held. without the will magick is not and holds no power. focus and belief issue forth an independent view and strength which none can touch. the astral sabbat for instance is unobtainable for those without the desire to journey to it, to become with the spirits of the dead. the will is the direction and internal focus which guides him/her through their life. the true will or knowledge and conversation of the holy guardian angel implies knowing the essence of thyself and the direction it should lead one in life. to dare to dare is to test the methods of sorcery, to push the self to the limits both mentally and physically. this is the essence of knowledge and the building of indiv

roup sabbath. beltane april 30th beltane is known primarily as a celtic holiday, translating to 'bel fire. a god of light and fire, bel also represented the shadow side, often connected with cernunnos. beltane is a gathering of the rising spring, when birth is abundant and life awakes in its fragile beauty. the night is the gateway to dreams, through which we take flight blown by fervent winds in the direction of the sabbat. as the flames burn high towards a waning moon, so does inspiration and the shadows of those who shed their flesh. the key lies within a dreaming and waking world dependent on the friction of desire and will. will you not open an eye to the possibilities available only in dream? nothing is true, understand this and the key is awakened in that instant. between each line

y journal. the fog which was surrounding me on awakening was beautiful yet cold, i felt so cold. in this sharp and crisp night air one could feel the coming of warmer weather. from it my spirit gained a sense of ecstasy upon which i rode the night sky, in a seeming panic, towards the sabbat. when one seeks the sabbat on the astral plane, it is all too easy to find. some sense tends to lead you in the direction you seek, a guide of sorts. i have heard of some witches creating numerous id familiars to guide them and attend the conclave. i was seeking ever so intensely to arrive, taking the form of a night owl, and the night sounds around me as i flew were filled with exhilaration. i could hear the sounds of moaning and laughing in the night winds, my mind telling me it was the many witches

MICHAEL TSARION ATLANTIS ALIEN VISITATION AND GENETIC MANIPULATION

ason why the city was constructed according tosuch specific designs and dates. he speaks of the presence or existence of angelicbeings, or overlords, who are being invoked to literally take part in the terrestrial oper-ations of mankind. the masonic fathers and builders of the city referred to these enti-ties by their latin term, cosmocrates: the leader of these mighty beings was due to take over the direction of western civilizationin 1881 caused considerable excitement in the esoteric circles of washington d.c, and theoccult world in general. the very word capitol derives from caput draconis, meaning the head and tail of thedragon. we feel that ovason's book and his findings clearly proves the existence of the mac-robes. in the past, when one of the serpent masters or one of thesons of t

eavor and excessive (not to say belligerent) enthusiasms.in fact, the augury on that morning of april 3, 1791, was remarkable. the sun and moon were not theonly pair in aries at that time: no fewer than five of the known planets were in that zodiacal ram thesign which favors brave undertakings (p. 7)cosmocrates (angelic beings of the creation)the leader of these mighty beings was due to take over the direction of western civilization in 1881caused considerable excitement in the esoteric circles of washington, d.c, and the occult world in gen-eral (p. 33)appendix b: book abstracts244atlantis, alien visitation, and genetic manipulation virgoin the arch of the skies on the day the foundation stone for the white house was laid, there was a mostinteresting conjunction. shortly before noon, the

the planet tiamat, or mot, or rahab, by the name of mer. those from this planetwere the original mer-men, half-man, half-fish, or reptile.an or marduk or nibiruin 1982, the space telescope iras (infrared astronomical station) saw what had not been seen for per-haps two thousand years. on december 30, 1983, the world press reported that the advanced space tele-scope:discovered a celestial body in the direction of constellation orion, which possibly is as big as thegigantic jupiter and perhaps so close to the earth that it could belong to our solar systemwhen irasresearchers saw the mysterious celestial body and calculated that it was possibly eighty billion kilome-ters away from earth, they speculated that it is moving towards earth (p. 95)quetzalcoatlhe whose home is water .oannes (the or

ack to ramses. if their theories are borne out by the translationof the tablets engraved with hieroglyphics, the mystery of the prehistoric peoples of north america,their ancient arts, who they were and whence they came will be solved.egypt and the nile, and arizona and the colorado will be linked by a historical chain running back toages, which staggers the wildest fancy of the fictionist. under the direction of professor s. a. jordan,the smithsonian institute is now prosecuting the most thorough explorations, which will be continueduntil the last link in the chain is forged. nearly a mile underground, about 1480 feet below the surface, the long main passage has been delvedinto, to find another mammoth chamber from which radiates scores of passageways, like the spokes of awheel. several h

use. 1921 u.s. banks number 31,076. 1921 the regime of chiang kai-shek in china would be responsible for the murder of 10,214,000 peo-ple between 1921 and 1948. 1921 duke of bedford, marquis of tavistock, creates the tavistock institute in london to study theeffect of shellshock on british soldiers who survived world war i. its purpose was to establish thebreaking point of men under stress, under the direction of the british army bureau of psychologicalwarfare, commanded by sir john rawlings-reese. led to the creation of the tavistock institute ofhuman relations in london, home of its prophet, sigmund freud. the tavistock institute developedthe mass brain-washing techniques which were first used experimentally on american prisoners of warin korea (think of the implications of this. its exp

MICHAEL WYNN THE SOUL TRAVELERS

nce, scientists were forced to admit that space and time also existed as elementary units, and these extremely small units were called planck units. a planck length represents the smallest length of space an object can move. so instead of particles gliding gracefully through space, they instead tick through space. this means that they essentially disappear, and reappear one planck length ahead in the direction that they re moving. what s more is that the particles also move through time likewise, and so disappear and reappear one planck time in the future. adding insult to injury, scientists are still unable to gracefully unify the separate forces of nature( gravity, magnetism, and the nuclear forces. these forces, once exclusively thought of as curves in space, are now spoke of in terms o

ized his own will and desires outside of the wills of god; fearful that other angels would begin to develop self-hood, god had azazel cast from heaven. azazel is, to this day, associated with outcasts and scapegoats. lucifer, who is now both angel and demon, is called the bringer of the black flame and represents the ideal of every satanist to achieve union of their angelic and demonic guardians. the direction associated with lucifer is the east, whereas satan proper is associated with the north. lucifer is said to be capable of cunning and deceptive speech, and this can be paralleled to prometheus, who has many wiles and clever in rhetoric. upon falling to earth, lucifer s physical appearance is often described as a handsome, androgynous or hermaphroditic figure with pale-white skin, silv

MICHAEL W FORD NOX UMBRA

orm is but of you, thus you should seek a regular communion with such spirits. prayer of akhtya purpose of ritual to achieve aethyric communication, inspiration and self-initiation through the anthropomorphic assumption of identity. akhtya was considered an "evil" sorcerer, the founder of yatus, or yatuk-dinoih (witchcraft- a guild of sorcerers who practiced black magic or adversarial rites under the direction or path of ahriman in ancient persia. yatuk/yatus is considered now a left hand path approach to witchcraft, that is by encircling the self one may achieve self-initiation into the mysteries of the adversary, the opposition of self against the natural order. the image or archetype through which self is in awakening is the image of ahriman, refer to the khorda avesta (book of common p

an is akhtya the enfleshed wizard of the left hand path. instruments and preparation create in black cloth a circle, painted in white the triangle- or a circle with your designed 21 letters of the sacred alphabet of desire. in front of the circle (facing north) a black candle (face this direction while reciting- in lore north is the location of the gates of hell-arezura, in egyptian lore north is the direction of set) and in the south a white candle. you may also only have the cardinal points of the circle marked with a letter of your alphabet- only a total of 4 being scribed on the circle. rite in the night, at midnight reside in the circle of self and face the north "by the oath against the dawn, by darkness and the daevas who sign hymns of the blackened sun, encircle me! ahriman, ariman

encircling belief into tangible form. one should prepare for the ritual of arezura by a deep introspection, becoming aware of what you wish to achieve and become. you master the self through the entry and exploration of the gates of hell- it is also the meeting place of sorcerers, witches and daevas (demons) of the fiery darkness. it is where dreams become flesh. the invocation- facing the north, the direction of arezura i summon thee, gateway of arezura that you shall open forth to me hail unto thee ahriman, lord of flame and shadow dweller in the dark places of the earth lord and creator of wolves, serpents and toads. as the night comes forth, you shall attend through me i open these gates as the gathering place of the dream, that in 8 nights shall i become in shadow the reflection of th

of set. anubis is also called hermanubis and death. heru-em-anpu is a dual god form, which holds power in both the celestial/luciferian and infernal regions. this draws a close connection between the egyptian anubis and grecian triple moon goddess hecate. as anubis is the jackal headed lord of the dead, he presides in the west. charles pace (hamara't) mentions in the "book of tahuti" that west is the direction of water, as well as darkness. according to his hermetic teachings, anubis is also death and a god form of necromantic power. anpu is also a gateway to amethes- amenta- amentet. this 'underworld' is the equivalent to the grecian hades. this is the meeting place of spirits, where the dead gather. the word hell derives from the angelo-saxon 'helan, meaning to 'cover' or conceal. the he

MORALS AND DOGMA

of the lamb (aries. those in march, when it was time to plough, were called stars of the ox (taurus. those under which hot and burning winds came from the desert, venomous like poisonous reptiles, were called stars of the scorpion (scorpio. observing that the annual return of the rising of the nile was always accompanied by the appearance of a beautiful star, which at that period showed itself in the direction of the sources of that river, and seemed to warn the husbandman to be careful not to be surprised by the inundation, the ethiopian compared this act of that star to that of the animal which by barking gives warning of danger, and styled it the dog (sirius. thus commencing, and as astronomy came to be more studied, imaginary figures were traced all over the heavens, to which the diffe

he demiurge[[greek ?e, a being of a kindred nature with the universe framed and governed by him, and far inferior to that higher system and the father of it. but some, setting out from ideas which had long prevailed among certain jews of alexandria, supposed that the supreme god created and governed the world by his ministering spirits, by the angels. at the head of these angels stood one who had the direction and control of all; therefore called the artificer and governor of the world. this demiurge they compared with the plastic, animating mundane spirit of plato and platonists, the [greek: de?te ?e. deuteros theos; the [greek ?e ?e??t, theos genetos, who, moreover, according to the tim us of plato, strives to represent the idea of the divine reason, in that which is _becoming (as contra

soul that pervades its every part. an interlocutor in cicero's work _de natura deorum, formally argues that the universe is necessarily intelligent and wise, because man, an infinitely small portion of it, is so. cicero makes the same argument in his oration for milo. the physicists came to the same conclusion as the philosophers. they supposed that movement essentially belonged to the soul, and the direction of regular and ordered movements to the intelligence. and, as both movement and order exist in the universe, therefore, they held, there must be in it a soul and an intelligence that rule it, and are not to be distinguished from itself; because the idea of the universe is but the aggregate of all the particular ideas of all things that exist. the argument was, that the heavens, and t

de the atheists. analogy gives the sage all the forces of nature. it is the key of the grand arcanum, the root of the tree of life, the science of good and evil. the absolute, is reason. reason is, by means of itself. it is because it is, and not because we suppose it. it is, where nothing _exists; but nothing could possibly exist without it. reason is necessity, law, the rule of all liberty, and the direction of every initiative. if god is, he is by reason. the conception of an absolute deity, outside of, or independent of, reason, is the idol of black magic, the phantom of the d mon. the supreme intelligence is necessarily _rational. god, in philosophy, can be no more than a hypothesis; but a hypothesis imposed by good sense on human reason. to personify the absolute reason, is to determ

MYTHS AND LEGENDS OF ANCIENT CIVILIZATIONS E

n empire being destroyed, the prediction of the oracle was said to have been fulfilled. soothsayers (augurs. in addition to the manifestation of the will of the gods by means of oracles, the greeks also believed that certain men, called soothsayers, were gifted with the power of foretelling future events from dreams, from observing the flight of birds, the entrails of sacrificed animals, and even the direction of the flames and smoke from the altar &c [196] augurs. the roman soothsayers were called augurs, and played an important part in the history of the romans, as no enterprise was ever undertaken without first consulting them with regard to its ultimate success. festivals. festivals were instituted as seasons of rest, rejoicing, and thanksgiving, and also as anniversaries to commemorat

is escape. as the sheep passed out of the cave the giant felt carefully among them for his victims, but not finding them on the backs of the animals he let them pass, and thus they all escaped. they now hastened on board their vessel, and odysseus, thinking himself at a safe distance, shouted out his real name and mockingly defied the giant; whereupon polyphemus seized a huge rock, and, following the direction of the voice, hurled it towards the ship, which narrowly escaped destruction. he then called upon his father poseidon to avenge him, entreating him to curse odysseus with a long and tedious voyage, to destroy all his ships and all his companions, and to make his return as late, as unhappy, and as desolate as possible. further adventures..after sailing about over unknown seas for some

them the history of his long and eventful voyage, and the many extraordinary adventures and miraculous escapes which had befallen him since his departure from the coast of ilion. when he at last took leave of his royal entertainers alcinous loaded him with rich gifts, and ordered him to be conveyed in one of his own ships to ithaca. arrival at ithaca..the voyage was a short and prosperous one. by the direction of king alcinous rich furs had been laid on deck for the comfort of his guest, on which the hero, leaving the guidance of the ship to the phaacian sailors, soon fell into a deep sleep. when next morning the vessel arrived in the harbour of ithaca the sailors, concluding that so unusually profound a slumber must be sent by the gods, conveyed him on shore without disturbing him, where

NAGEL CARL AMAZING SECRETS OF OCCULT POWER

ied and practiced awakening your magic power, and calling forth the spirits of the four cardinal points, you are ready to assimilate the magic of elemental witchcraft power. this advanced work is suitable only if you have developed a harmonic relationship with the elemental forces, if you have succeeded in awakening your magic power. enter your witching circle and face north, south, east or west. the direction that you face will depend on your desire. awaken your magic power, and as you finish taking the three breaths visualize an elemental symbol directly in front of you. now enlarge the symbol until it is several feet high, and pulsating with magical power. see it as clearly as you can. imagine you are bathed in its mystic light. try and actually breathe in this mystic light. imagine it

es and all places have always recognized the enormous level of magic power contained in the sex act. in the ritual that follows you can make the irresistible combination of sex and magic work real wonders for you. first you, and your partner, must decide on what it is you seek. then enter your witching circle and place a pillow, for the female s head, in line with one of the four cardinal points. the direction you choose will depend on what it is you seek. once you know your intention you should check with the list in chapter 2 to know which elemental force to invoke. now indulge in the sex act, but keep your mind at all times< on your magical intention. that s all there is to it. chapter 5 ancient secrets of the cabala it is said that god created the world by pronouncing the tetragrammato

NAUDON PAUL THE SECRET HISTORY OF FREEMASONRY

rector of buildings and a high priest. in the louvre there are seated statues of goudea, who was both a patesi, meaning a governor representing the gods, and an architect. the architects seem to have been inspired by the gods they served.3 the books of i kings (5:13 ff and 7:13, 14) and ii chronicles (2:14 and 4:11) inform us that in judea during the construction of the temple of jerusalem, under the direction of master builder hiram of tyre and adoniram, solomon had 70,000 men to carry loads and 80,000 to carve the stones from the mountains, not to mention those who had managed each job, who numbered about 3,300 and gave orders to the workers. though we have no actual historical information on the subject, this story reveals that among the artisans busy on the construction of the temple t

ysian workers or dionysiasts. we know through strabo and aulu-gelle that the dionysiasts' organization in teos was assigned to them as a residence by the kings of pergama around 300 b.c. they had a specific initiation as well as words and signs by which they recognized one another and were divided into separate communities called synods, colleges, or societies. each of these communities was under the direction of a teacher and chairmen or supervisors who were elected annually. in their secret ceremonies the dionysians made symbolic use of the tools of their trade. at certain times they threw banquets during which the most skilled workers were awarded prizes. the richer members gave help and assistance to the indigent and the sick. in greece the dionysians were organized in the same way, an

st at any cost build the fortification in safed. the master of the temple, who was ill at the time, answered that he did not have any money "stay in bed" benoit told him "but tell your brothers that it is your desire that this construction be undertaken i am convinced that the action you inspire from your bed will be greater than that of any army."8 in fact, the fortress was rapidly erected under the direction of the templar raymond de caro. it came to govern some 260 caserns and a rural populace of more then 10,000 and guaranteed the safety of the pilgrimage roads to nazareth and other sanctuaries in galilee.9 in 1243, following an accord reached with the malek of damascus, the franks took possession of the whole of jerusalem, after which the templars set about building a fortified castle

so much so, in fact, that the first lessons learned from the muslims were primarily utilitarian and military. from the very beginning of the first crusade, the franks reached a military understanding with the fatimids of egypt against their common enemy, the turks. the fatimids were far from viewing the frankish invasion adversely because they deemed that it would stop the advance of the turks in the direction of egypt. arab historian ibn al-athir accused the fatimids of having summoned the franks into syria in order to use them as defense against the turks. in 1099 the crusaders signed an accord with the emir of tripoli, ibn ammar, which stipulated that they would spare the city in return for the emir's delivery of three hundred pilgrims who had been held captive in his city; 15,000 bezan

ribution and transplanting it to the west, where the social fabric had become propitious for its introduction. it is a fact that the architecture of the castles and fortified churches built by the templars show clear evidence of ancient arab lessons "it *the templars were not completely uneducated, however. in one sermon, jacques de vitry speaks of "educated brothers who the commanders pointed in the direction of theological schools and secular studies (marion melville, la vie des templiers, paris: gallimard, 1951, 175. 78 the origins of freemasonry from ancient times to the middle ages was in the east that the crusaders learned from the byzantines and the arabs the art of fortifying a castle, a millenarian art in asia that went all the way back to ancient assyria."31 the templar master bu

irely disappeared. given the number and importance of their building projects, it is most likely that the templars played a prominent role in the formation of european "master associations" we know that the templars, just like the benedictines, employed many workers in their service in addition to their servant brothers, notably masons and carpenters. in each commandery, these builders were under the direction of an officer of the temple, the magister carpentarius. this individual, a veritable architect, 82 the origins of freemasonry from ancient times to the middle ages taught laborers working for the order the art of building and geometry. whether they were brother servants or lay workers, everyone contributed to the construction of templar buildings; in short, they labored for the templ

on. he might be the head of the corresponding mason corporations in france 149 service in the royal domicile. thus the masons were under the master builder of masonry and the carpenters under the king's master carpenter.4 the corporative organization in paris according to the livre des metiers the drafting of the establissements des mestiers de paris, known as the livre des metiers, in 1268 under the direction of etienne boileau, provost of the king, sheds full light on the corporative organization.5 with the creation of this book in mind, etienne boileau asked the representatives of the brotherhoods to give him the rules of their trades. this book is therefore a codification of earlier existing statutes. the system of the livre des metiers placed labor under the control of church and stat

during the middle ages if not during all eras in the history of building, the marks constituted the external signs of an occult organization. drawn from geometry, they form a kind of universal alphabet, which, outside of some international variations, was a language that all workers could understand.7 the symbolism in architecture, sculpture, and stained glass, which was the work of artists under the direction of the clerics, was the expression of science and philosophy, akin to that of alchemists and hermeticists. throughout the middle ages and the renaissance, philosophy, metaphysics, alchemy, and hermeticism were closely commingled and these disciplines were inseparable from theology. the means of expression were the same in all these areas, for, in the final analysis, they could all be

s and 86 churches in london. given that there were only seven lodges at that time in london, nine tenths of whose members were accepted masons, it proved necessary to summon masons from all the counties of england to rebuild the city. these masons and architects put themselves under the authority of the company of the masons of london and the architect christopher wren. seven years earlier, under the direction of wren, construction on saint paul's had begun, with king charles ii laying the first stone. at that time, the count of arlington was the protector of the corporation, but operative masonry was nonetheless in full and obvious decline. in 1703, the lodge saint paul made a decision that reveals how freemasonry had gradually transformed "the privileges of masonry will henceforth no lon

ONYX TABLET OF SET

antly, masters who felt that i had become a priest. and there was my own feeling that i was a priest of set. my own feeling of the matter was accentuated by my rocksteady belief that set saw me as, or ordained me to, the priesthood. even though it could be said that i was working "without lust of/for result, i nevertheless was striving towards the priesthood. my magic(s) were deliberate, whatever the direction i thought them to be going in. how many of us, when we were recognized to the priesthood, remember having "cried" out to set? we didn't necessarily cry out that we wanted to be a priest/ess. rather, we were boldly stating that we were ready for the next stage(s) of setamorphosis. didn't we, in workings largely of a gbm type, ask/request/demand- of ourselves and of set- that the "conf

ugh my work: examples noticed from fellow initiates' writings, scroll/ pylon/order articles, and other related aspects. this raised the question: what was going on here? the haunting presence and this direct/indirect inspirational influence i was having on other initiates gave me reasons to further investigate what seemed to be happening to me. what is a priest or priestess of set? 1) in terms of the direction of magical work the priest or priestess is no longer only geared to him/herself. the nature of his or her personal investigations still remains as much as he or she desires, but he or she now has the added task of aeonic enhancement and support [the recognition of priest or priestess of set is an aeon-enhancing event] this added responsibility of the priesthood is to support and cont

working made up of opportunities to understand a greater aeonic perspective. through this potential understanding, the value and created/willed purpose of the priest or priestess' life is imposed within the majesty of set/humanity- not to just order its functions, as is the task of the ii. 4) the adept approaches set for the most part anthropomorphically, in the sense of growth from within or in the direction of an external form [i have, however, encountered adepts who do not exclusively come from this space] this experience remains similar for a priest or priestess, but it is now the relationship to that experience which has changed. a force has risen up within them. in consciously inviting this force to change them, an embryo forms. the birth of this so-called foetus is symbolic to a co

PHILIP NEIL MYTHS LEGENDS EXPLAINED

it at once, and falsely claimed his own right to kingship. but sir ector was suspicious and uncovered the truth, so arthur became king, and sir kay his steward. the death of king arthur 85 the isle of avalon is thought by some to be glastonbury. but it is probably a celtic isle of the blest, such as the land of youth, tir na n og. in tennyson s the passing of arthur, the island lies in the west, the direction of the setting sun. morgan le fay the enchantress morgan le fay was a daughter of igraine of cornwall and, therefore, arthur s half-sister. morgan le fay is depicted as arthur s implacable enemy, but she is also identified as one of the three queens who came to take him to the fairy realm of avalon. her sister morgause was married to king lot of orkney, by whom she had four sons, all

PIKE CUMMINGS THE SPURIOUS RITES OF MEMPHIS AND MISRAIM

to that time and to deliver the entire rite and its creations into the control of the grand orient.this he did,whereupon the symbolic lodges of the rite in france were recognized and authorized to continue work in the three symbolic degrees; but the higher grades from the eth to the j hth, inclusive, were shelved. at that time the degrees of masonry from the eth to the d drd, inclusive,were under the direction of the ancient and accepted scottish rite, through its chamber in the grand orient of france, and authority to work them could only be obtained from that body.the degrees beyond the d drd in the rite of memphis have never been brought legitimately from the darkness into which they were cast by the grand orient, when it assumed control over that rite. even the symbolic lodges of the r

RABBI AMIRAM MARKEL MARKEL THE KNOWLEDGE OF G D VOL 1

laced in an area surrounded by a u-shaped fence. food is then placed on the outside of the middle fence. an intelligent animal will come to the realization that it must initially go in the opposite direction than the food, thus distancing itself from the object of it s desire, in order to go around the fence to acquire it. an animal of lesser intelligence, on the other hand, will attempt to go in the direction of the food and will forever be frustrated in achieving its goal. now, the act of stepping away from the food is the diametric opposite of the desire. the desire is for the food, but the animal must actually go away from it. in contrast, the other animal does go in the direction of the food. but, which animal gets the food? it is specifically the animal who can step away from the obj

RABBI MOSHE WISNEFSKY APPLES FROM THE ORCHARD THE ARIZAL ON THE PARASHAH

ersonifies tiferet. furthermore [his name yovav can be considered] to allude to the teru fah, a trembling wail, which also corresponds to tiferet. the three shofar blasts.tekiah (the long blast, shevarim (3 broken blasts, and teru fah (the stoccato blasts. being gthe son of zerach h associates him with tiferet since tiferet is associated with the east, as we have said. the east is called mizrach, the direction from which the sun beings to shine. in this context, the numerical value [of zerach plus the kolel] 216 can be seen as 3 x 72, corresponding to the three patriachs included in it. 72 is the numerical value of chesed (chet-samech-dalet: 8+ 60+ 4= 72. the three patriarchs, abraham, isaac, and jacob, personify the three sefirot of chesed, gevurah, and tiferet, respectively. however, sin

lity into male and female was necessary in order to give full play to two necessary but divergent focuses in achieving the purpose of creation. the male is the abstract awareness of creation fs source (g-d; the female is the drive to manifest that source in the reality. the male gneeds h the female in order to actualize its abstract inspiration; the female gneeds h the male to inspire and sustain the direction of its drive toward actualization. the implication of this is that each facet, male and female, is given a personality (or in kabbalistic terms: a sefirotic makeup) tailored to its focus. the female is therefore depicted as having its head on the level of the male fs heart; in other words, the female intellect is a priori oriented toward thinking of ways to actualize what the male ha

the zohar,4 the world operates (presently) under the tree of knowledge of good and evil, meaning that evil and good are intermixed in our reality. this tree is depicted as a balance-scale with two pans, one tending toward good and the other toward evil. there are evidently certain souls that at certain points of their life are in these pans, and if the world at large is sinful, the scale tips in the direction of evil and these souls become ensnared by the forces of evil. also, the jewish men who participated in this war were all righteous, as it says, gwho is the man who is afraid of his sins [he must return from the front] h5 in the passage preceding this one, the torah tells us that before going out to war, the army is addressed by a priest and the army officers who say that anyone who

REGARDIE ISRAEL THE COMPLETE GOLDEN DAWN

dion fortune and aleister crowley. and it was this golden dawn that itself provided a new dawn for "occultism" in the early 20th century. in the early 1900s, the original order began to fragment. first crowley published many of the g.d. rituals in the equinox and left to form his own order, the a.a, in 1905. the original isis-urania temple expelled mathers, and then- as the stella matutina- under the direction of waite, put more emphasis on mysticism than had the original g.d. later dion fortune broke off from this temple to form her own inner light group. it was as a member of the stella matutina that israel regardie first published a nearly complete set of the rituals and teachings in 1937-40 as the first edition of this present work. later he sold the copyrights for this and most of his

le by bringing the dagger point to the centre of the first pentagram. stand with arms outstretched in the form of a cross and say- beformee raphael behindm e gabriel at my right hand michael at my l e f h and auriel before me flames the pentagrambehind me shines the six-rayed star again make the qabalistic cross as directed above, saying ateh, etc. for banishing use the same ritual, but reversing the direction of the lines of the pentagram <108> the uses of the pentagram ritual 1. as a form of prayer the invoking ritual should be used in the morning, the banishing in the evening. invoking the names should be pronounced inwardly in the breath vibrating it as much as possible and feeling that the whole body throbs with the sound and sends out a wave of vibration directed to the ends of the q

embers resent, but not taking on office, do not rise exce t for adorations to t f e east or when askedfor the signs. they stand a er the hierophant says "let us adore the lord of the universe and space" and face east, remaining so to the end of the adoration. these nonrarticipating members do not circumambulate with the officers, but w en they have occasion to move in the tem 'l le, they do so in the direction of the sun and make the sign of the enterer on assing the throne ofthe east whether the hierophant is there or not. the &gn ofthe enterer is made in the direction of movement except when entering or leaving the hall, when it is made 4 3, towards the east or when asked togive the signs, and then it is made towards the altar. i- this sign represents one knock made by rap- p ing the bas

by pentagram. the pentagram of the element is visualized in the color of that element as described in the lecture on the supreme ritual of the pentagram and "charged in the same manner as the pentagram of spirit. both invoking pentagrams are traced in silence. vibrating forcefully, using a full breath, the hierophant invokes by the divine names and images of the grade, with sceptre raised toward the direction of invokation. again handing his sceptre to the officer on his right, the hiero. takes up the symbol in front of the tablet and with it traces the kerubic sign of the element in the center of the pentagram already traced "charging" the sign as before. then, vibrating fully, he invokes in the names of the archangel, in the three great secret names of god, and in that of the king of th

rubic sign of the element in the center of the pentagram already traced "charging" the sign as before. then, vibrating fully, he invokes in the names of the archangel, in the three great secret names of god, and in that of the king of the tablet. the hiero. replaces the symbol, takes his sceptre, and all officers return to their stations. the non-officiating members who have been standing, facing the direction of invokation throughout, are also seated as before. elemental grade ceremonies 139 7. in the name of the divine name or grand word of the grade, the hierophant declares the temple open in the particular grade. 8. hierophant, hiereus, and hegemon, in that order, give the knocks of the grade in succession, each completing the alarm before the next begins. thus the opening of the grade

by the hegemon's lamen. 3. the candidate stands west of the altar with hierophant, who speaks on the symbolism of the garden of eden particularly referred to in the grade; 140 the golden dawn: volume ii book two also the planets, paths, sephirah and other qabalistic correspondences; the sign, number, grand word, password and mystic title. the sash of the grade is described and bestowed. 4. facing the direction of the tablet in the grade, hierophant gives the candidate the symbolism of the element, the three names of god, and the name of the king from the enochian tablet. 5. next the symbolism of cross, triangle, etc. on the altar is explained by the hierophant. 6. the hegemon gives his speech on the symbolism of the sephirah, the planet, and indicates the karnea, sigils and signs appropria

one towards the temple itself, but every individual member; that i will co-operate with the guardians of the temple; that i will execute the decree of the chiefs of the second order, acting with justice and without fear or favour in accordance with the dictates of my conscience. this i affirm by the symbol worn upon the breast of the officiating adept. hiero is directed to stretch out his hand in the direction of the rose-cross on chief adept's breast. arise, very honoured frater and receive at my hand the highest office i can bestow upon you in this temple. by the power in me 254 the golden dawn: volume ii book three vested, i now appoint you hierophant of the stella matutina temple <257> to work and confer the grades of the outer order, under the dispensation of the chiefs during the ens

arter of the zodiac where the planet thou invokest then is. for owing both to their constant motion in the zodiac and to the daily movement of the same, the position of a planet is continually changing, and therefore it is necessary for thee in such a case to erect an astrological figure or scheme of the position of the planets in the heavens for the adual time of working, so that thou mayest see the direction of each planet from thee. this is even more necessary when working with the planets than with the signs of the zodiac. when thou shalt desire to punfy or consecrate any place, thou shalt per294 the golden dawn: volume ill book four form the lesser banishing ritual of the hexagram, either in conjunction with, or instead of that of the pentagram, according to the circumstances of the c

remony and therefore, before beginning fresh operation to attract a fresh current, the kerux proclaims that the former password is abrogated. in the whole ceremony, save at the exchange of insignia, the hierophant, hiereus, hegemon, stolistes and dadouchos remain in their places- the kerux, or watcher of the gods being the only one who moves. first comes the establishment of a vertical current in the direction of the middle column by the exchange of words between the hierophant and the hiereus, while the hegemon, who is in the whole ceremony of the equinox the important officer, by reason of his insignia, seals and arrests the current in the centre by a single knock and the words "i am the reconciler between them" then follows the cross current established between the stolistes and dadouch

n course of passing, which the days, and what direction of himself, the enquirer. if the breath comes through the left nostril, to, secure complete success in the work which makes the subject of the question, and which will be of the sort specified under ida, he must have the following coincidences: the fortnight must be bright, that is of the waxing moon; the day must be even, 2, 4,6, and so on; the direction must be east or north. if these things coincide the man will get what he wants. again, if the surya and swara coincide with the dark fortnight, the day odd, the direction south and west, the same result may be predicted but not so thoroughly. the action will be.of the sort prescribed under pigala. according as any of these do not coincide, will the success be more or less imperfect

RITE OF THE OPPOSER

or such is a custom of arte. the prayer of design may also be used in isolation or as an adjunctive/declaration in other suc h ritual/meditative procedures. an example of the practical adaptation of the rite as given above: in contradistinction to using toward and against the shadow as the determinants of the rite's polarities, employ such stellar analogues as the pole-star and the dog-star. also the direction of orientation may be changed from widdershins to deosil in alteration, according to whether the rite is performed at dusk or dawn- or in the dark or bright fortnight of the lunar month. the prayer of the design: as my words punctuate the silence, and the silence my words- so doth their resonance align and magnify power sufficient to reify their intent. as i begin- so doth the design

RITUEL ET DOGME DE LA HAUTE MAGIE BY ELIPHAS LEVI PART I

e which is immeasurably more powerful than steam, and a single man, who is able to adapt and direct it, might change thereby the face of the whole world. this force was known to the ancients; it consists in a universal agent having equilibrium for its supreme law, while its direction is con8 the doctrine of transcendental magic cerned immediately with the great arcanum of transcendental magic. by the direction of this agent it is possible to modify the very order of the seasons; to produce at night the phenomena of day; to correspond instantaneously between one extremity of the earth and the other; to see, like apollonius, what is taking place on the other side of the world; to heal or injure at a distance; to give speech a universal success and reverberation. this agent, which barely mani

ng of a person by himself, awakening his own lucidity and directing it himself at will, is the perfection of magical art. the secret of this great work does not remain for discovery; it has been known and practised by a great number of initiates, above all by the celebrated apollonius of tyana, who has left a theory concerning it, as we shall see in the ritual. the secret of magnetic lucidity and the direction of the phenomena of magnetism depend on two things agreement of minds and complete union of wills, in a direction which is possible and determined by science. this is for the operation of magnetism between two or more persons. solitary magnetism requires preparations of which we have spoken in, our initial chapter, when enumerating and establishing in all their difficulty the essenti

completed in accordance with science and used by the author in his experiment, is that which is found at the head of this chapter, and it is more perfect than any in the keys of solomon or in the magical calendars of tycho brahe and duchentau. we must remark, however, that the use of the pentagram is most dangerous for operators who are not in possession of its complete and perfect understanding. the direction of the points of the star is in no sense arbitrary, and may change the entire character of an operation, as we shall explain in the ritual. paracelsus, that innovator in magic, who surpassed all other initiates in his unaided practical success, affirms that every magical figure and every kabalistic sign of the pantacles which compel spirits, may be reduced to two, which are the synth

react on us by a fatal influence, were the effects of bewitchment actual, as indeed an adept cannot doubt, how much more imprudent and ill-advised would seem this utterance of the good emperor! there are persons whom we can never offend with impunity, and if the injury we have done them is mortal, we begin forthwith to die. there are those also whom we never meet in vain, whose mere glance alters the direction of our life. the basilisk who slays by a look is no fable; it is a magical allegory. generally speaking, it is bad for health to have enemies, and we can never brave with impunity the reprobation of anyone. before opposing ourselves to a given force or current, we must be well assured that we possess the contrary force, or are with the stream of the contrary current; otherwise, we sh

nd fixed practices in common produces a magnetic current, and is maintained or increased by the current. the action of the current is to transport and often to exalt beyond measure persons who are impressionable and weak, nervous organizations, temperaments inclined to hysteria or hallucination. such people soon become powerful vehicles of magical force and project efficiently the astral light in the direction of the current itself; opposition at such a time to the manifestations of the force is, to some extent, a struggle with fatality. when the youthful pharisee saul, or schol, threw himself, with all the fanaticism and all the obstinacy of a sectarian, across the line of advancing christianity, he placed himself unconsciously at the mercy of a power against which he thought to prevail

because god wills it, but god wills it because it is just, said the angel of the schools. it is as if he said: the absolute is reason. reason is self-existent; it is because it is, and not because we suppose it; it is, or nothing is; and how should one desire anything to exist apart from reason? madness itself does not occur without it. reason is necessity, is law, is the rule of all liberty and the direction of all initiative. if god exists, it is by reason. the conception of an absolute god outside or independent of reason is the idol of black magic and the phantom of the fiend. the demon is death masquerading in the tattered garments of life, the spectre of hirrenkesept throned upon the rubbish of ruined civilizations, and concealing a loathsome nakedness by the cast-off clothes of the

RITUEL ET DOGME DE LA HAUTE MAGIE BY ELIPHAS LEVI PART II

sted, impenetrable and inaccessible to any kind of prejudice or terror. he must be without bodily defects and proof against all contradictions and all difficulties. the first and most important of magical operations is the attainment of this rare pre-eminence. we have said that impassioned ecstasy may produce the same results as absolute superiority, and this is true as to the issue but not as to the direction of magical operations. passion projects the astral light forcibly and impresses unforeseen movements on the universal agent, but it cannot curb with the facility that it impels, and then its destiny resembles that of hippolytus dragged by his own horses, or phalaris victimized himself by the instrument of torture which he had invented for others. human volition realized by action is

omena of magnetism at will. highly trained judgement and great precision in the interior movements are required to prevent confusion between signs of magnetic inspiration and those of respiration. we must be perfectly acquainted, moreover, with occult anatomy and the special temperament of the persons on whom we are operating. bad faith and bad will in subjects constitute the gravest hindrance to the direction of magnetism. women above all. who are essentially and invariably actresses, who take 18 the ritual of transcendental magic pleasure in impressing others so that they may impress themselves, and are the first to be deceived when playing their neurotic melodramas. are the true black magic of magnetism. so is it for ever impossible that magnetizers who are uninitiated in the supreme se

consecration of the sacred and mysterious pentagram. at this point, let the ignorant and superstitious close the book; they will either see nothing but darkness, or they will be scandalized. the pentagram, which in gnostic schools is called the blazing star, is the sign of intellectual omnipotence and autocracy. it is the star of the magi; it is the sign of the word made flesh; and, according to the direction of its points, this absolute magical symbol represents order or confusion, the divine lamb of ormuz and st. john, or the accursed goat of mendes. it is initiation or profanation; it is lucifer or vesper, the star of morning or evening. it is mary or lilith, victory or death, day or night. the pentagram with two points in the ascendant represents satan as the goat of the sabbath; when

lutely from magical ceremonies or scrupulously and exactly fulfil them all. the pentagram, engraved in luminous lines upon glass by the electrical machine, exercises also a great influence upon spirits and terrifies phantoms. the old magicians traced the sign of the pentagram upon their doorsteps, to prevent evil spirits from entering and good spirits from departing. this constraint followed from the direction of the points of the star. two points on the outer side drove away the evil; two points on the inner side imprisoned them; one only on the inner side held good spirits captive. all these magical theories, based upon the one dogma of hermes and on the analogical deductions of science, have been confirmed invariably by the visions of ecstatics and the paroxysms of cataleptics, declarin

the whole boiled and incorporated to the consistence of an unguent. we infer that compositions containing opiates, the pith of green hemp, datura stramonium or iaurel-almond, 84 the ritual of transcendental magic would enter quite as successfully into such preparations. the fat or blood of night-birds added to these narcotics, with black magical ceremonies, would impress imagination and determine the direction of dreams. to sabbaths dreamed in this manner we must refer the accounts of a goat issuing from pitchers and going back into them after the ceremony; infernal powders obtained from the ordure of this goat, who is called master leonard; banquets where abortions are eaten without salt and boiled with serpents and toads; dances, in which monstrous animals or men and women with impossibl

gate. they had slept upon the ground and tarried only to receive the elixir and plaster of the devoted sister. the remedy being the same in all diseases, it would appear needless for her to be acquainted with the cases of her patients, but she listened to them invariably with great attention and only dispensed her specific after learning the nature of the complaint. there was the magical secret. the direction of the intention imparted its special virtue to the remedy, which was insignificant in itself. the elixir was aromatic brandy mixed with the juice of bitter herbs; the plaster was a compound analogous to theriac as regards colour and smell; it was the thaumaturge 119 possibly electuary burgundy pitch, but whatever the substance, it worked wonders, and the wrath of the rural folk woul

ROBERT KIRK WALKER BETWEEN WORLDS

attached to it. kirk observes that it is a minor art, and can only foresee for the coming month. page 35 a woman, seemingly an exception from the general rule. and singularly wise in these matters of foresight, lived in colonsay, an isle of the hebrides. this story contains two levels, the first being one in which the second sight may mislead the seer. the woman saw correctly, but misinterpreted the direction in which invading men were rowing, and thus failed to warn her fellow islanders. this anecdote has the ring of a widespread humorous tale, based on fact, spread about to make gentle fun at the expense of the seeress. this is one of several references by kirk to the fact that women seldom have the second sight. this seems to be an unusual stance; possibly very few women would admit to

leaves and of flames, divided vertically, as in the vision of the knight peredur. a thorn tree acts as the magical agent of birth in the ballad the cruel mother, which is linked to the redemptive symbolism of the wife of usher's well and the maid and the palmer. the other two trees lie appendix 4: thomas rhymer 144 deeper in the underworld, and are only perceived by altered vision and a change of the direction http//www.dreampower.com/kirk_wbw/pg_138.htm (6 of 11 [10/9/2001 12:37:14 am] robert kirk- walker between worlds of attention. we should not, however, expect the three trees to be rigidly defined and separated, and in some aspects of the tradition they are implicit rather than specifically described. as with most magical symbols, we may detect their presence by function in the absenc

RUBY TABLET OF SET

i 1a gravity: up- down n? b i 1a3b3 direction: in- out n? s i 1a3b4 direction: north- south n 2 b i there are two definitions of north and south- one which deals with magnetic poles, and the other which deals with an axis of rotation. magnetic north and south are determined by a magnetic field. rotational north and south are determined by the rotation of an approximately round object. either way, the direction is clearly indicated. objectivity: some discussion has centered on the fact that if you follow the surface of the object in a northerly direction, you will pass the pole and start heading south. a better definition of travel in these directions is travel approximately parallel to the line between north and south poles. hence to continue traveling north from the north pole, go up (ie:

travel may be possible. time may even be cyclic, with short or long cycles (a long cycle perhaps stretching from one big bang to another. we'll therefore not yet attempt to propose a polarity. objectivity: time appears to be objective- change either takes place or it doesn't. the speed of time may be subjective, and there seem to be other qualities or areas of time that are of subjective use, but the direction and quantity of time seems to be of durable objectivity over the long run. entropy is the thermodynamic increase in randomness, in which there will be less and less difference between one part of the universe and another. negentropy is the reverse of entropy, in which there is increasing structure and differentiation. entropy can be considered the natural consequence of any and all p

onsciousness. if you do not agree, i suggest that you try once again to watch the functions of each center. the works of ouspensky give good directions as to the methods which should be employed at first. as you read the books, it will be obvious that most exercises designed to increase one's magical abilities can be adapted to gurdjieff's system. exercises which hinge on one's ability to control the direction and intensity of thought need be changed only slightly, the point being the institution of a double consciousness, focused on both the thinking process as separate from the self, and upon the self or "i" i recommend that no special exercises or rituals be used with gurdjieff's method until one has experienced the effect of the method in his "nonmagical" life. no, i'm not suggesting t

organic models (5) it is easy to put sociobiological views to the same sledge with the philosophies of hegel and marx. the point of departure is that history has a mind of its own, distinct from the individuals who give him it. individuals can either mould themselves to suit the natural flow of history or go against it. a progressive aim means simply furthering and following a certain direction, the direction of history. even if history had an aim, who would decide on it? to marx this was no problem. the aim of history was seen by the political party, the political front, which had a prerogative to historical truth. for marx the struggle of the classes was a route, collective journey, where the units were not individuals but classes. individuals were defined solely on the basis of their c

t, and hostile towards anyone who is not of like kind. jude 1:9 yet michael the archangel, when contending with satan he disputed about the body of moses, durst not bring against him a railing accusation, but said, the lord rebuke thee. here is a fine example of the use of language. should the opportunity present itself, a christian may attempt to use the term "the lord rebuke you" on you. should the direction of a conversation with a christian be aimed to misdirect their intent, i have found an interesting reaction from several when they are confronted by a satanist who uses the term "the lord rebuke you" on them. in the bible we discover jesus is the proclaimed enemy of satan. however, jesus only makes mention of satan fifteen (15) times. only a very small portion of jesus' time was occu

he descriptions which follow are necessarily somewhat simplistic; but they are applicable not only to esoteric orders but to exoteric religions as well. the ultimate aim of the white school is the union (or reunion) of the human mind with the non-conscious, mechanical order of the universe (also referred to as "nature" and "god. its methods and hierarchies are appropriately mechanical, leading in the direction of mental stasis and the inhibition of creative thought. deviations from accepted norms are not permissible; absolute obedience to superior authority is mandatory; and every effort is made to represent the mind of man, which is the only thing capable of separating itself from the natural order, as an integral part of that order. the black school, epitomized by the temple of set, stri

ellects are subject to death. the non-conscious whole of matter/energy (nuit) will, however, continue to displace space indefinitely. 10. o prophet! thou hast ill will to learn this writing. 11. i see thee hate the hand& the pen; but i am stronger. 12. because of me in thee which thou knewest not. 13. for why? because thou wast the knower, and me. crowley recounts that, at this point, he resented the direction of the book of the law but was unable to cease transcribing it. at the time he was an avowed buddhist [which, since buddhists seek obliteration of the self in nirvana, is not inconsistent with his attraction for nuit. the second chapter of the book of the law attacks this position with an affirmation of the independent existence of the intellect. and even the very attempt to "deny" t

and not their abuse? but satan answered, would asmodeus then lighten for man the challenge before him and so lessen the strength of will that he must attain to conquer uriel? i would not, for then would we yield to our own pleasure, and man should become the plaything of hell as well as of heaven. indeed we may give our tools to man as he may comprehend them, but he himself must be entrusted with the direction of their use. but this i will tell thee- that not only in matters scientific shall hell tutor man. for we would not have him view mechanism alone as the hallmark of his progress, else we never had cause to challenge the cosmic mechanism of god itself. into the workings of the mind of man we shall convey aesthetic sensitivity and artistic restlessness, and he shall not view his achiev

thyself the great mysteries of the macrocosmos. i speak to thee of that which is called the black magic, for it is true spawn of that great black flame which first brought thy will to life long ages ago.(5) only man can hope to perfect being, for man is the only being of both the great law and conscious intelligence- the two lands. but man needs help to accomplish the great work. set cannot stop the direction of the natural order without assuming its place- else all would go back to chaos. only man can resolve the issue, but not just any man. only those who are worthy to be elect or to receive the black flame. long ago set experimented (magically) with a natural creature that it might perhaps do what set could not, and man came into being. this man was a composite of opposite aspects, but

f iam to the ruby tablet eventually. 2. i.s. de lubicz, her-bak* chick pea, penguin books, rl# 2l 3. robert lawlor, symbol and the symbolic, r.a.s. de lubicz, autumn press, rl# 2v. the book of opening the way: key# 5 in the discussion of xem thus far, the word had been approached from mostly its direction as regards the individual initiate. this was initially necessary [and will be again] so that the direction of the collective effort can be gained through the individual effort. let us now begin to approach discussion of the collective effort, so that we might know what that effort is moving the elect toward, what the 'realm' of xem is about, and what our mutual aspirations and efforts should be. as has been stated in the first four keys, the individual effort must lead the evolving magici

SALMANRUSHDIE THESATANICVERSES

popeye turned eagerly towards gibreel "and who might this be" inquired inspector lime "another skydiver" but the words died on his lips, because at that moment the floodlights were switched off, the order to do so having been given when chamcha was handcuffed and taken in charge, and in the aftermath of the seven suns it became clear to everyone there that a pale, golden light was emanating from the direction of the man in the smoking jacket, was in fact streaming softly outwards from a point immediately behind his head. inspector lime never referred to that light again, and if he had been asked about it would have denied ever having seen such a thing, a halo, in the late twentieth century, pull the other one. but at any rate, when gibreel asked "what do these men want, every man there wa

diamond said as they stood at her night-time window, side by side, looking out to sea "his double. martin de la cruz" at the mention of the cowboy's name gibreel felt so violent a pain in his navel, a pulling pain, as if somebody had stuck a hook in his stomach, that a cry escaped his lips. rosa diamond appeared not to hear "look" she cried happily "over there" running along the midnight beach in the direction of the martello tower and the holiday camp- running along the water's edge so that the incoming tide washed away its footprints- swerving and feinting, running for its life, there came a fullgrown, large--as--life ostrich. down the beach it fled, and gibreel's eyes followed it in wonder, until he could no longer make it out in the dark. o o o the next thing that happened took place i

ispered into his ear "you in with the rest" and he understood that she was involved in the great conspiracy, too "if you are" he heard himself saying "then you can count me in" she nodded, looking pleased. chamcha felt a warmth filling him up, and he began to wonder about taking hold of one of the physiotherapist's exceedingly dainty, albeit powerful, little fists; but just then a shout came from the direction of the blind man "my stick, i've lost my stick "poor old bugger" said hyacinth, and hopping off chamcha she darted across to the sightless fellow, picked up the fallen stick, restored it to its owner, and came back to saladin "now" she said "i'll see you this pm; okay, no problems" he wanted her to stay, but she acted brisk "i'm a busy woman, mr. chamcha. things to do, people to see"

up her man, but must observe the counterfeit of happiness and make do, as if it were the genuine mccoy- plus also: they had come into a demon city in which anything could happen, your windows shattered in the middle of the night without any cause, you were knocked over in the street by invisible hands, in the shops you heard such abuse you felt like your ears would drop off but when you turned in the direction of the words you saw only empty air and smiling faces, and every day you heard about this boy, that girl, beaten up by ghosts- yes, a land of phantom imps, how to explain; best thing was to stay home, not go out for so much as to post a letter, stay in, lock the door, say your prayers, and the goblins would (maybe) stay away- reasons for defeat? baba, who could count them? not only w

ones to remake this society, to shape it from the bottom to the top. we shall be the hewers of the dead wood and the gardeners of the new. it is our turn now' i wish you to think on what my son, sylvester roberts, dr. uhuru simba, said in the place of justice. think on it while we decide what we must do" her son walcott helped her leave the stage amid cheers and chants; she nodded judiciously in the direction of the noise. less charismatic speeches followed. hanif johnson, simba's lawyer, made a series of suggestions- the visitors' gallery must be packed, the dispensers ofjustice must know that they were being watched; the court must be picketed, and a rota should be organized; there was the need for a financial appeal. chamcha murmured to jumpy "nobody mentions his history of sexual aggr

pty, and even gibreel's presence failed to create much of a stir. it took chamcha a few seconds to understand what was up; then he saw the quartet of white youths sitting at a corner table, spoiling for a fight. the young bengali waiter (whom hind had been obliged to employ after her elder daughter's departure) came over and took their order- aubergmes, sikh kababs, rice- while staring angrily in the direction of the troublesome quartet, who were, as saladin now perceived, very drunk indeed. the waiter, amin, was as annoyed with sufyan as the drunks "should never have let them sit" he mumbled to chamcha and gibreel "now i'm obliged to serve. it's okay for the seth; he's not the front line, see" the drunks got their food at the same time as chamcha and gibreel. when they started complaining

helmeted men with plastic shields at the ready moving towards him across the fields at a steady, inexorable trot; witnessed the arrival overhead of giant, locust-swarming helicopters from which light was falling like heavy rain; saw the advance of the water cannons; and, obeying an irresistible primal reflex, turned tail and ran, not knowing that he was going the wrong way, running full speed in the direction of the shaandaar. o o o television cameras arrive just in time for the raid on club hot wax. this is what a television camera sees: less gifted than the human eye, its night vision is limited to what klieg lights will show. a helicopter hovers over the nightclub, urinating light in long golden streams; the camera understands this image. the machine of state bearing down upon its enem

ses to his lips, his unquiet horn: the exterminator, azraeel. o o o after the stream of fire has emerged from the mouth of his golden trumpet and consumed the approaching men, wrapping them in a cocoon of flame, unmaking them so completely that not even their shoes remain sizzling on the sidewalk, gibreel understands. he is walking again, leaving behind him the gratitude of the whores, heading in the direction of the borough of brickhall, azraeel once more in his capacious pocket. things are becoming clear. he is the archangel gibreel, the angel of the recitation, with the power of revelation in his hands. he can reach into the breasts of men and women, pick out the desires of their inmost hearts, and make them real. he is the quencher of desires, the slaker of lusts, the fulfiller of drea

here only. but maybe it is better you don't go. should i call the police? baapu r, that such a thing _no. don't call. i'll go see what he wants. gibreel was sitting on changez's bed with the old lamp in his hands. he was wearing a dirty white kurta-pajama outfit and looked like a man who had been sleeping rough. his eyes were unfocused, lightless, dead "spoono" he said wearily, waving the lamp in the direction of an armchair "make yourself at home "you look awful" salahuddin ventured, eliciting from the other man a distant, cynical, unfamiliar smile "sit down and shut up, spoono" gibreel farishta said "i'm here to tell you a story _it was you, then, salahuddin understood _you really did it: you murdered them both. but gibreel had closed his eyes, put his fingertips together and embarked up

SAPPHIRE TABLE OF SET MAIN

a precedent on how to translate the temple of set experience of indo-european language speakers into a truly different linguistic framework. this is the "inner" point of the kalevala pylon (in addition to its being a normal pylon that offers the basic feed-back and interaction that the i need in order to pass into the ii. within the last two years the kalevala pylon has taken a great thrust into the direction of translating temple of set material into finnish (both linguistically and culturally. we now have a monthly finnish language magazine[_tursanturpa "muzzle of tursa] with substantial translations and "indigenous" magical works in it. this project has grown from an average of 10 pages per month to 40-60 pages a month. we are also actively creating the finnish language temple of set w

SAPPHIRE TABLET OF SET

a precedent on how to translate the temple of set experience of indo-european language speakers into a truly different linguistic framework. this is the "inner" point of the kalevala pylon (in addition to its being a normal pylon that offers the basic feed-back and interaction that the i need in order to pass into the ii. within the last two years the kalevala pylon has taken a great thrust into the direction of translating temple of set material into finnish (both linguistically and culturally. we now have a monthly finnish language magazine[_tursanturpa "muzzle of tursa] with substantial translations and "indigenous" magical works in it. this project has grown from an average of 10 pages per month to 40-60 pages a month. we are also actively creating the finnish language temple of set w

SATANGEL

actually use the bible as a ritual object in its own right. bibliomancy is a form of divination through which a pin is stuck at random into a page of the bible, and the result interpreted as the answer to whatever question is being asked. an alternative is to tie the bible up in a garter, which is held at the top by the ring. this is then used like a pendulum, with answers being interpreted from the direction that the bible begins to turn. the book of enoch the greatest single source of angelology as recognised in orthodox christianity and the tradition of goetic magick are the three chronicles of enoch. although declared apocryphal and thus destroyed by the church these were most influential from around the 13th century onwards. a full version only appeared around the 18th century when a

SATANISM AN EXAMINATION OF SATANIC BLACK MAGIC

ower "nythra kthunae atazoth" thus the syllable "ny" is sounded for a period of between ten and twenty seconds, then "thra" is sounded for the same period of time and so on. such methods of sound magic enable the participants to activate hitherto unknown areas of their minds and cause changes in consciousness as though inducing a semi trancelike state. the priest therefore vibrates these words in the direction of the priestess who holds a quartz crystal tetrahedron in her palms. after this vibration has been completed, the priestess lies on the ground, still holding the crystal whilst the priest performs cunnilingus. when the priestess is suitably aroused the priest then begins copulation, during which the priestess visualises a gateway situated in the stars above them opening and a black

hey orientate towards sexual criminality. the role of the satanic orgy is therefore to indulge and delight in sexual congress in whatever manner the individual desires. the orgy takes place, according to the tradition of the order of nine angles, after an external magical ritual, the black mass being one of the more common. the second function of sex within the orgiastic sphere is that concerning the direction of the energies raised through unrestrained sexual indulgence. with the inclusion of an orgiastic element within traditional satanic rites, the energy that the ritual would have produced is naturally expanded to include the sexual energy which is then directed towards a specific intent according to the preset aims of the master and mistress of the temple. an alternative method is for

SCHLAGER NEIL WORLD RELIGIONS REFERENCE LIBRARY

mmurabi (1792 1769 bce) and a host of others, the religious system continued. there may have been new rulers, but the gods were eternal. the names of the gods changed, however, as did the emphasis of religion. for example, nanna was the sumerian god of the moon. in akkadian, the language of sargon and his people, nanna was called sin or suen. inanna, mistress of heaven, became ishtar in akkadian. the direction of religion also changed over time. the early sumerians believed that humanity, after it was created, was given a divine spark by the god enlil. this not only made people the servants of the gods during their lifetimes, but also assured them an afterlife. the coming to power of the babylonians in the second millennium bce changed the emphasis of religion. the babylonians the babyloni

hools of thought, including native religions ranging from shamanism (belief in powerful nature spirits that a shaman, or holy man, can reach) to daoism into his explanation of the confucian way, emphasizing a love of the natural or cosmic order. in so doing, he further justified the role of the emperor as the living link between tian and earth, or the son of heaven. not all confucians agreed with the direction taken in dong s philosophy, but the belief system continued to wield great power throughout the han period. soon all public schools in china were offering regular sacrifices to confucius; the imperial university enrolled thirty thousand students, and temples in honor of confucius were built throughout the land. together with the emperor and the godlike personages of heaven and earth

eros is that the universe is motivated by ashe, a growth and movement forward to divinity. ashe, often translated as energy, is the cosmic force that binds all of creation into a web. santeros believe that this ever-changing force leads to a principal deity called olo du`mare, the owner of heaven or sometimes the owner of all destinies. olo du`mare, the supreme creator-god, is the object of ashe, the direction in which the energy of the universe moves. in addition, santeros honor a number of orishas. the orishas are spirits that represent the forces of nature. each of the orishas is associated with a christian saint, as well as with an important number, a principle (such as sensuality, war, money, roads and gates, illness, or thunder and lightning, a dance posture, an emblem, a color, and

ent that it includes living things, tends to be highly abstract rather than realistic. some people believe that the star and crescent flag is an islamic symbol, but it has no connection with islam. rather, its roots lie with the ottoman empire, which used the star and crescent on its flag. the primary symbols in islam are behaviors rather than objects. for example, when muslims pray, they turn in the direction of mecca and the ka aba, a cube-shaped shrine in the city that the prophet abraham is believed to have built. this act of turning toward mecca symbolizes the unity of muslims throughout the world. before prayers, or before handling a copy of the qur an, muslims engage in a ritual cleansing to symbolize purity of heart in praying to allah. making a pilgrimage is also thought of as sym

ternoon. 4. maghrib, after sunset. 5. isha, at night. these times are flexible depending on the season of the year. for example, during the summer, when the sun rises early, fajr may take place as early as 4:00 am, but in the winter it might take place as late as 6:30 am. muslims are called to prayer five times a day. they may pray in a mosque, at home, or wherever they are able, and must face in the direction of mecca, the most holy city in islam. while at prayer, both men and women cover their heads as a sign of modesty. david turnley/corbis. world religions: almanac 311 islam pregnant women, travelers, and women who are nursing children are allowed to combine the two afternoon and the two evening prayers. salat requires seven preconditions: it must be time for prayer. prayer is not to b

prayer times. clean clothing must be worn. however, no shoes are worn in the prayer area of a mosque. prayer must be conducted in a clean place. to ensure cleanliness, muslims typically use prayer rugs. the body must be covered. for men, this includes pants, a shirt, and/or a robe. women cover their bodies with appropriate clothing and their heads with a veil or scarf. those who pray must turn in the direction of mecca, an act that symbolizes the unity of islam worldwide. mosques all have a feature that helps orient worshipers to mecca. the mind must be in a proper condition for prayer, meaning that the worshiper must approach daily prayer with humility, or modesty. the islamic call to prayer (azan) takes place five times each day. the practice originated at a time when there were no clock

or jiva. this soul, which lives forever, has a number of characteristics. each soul is fully independent in jainism (unlike hinduism, which believes that all souls are part of a single divine reality. the soul is responsible for and experiences the results of its actions. the soul can be freed from the ongoing cycle of death and rebirth. although not all souls can be liberated, all can evolve in the direction of liberation by following the principles of correct behavior. jains have a complex system of beliefs that explain the natural order of the universe. jains see the world as composed of categories of souls, including jiva, the soul of living things, and ajiva (that is, non-jiva, to include motion, rest, atoms, space, and time. jiva, in turn, manifests itself in six forms, categorized

instays of the zoroastrian ethical code: good thoughts, good words, good deeds. the three lower parts of the figure represent the opposite: bad thoughts, bad words, bad deeds, which cause misfortune and unhappiness. the two loops at the sides of the faravahar represent the two opposing forces in the universe, spenta mainyu and angra mainyu, the forces of good and evil. the human face is turned in the direction of the good. the circle in the middle of the figure represents eternity, a suggestion that the human spirit is immortal. one of the human figure s hands points upward, suggesting the need to struggle upward to achieve salvation, or freedom from sin. the other hand holds a ring. similar to a wedding ring, this band represents a covenant, or promise, between ahura mazda and humanity. w

s of ancient babylonia. polytheism, or belief in many gods, was common among mesopotamians and babylonians during this period. ur was the center of a cult, or group of religious followers, that worshipped nanna, the moon god. around the time of abram s birth, the babylonians began to recognize one god, marduk, as having power over all the other gods. some historians consider this an early move in the direction of monotheism, or the belief in one supreme being. many stories grew around the fact that terah produced idols and his son abram did not believe in worshipping them. people would pray to the idols, which represented various gods. one legend had young abram breaking all the idols in a shop except for one, which was said to be an early hint that his later beliefs would turn to monothei

liffs and the nile river. to the north and south were the homes of merchants and government officials. in the center of the city lay the royal palace, the granaries (grain storage buildings, and the great temple of aten. akhenaten s worship of the sun influenced a new style of architecture. his temples to aten were not the usual massive, closed structures, but a series of open courts facing east, the direction in which the sun rises. even the doorways in these temples had openings in the tops of their frames to allow the light of the sun to reach every corner. the city appears to have been created as a huge stage for akhenaten. his daily journey from his palace through the city and back again was said to symbolize the passage of the sun from sunrise to sunset. just as akhenaten and neferne

SEPHER HA BAHIR

ng's anger was calmed. 36. his students asked: why is the letter daleth thick on the side? he replied: because of the segol which is in the small patach. it is thus written (psalm 24:7 "the openings (pitchey) of the world" there he placed a patach above and a segol below. it is for this reason that it is thick. 37. what is the patach? it is an opening (petach. what is meant by an opening? this is the direction of north, which is open to all the world. it is the gate from which good and evil emerge. and what is good? he mocked them and said: did i not tell you that it is a small patach (opening? they said: we have forgotten, teach us again. he reviewed it and said: what is this like? a king had a throne. sometimes he carried it on his arm, and sometimes on his head. they asked why, and he r

SEVEN SCROLLS CHILDREN OF THE BLACK ROSE

imagine a parent who is balanced and acts in the best interest of the all. you are part of the all and therefore, your parent will act accordingly. the force flows freely to all who will receive it and causes the sun to shine and the rain to fall for all, even if they ignore it or fear or hate it. all have the same opportunity; it is, however, the manner in which that opportunity is accepted and the direction in which it is steered that makes all the difference in the world. at this point, it would be well for all adepts to clear their minds of any preconceived notions about lucifer and the all of which each one of you are a part, and start seeing clearly for the first time in your lives. remember, this book is intended to make whole, well persons of all those who will take its content to

SIR EDWARD BULWER LYTTON ZANONI A ROSICRUCIAN TALE

vision of the procession to the guillotine, with zanoni there, radiant in youth and beauty, followed by the sudden vanishing of the headsman, the horror, and the "welcome" of her loved one to heaven in a myriad of melodies from the choral hosts above "zanoni" was originally published by saunders and otley, london, in three volumes 12mo, in 1842. a translation into french, made by m. sheldon under the direction of p. lorain, was published in paris in the "bibliotheque des meilleurs romans etrangers" w.m. preface to the edition of 1853 as a work of imagination "zanoni" ranks, perhaps, amongst the highest of my prose fictions. in the poem of "king arthur" published many years afterwards, i have taken up an analogous design, in the contemplation of our positive life through a spiritual medium;

ich sheltered from the sun without obstructing the view; and there now, with the prompt-book on her knee, on which her eye roves listlessly from time to time, you may behold her, the vine-leaves clustering from their arching trellis over the door behind, and the lazy white-sailed boats skimming along the sea that stretched before. as she thus sat, rather in reverie than thought, a man coming from the direction of posilipo, with a slow step and downcast eyes, passed close by the house, and viola, looking up abruptly, started in a kind of terror as she recognised the stranger. she uttered an involuntary exclamation, and the cavalier turning, saw, and paused. he stood a moment or two between her and the sunlit ocean, contemplating in a silence too serious and gentle for the boldness of gallan

heard afar off, to the guide, to mervale, to return to aid him. no answer came; and the englishman, thus abandoned solely to his own resources, felt his spirit and energy rise against the danger. he turned back, and ventured as far towards the crater as the noxious exhalation would permit; then, gazing below, carefully and deliberately he chalked out for himself a path by which he trusted to shun the direction the firestream had taken, and trod firmly and quickly over the crumbling and heated strata. he had proceeded about fifty yards, when he halted abruptly; an unspeakable and unaccountable horror, not hitherto experienced amidst all his peril, came over him. he shook in every limb; his muscles refused his will, he felt, as it were, palsied and death-stricken. the horror, i say, was unac

on, you are dogged, follow me" and the stranger walked quickly before him. clarence turned, and sickened once more to see at his heels, with the same servile smile on his face, the pursuer he fancied he had escaped. he forgot the injunction of the stranger to follow him, and perceiving a crowd gathered close at hand, round a caricature-shop, dived amidst them, and, gaining another street, altered the direction he had before taken, and, after a long and breathless course, gained without once more seeing the spy, a distant quartier of the city. here, indeed, all seemed so serene and fair that his artist eye, even in that imminent hour, rested with pleasure on the scene. it was a comparatively broad space, formed by one of the noble quays. the seine flowed majestically along, with boats and c

SPENSER THE CULT OF THE ALL SEEING EYE 1960

the room and the chunk of iron ore. this involves mathematics. he said of his mural "you can make what you wish of it" yet he admittedly sought to create a specific subjective effect in the mind of the spectator. consequently, mr. beskow's remarks create confusion rather than understanding. the room of stillness' the leaflet made available to those who visit the meditation room was written under the direction of dag hammarskjold. its description of the room is deliberately couched in abstruse language. it contains terms which have meaning to the esoterically inclined but not to the uninitiated. these terms will be explained in later sections of this study. the leaflet reads "we all have within us a center of stillness surrounded by silence. people of many faiths will meet here, and for th

STEINER RUDOLF CHRISTIANITY AS MYSTICAL FACT

latonic dialogue on love. love figures here as the herald of wisdom. we have seen that wisdom is the eternal logos, the son of the eternal world-father. to this logos love stands in the position of a mother. before even so much as a spark of the light of wisdom can be struck in the human soul, there must be present in it an obscure urge or longing for the divine. unconsciously it must draw one in the direction of what will subsequently, when it is raised into consciousness, constitute one s highest bliss. heraclitus apprehended the daimon in human beings; in plato this is connected with the idea of love. the symposium comprises speeches on love from men of the most diverse social standing and attitudes to life: platonic mysteries 59 ordinary people, politicians, and intellectuals are repre

transitory in origin. the myth and mysteries of eleusis the spirit of mysteriosophy is all-pervasive in the festivals celebrated at eleusis in greece in honor of demeter and dionysus. a sacred way stretched to eleusis from athens, lined with mysterious signs intended to myth and mysteriosophy 83 bring the soul into an exalted mood. at eleusis itself there were mysterious temple-complexes,83 under the direction of a priestly dynasty. the wisdom which qualified them for this task was handed down from generation to generation in the priestly families; it was the wisdom which enabled them to perform their ritual service at eleusis, the wisdom of the greek mysteries, mysteriosophy.84 the festivals were celebrated twice in the course of each year, and dramatized the cosmic events governing the f

this you have, that you despise the ways of the nicolaitans, which i too despise. he who has ears to hear what the spirit says to the communities, let him hear: to the victor i will give food from the tree of life, which stands in the paradise of god. 125 such is the message to the angel of the first community. the angel is to be understood as the spirit of the community. the angel has entered in the direction indicated by christianity, and is able to distinguish between the true and false professors of christian belief. the angel wishes to work in a christian way, founded upon the name of christ. but the angel is urged not to fall short of the highest love through lapsing into any sort of error, and is shown the possibility of going astray through such errors. the way to the divine has be

t upon us a dreary prospect dreariest of all for those who have realized that the results of natural science show that in its own terms it is unassailable. they recognize that however much the details may be challenged, however many books are written or researches compiled about the struggle for existence and its random nature, about the decisive character of natural selection or its irrelevance, the direction in which science is moving will find (within limits) ever increasing acceptance. 182 christianity as mystical fact so are the implications of science really what these proponents make them out to be? their own behavior shows that they are not. for in their own work they do not follow the path shown by the pioneers in other fields. would darwin and haeckel have made their great discov

inues, i found it necessary to enter into a direct and living experience of christianity and indeed into the world of spirit itself, after the severe inner struggles during the time of testing. 202 christianity as mystical fact by beginning the path without the presuppositions of any world-view whatsoever, will sometime at some point on the path, no matter how far-distant, eventually meet christ. the direction is reversed in the spiritual stream of the church, which is not the principle of encounter but the principle of following. this path is therefore not without presuppositions; it is based instead on a pre-existing relationship to, and experience of, christ himself, who becomes the leader of whoever follows him. steiner speaks of this for the first time in christianity as mystical fact

ecisive consequence of steiner s experience of christ at the turn of the century. with this event the path of following christ, the path based on the substance of christianity, begins to merge with the path of encountering christ, which is based on knowledge acquired without presuppositions. thus a union of the two paths is created, which can be called anthroposophy. for this reason, depending on the direction from which one approaches it, anthroposophy is either the working toward knowledge without any presuppositions, or it is comprehensive knowledge of christ. in christianity as mystical fact rudolf steiner bore witness to the latter approach for the first time. this book contains anthroposophical christology in a germinal yet comprehensive form. translator s notes 1. that is, the myste

TECHNICIANS GUIDE TO THE LEFT HAND PATH

ond is that besides meaning "being in the proper time period" it can also denote being in "phase. it is this second aspect of synchronicity that deserves our attention .phase can refer to the "state" of that which becomes synchronous. this means that when speaking about synchronicity through a paradigm involving "consciousness" that synchronicity is effected only when comprehension appropriate to the direction of the synchronous movement is achieved.the implication is that recognition of resonance is not enough to begin a truly synchronous prolonging, extending activation with its source. however, awareness does mean that the potential for a further movement now exists. this can lead to the opportunity to step into the proper period. to come into phase with the proper period, is an act of

with it, they do share qualities that are inherent to the state of the object in question. the importance of the harmonic elements is the fact that individuals who fall into the proper timing of the ideas have available to them a direction. this direction- if followed and investigated- leads towards the primal source and genesis of their affinity. the aeonic resonance offers the freedom to choose the direction of the individual spiritual destiny. the synchronicity to resonate involves two aspects; a unison or direct resonant relationship, and a harmonic relationship. qualitative differences between these two aspects are contained within the degree of consciousness that one has regarding the idea form of the resonance. on an individual level, these differences are further defined through th

lationship to the cause. proportion then, in this praxis, refers to a ratio of awareness/consciousness/knowledge of the source to the recipient, and of the recipient to the source. the proportion then, may be very different from source to recipient versus recipient to source. it is not static, rather it is a dynamic non-linear relationship in which the proportional element can change according to the direction of the original energetic source. we have just narrowed our definitions down a bit. let us briefly examine magical theory, and magical links from a somewhat different viewpoint. to begin, i would like state unequivocably that it is my belief that magic and the activities of particles at higher energy levels share many characteristics. these may be coincedental, but i personally do no

TELESMATA AND FLASHING TABLETS

hian names and the tablets are a representation of a species or a more specific idea. hebrew may be employed without enochian, but seldom is enochian employed without hebrew. 5 step 3 first, formulate the supreme ritual of the pentagram as taught, toward the quarter or element you wish to attempt. step 4 next, invoke the divine names and turn toward the quarter of that element. step 5 standing in the direction and looking in the direction you wish to invoke, take several deep breaths, close the eyes and hold the breath, and mentally pronounce the letters of the force you wish to invoke. you may wish to formulate the letters before you as you do the above. repeat several times until the force is present. step 6 having attracted the force, formulate the letters several times as if you have b

TEXE MARRS CODEX MAGICA SECRET SIGNS MYSTERIOUS SYMBOLS AND HIDDEN CODES OF THE ILLUMINATI

rth to rule. the phoenix (satan and his "son) shall rise from the flames of destruction just as the legendary phoenix bird arose. the phoenix, however, is, in reality a cockatrice, a dragon-bird, a flying serpent. the word "pyramid" incidentally, literally means "amidst the fire" and now you know the true, occultic meaning of the word. peering into the all-seeing eye simply put, freemasons, under the direction of haym salomon, ben franklin, and others, designed the great seal with its all-seeing eye in the capstone amidst the radiant sun background. as followers of egyptianism, it has long been assumed that the eye is that of osiris, the egyptian sun god, and/or of his son, horus. this is true, but there is much more. osiris, of course, was worshipped as the sun. albert pike, former sovere

d to reinstate the soviet-era red star as the russian military's official emblem "the star is sacred to all servicemen" said defense minister sergei ivanov, who spoke at a meeting of putin's top generals attended by putin.18 oddly enough or understandably enough for those in the know the red star is often seen on u.s.a. military vehicles and uniforms. it became a staple during world war ii, under the direction of the pentagon's "red brass" leadership put in place by zionist fanatic president franklin d. roosevelt and his ever watchful guardian, jewish financier bernard baruch (no wonder general eisenhower's west point yearbook called ike the "swedish jew) blood red- red stars, clenched fists 569 the color red but why the color red? could it have a relationship with the bible's identificati

THE BLACK LODGE

the order. he/she tries to teach the master how the master can achieve his or her true will- and it is no use if the master should remind him or her that the master has (so to speak) been in possession of his or her diploma for some time! in the case of an order of the type of h.o.o.r, the disciple tries to "take over" and assume the highest authority, or tries to deviate the work of the order in the direction of his or her prejudices and desires, or both things at once. if you point out to him or her that their grade in the order does not give them authority to act so, he or she merely becomes annoyed with you. in fact, to an impartial observer, the disciple s behavior seems ethically insane. what is actually happening is that the demoniac forces, stimulated in the disciple s vehicles, ar

THE GALE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF THE UNUSUAL UNEXPLAINED VOL 1

, later students of the qur an sought to define the soul in more metaphysical terms, and a belief in the preexistence of souls was generally established. in this view, allah kept a treasure house of souls in paradise available for their respective incarnations on earth. t h e g a l e e n c y c l o p e d i a o f t h e u n u s u a l a n d u n e x p l a i n e d afterlife mysteries 13 muslims pray in the direction of mecca during an islamic holiday at coney island, new york (ap/wide world photos) the islamic paradise is in many ways an extension of the legendary garden of eden in the bible. it is a beautiful place filled with trees, flowers, and fruits, but it really cannot be expressed in human terms. it is far more wonderful than any person could ever imagine. all who obey god and the apostl

unscratched. finally a musket ball knocked his pony out from under him, but roman nose rose untouched and signaled his warriors to attack. they believed that magic he had received from the spirits kept him safe that day from all the bullets. while one can pursue the path of becoming a medicine man or woman by undergoing a vision quest, receiving a spirit guide, and serving an apprenticeship under the direction of an established medicine person, traditionally, it seems, the greatest shamans are created by spiritual intervention in the shape of a sudden and severe illness, spells of fever, epileptic seizures, or possession by tutelary spirits. it would appear that those who become the most effective intermediaries between the worlds of flesh and spirit must have their physical bodies purged

ating the mediums own body, and materializing spirit forms of the deceased. the essential attribute that qualifies one to be a medium is an extreme or abnormal sensitivity which seemingly allows the spirits more easily to control the individual s psyche. for this reason, mediums are often referred to as sensitives. during seances, spirit mediums, often working in a trance state, claim to be under the direction of a spirit control or spirit guide that serves as an intermediary between themselves and the spirits of deceased men and women. once contact has been made with particular spirits in the other world, the guide speaks through the medium and relays messages to the sitters, those men and women who have assembled in the seance room for the opportunity of hearing words of comfort or guida

change forever. pursel, then a young corporate business executive with state farm insurance, was on the fast track in an accelerated program to move up the corporate ladder. but, while out of town and halfway through a five-day conference and training session, jach would encounter a teacher from another realm who was about to take him on a long journey unlike any other, and one that would change the direction of his entire life forever. late one evening, after the day s events, pursel sat on his bed, alone in the hotel room, closed his eyes, and began to relax. using the routine he learned for meditation, he breathed the tension out of his body and thought he felt himself drifting off to sleep. several years before, peny had urged him to take a meditation course. many times he had tried m

ween the genuine medium or channel and the great majority of humankind lies in the fact that the medium s threshold of consciousness may be set lower than that of others. in other words, the medium has access to levels of awareness that lie beyond the normal reach of the subconscious. the spirit medium usually works in trance, and while in this state of consciousness, he or she claims to be under the direction of a spirit guide or spirit control. spiritualists believe in the reality of the guide as a spiritual entity apart from the medium. psychical researchers theorize that the control personality is but a secondary personality of the medium that is able to dip into the psychic abilities residing in the subconscious. the physical phenomena of mediumship are among the strangest and most dr

olumbia university, as its secretary and treasurer. for the next 14 years, until his death in 1920, hyslop expanded the scope of the society s work. at the aspr all-day esp forum held on november 20, 1965, in new york city, dr. gardner murphy (1895 1979, president of the aspr, told assembled parapsychologists and representatives from other scientific disciplines that progress in parapsychology in the direction of science calls for major, sustained effort devoted to the building of theories and systematic models. the primary need is not for lots and lots of further little experiments, but for bold and sound model building. murphy concluded his address, advancement of parapsychology as a science, by stating that the future of parapsychology as a science is going to depend on multidisciplinar

incingly asserted; and it is not confined to any one religion, myers said. from the medicine man up to st. john, st. peter, and st. paul, with buddha and mahomet on the way, we find records which, though morally and intellectually much differing, are in psychological essence the same. evelyn underhill states that ecstasy represents the greatest possible extension of the spiritual consciousness in the direction of pure being: the blind intent stretching here receives its reward in a profound experience of eternal life. in this experience, the consciousness of i-hood, of space and time all that beings to the world of becoming and our own place therein are suspended. the vitality which we are accustomed to split amongst these various things, is gathered up to form a state of pure apprehension

umber of highly publicized snake fatalities, passed an act making it illegal to display, handle, use, or exhibit any poisonous snake or reptile in such a manner as to endanger the health of another. those who have investigated snake handling have found that it is a popular misconception that the snakes won t bite the snake handlers in their religious ritual or that, if bitten, the handlers, under the direction of the holy spirit, won t die. although exact records are difficult to substantiate, at least 71 people have been killed by poisonous snakebites during religious services in the united states. and that number includes the founder of the snake handling movement, george went hensley, who, it has been estimated, had been bitten over 400 times before his death in 1955. while some might c

. those religions that testify to demonic powers also recognize that these negative beings are subject to the commands of a leader, known by various names: satan, lucifer, beelzebub, iblis, mara, and angra mainyu, among others. while rationalists in the present age of science and technology find it difficult to accept the concept of demons tempting men and women to commit acts of wickedness under the direction of a central embodiment of evil, such as satan, other serious-minded philosophers and theologians call attention to the diverse horrors of the twentieth century and the seemingly endless capabilities of humans to inflict evil upon their fellow beings in the beginning of the twenty-first century and argue that such perversities transcend the bounds of reason. the qur an warns that who

of satan in 1990 and became a priest in the temple of set, began proclaiming what she claimed was the truth about the church of satan, listing, among other charges, that it had never been intended to be a spiritual movement, but was created solely as a money-making venture. such denouncements are unlikely to damage severely the reputation of the first church of satan, which continues today under the direction of the high priestess blanche barton and the magister peter h. gilmore. m delving deeper church of satan web page [online] http//www. churchofsatan.org/main.html. 26 january 2002. freedland, nat. the occult explosion. new york: berkley, 1972. harrington, walt. the devil in anton lavey, the washington post magazine, february 23, 1986 [online] http//www.churchofsatan.com/pages/ wapost/

THE GALE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF THE UNUSUAL UNEXPLAINED VOL 3

relive a dream one must first refresh one s memory of it by writing it down or by telling it to another person as a story that is happening now, in the present tense. perls used the present tense in all of gestalt dream work. in his view, dreams are the most spontaneous expression of the existence of the human being. one might perceive dreams being much like a stage production, but the action and the direction are not under the same control as in waking life. therefore, perls advised, it is helpful to visualize a dream as a script from one s own internal stage production. each part of the dream is likely to be disguised or to bear a hidden message about the dreamer. when the message comes through, the individual will feel that shock of recognition that gestalt called the ah-ha! perls concl

nnon, the east has long believed that when the physical body dies, the astral body containing the etheric body separates from the physical body after three days, and that after years, perhaps centuries, the astral body dies and leaves only the etheric body to become a spirit. the eastern schools of initiation, cannon informed, teach the chela (student) how to withdraw his or her astral body under the direction of a master. to achieve such control of the spirit, the student must subject himself or herself to a rigorous and prolonged period of highly intensive and specialized training. such esoteric knowledge, cannon reminded his readers, had been acquired by centuries of effort and experimentation by eastern adepts. the western world is only beginning to be made aware of the existence of th

s that they had definitely been battling something very strange out there in the country. with chief greenwell in the lead, more than a dozen state, country, and city law enforcement officers arrived to investigate the farmers claims and, if necessary, do battle with the alien invaders. on the way to the farm scene, the officers noticed what appeared to be a peculiar shower of meteors coming from the direction of the sutton farmhouse. one officer later said that the meteors had made a swishing sound as they passed overhead. although the small army of law enforcement officers found no traces of extraterrestrial aliens or their spaceship, they found several peculiar signs and indications that something mighty strange had taken place that evening on the suttons farm. for one thing, the teetot

ead and face that seemed to extend directly into its shoulders, with no visible chin or neck. the humanoid had no detectable ears, small eyes with no brows, and only a slit of a mouth. two antenna- like appendages protruded from its skull. the alien being raised its hand in greeting to higdon and floated a package of pills in his direction. higdon remembers that he swallowed one of the pills upon the direction of the entity, and the next thing he knew, he was inside a cube-shaped object with the being, at least one other alien, and the five elk. higdon was strapped to a seat with a football-like helmet on his head. then he underwent a bizarre trip through space in a small, transparent craft. most of the details of higdon s fantastic journey were gleaned during the hypnosis sessions with sp

THE GALE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF THE UNUSUAL UNEXPLAINED VOL

to religious symbols of his ancestors. by 1914, the wandervogel, a militarist anti-semitic german youth group, began using a curved swastika on a cross as its insignia. in 1920, a dentist named friedrich krohn, a member of the nazi party, designed the official symbol of the party, the flag with a black swastika in its center. adolf hitler fs (1889.1945) contribution to the insignia was to reverse the direction of the swastika so it appeared to spin clockwise. from that time onward, a once great symbol of good fortune became the most potent icon of racial hatred and violence the world has ever known. m delving deeper boxer, sarah. gone of the world fs great symbols strives for a comeback. h the new york times on the web, july 29, 2000. bracken, thomas. good luck symbols and talismans: peopl

tery and power 215 angkor wat angkor wat, in present-day cambodia, formed part of the capital of the khmer empire from 802 until 1295, and is probably the largest religious monument ever constructed. built over a 30-year period with sandstone and laterite (a dense, porous, ironbearing soil that can be quarried like stone, the rectangular structure (2,800 by 3,800 feet) faces west, in hindu belief the direction taken by the dead when going to their next life. at the center of the complex stands a temple with five lotus-shaped towers, a larger central tower, and four smaller surrounding towers. they represent the five peaks of mount meru, the mountain where a pantheon of hindu gods reside and from which, according to hindu belief, all creation comes. three square terraces surrounds the centr

THE GOD OF THE WITCHES

one to raise the devil, the other to dismiss him; the first, benedicite, is certainly latin, but the second,maikpeblis, is a corruption of some misunderstood formula, probably christian. alexander hamilton, oflothian[49] was wont to strike thrice on the ground with a baton of fir and to say "rise up, foul thief, whenhe called on his master and the dismissal took the form of throwing a live cat in the direction of the diviningfamiliar or of the incarnate god. the somerset witches[50] called up their familiars or even thegrandmaster himself simply with the word robin, and when he appeared they added "o satan, give me mypurpose".marie lamont[5l] called serpent, when she summoned the "devil, and the swedish witches[52] cried"antecessor, come and carry us to blockula. jean weir[53] joined the c

THE HOLY ROSARY OF THE BRETHREN

and the transformation brought forth when this purity touches corruptibility. pink, rose or natural color: to denote the highest forces of tiphareth through which we must attain to receive direction for the divine and the higher genius within the microcosm. the five colors: this helps attract the spiritual force that directs the four elements within (many brethren choose this rosary. directions: the direction of the rosary to be worked while in prayer and meditation is counterclockwise. one must not assume that this is contrary to the vortex of light. it is not a physical vortex, but rather, it is in harmony with the direction of hebrew (right to left. equally, it follows the progression of the pentagrammaton. observe the diagram on the next page: 4 step-by-step instructions: step 1: perf

THE KEY TO THE MYSTERIES

lightning. magnetic passes only serve to direct the will of the magnetizer in confirming it by acts. they are signs and nothing more. the act of the will is expressed and not operated by these signs. 116 powdered charcoal absorbs and retains the astral light. this explains the magic mirror of dupotet. figures traced in charcoal appear luminous to a magnetized person, and take, for him, following the direction indicated by the will of the magnetizer, the most gracious or the most terrifying forms. the astral light, or rather the vital light, of the plastic medium, absorbed by the charcoal, becomes wholly negative; for this reason animals which are tormented by electricity, as for example, cats, love to roll themselves upon coal<
ous or mad. ultimately, he approached the phantasm to touch it, and it vanished. cornelius gemma, in his "histore critique universelle" says that in the year 454, in the island of candia, the phantom of moses appeared to some jews on the sea-side; on his forehead he had luminous horns, in his hand was his blasting rod; and he invited them to follow him, showing them with his finger the horizon in the direction of the holy land. the news of this prodigy spread abroad, and the israelites rushed towards the shore in a mob. all saw, or pretended to see, the marvellous apparition: they were, in number, twenty thousand, according to the chronicler, whom we suspect to be slightly exaggerating in this respect. immediately heads 231 grow hot, and imaginations wild; they believe in a miracle more st

iom xix fear is nothing but idleness of the will, and for that reason public opinion scourges cowards. axiom xx succeed in not fearing the lion, and the lion will fear you. say to sorrow "i will that you be a pleasure, more even than a pleasure, a happiness" axiom xxi a chain of iron is easier to break than a chain of flowers. axiom xxii before saying that a man is happy or unhappy, find out what the direction of his will has made of him: tiberius died every day at capri, while jesus proved his immortality and even his divinity on calvary and upon the cross. 238 chapter ii the power of the word it is the word which creates forms; and forms in their turn react upon the word, in order to modify it and complete it. every word of truth is a beginning of an act of justice. one asks if man may s

THE MIDDLE PILLAR

e better to refer to the pentagram used in this ritual as the lesser banishing pentagram to avoid confusion.23 all of the divine hebrew names intoned in the lesser banishing ritual of the pentagram are composed of four letters. and the specific names used are attributed to the four sub-elements of malkuth. the name of yhvh, the tetragrammaton, is vibrated after the pentagram is drawn in the east, the direction attributed to elemental air. tradition tells us that yhvh is a symbol for the highest, most divine name of god. therefore it is appropriate that this name is vibrated in the east, the place of the dawning of the light. yhvh is our sunrise, our source of life. the east symbolizes elemental air which has further correspondences with mercury the highest of the three alchemical principle

f this is in keeping with the idea of the "hghest name of god" adonai, meaning "lord" is the name vibrated after the figure is traced in the south. this name is particularly associated with malkuth, whose complete divine name is adonai ha-aretz. the name "lord carries with it connotations of hgh rank, especially power, rulershp, and dominion.24 here the name is associated with fire and the south, the direction of the sun's greatest strength. ths is 192 theb alanceb etweenm ind and g i c a reminder that here on malkuth, our immediate symbolic link with the lord of light and strength is through the life-giving rays of the sun. the name of e,heieh is vibrated after the western pentagram is drawn. eheieh, meaning "i am" is the divine name of kether. the west is the place of sunset, the complet

r a notariqon whch uses the first letter of each word in a sentence to form a single word. in this case the sentence from which agla is formed is atah gebur le-olam adonai. ths means "thou art great forever, my lord" which is a powerful invocation--clearly calling upon all the might of adonai to aid and guide us through the darkness of things unknown. agla is vibrated in the north because that is the direction of the greatest symbolic cold, darkness, shadow, illusion, and the unfamiliar. it is "the place of forgetfulness, dumbness (silence, and necessity and of the greatest symbolical darknessku25it represents all the dormant and unmanifested forces of the universe, as well as those which are hidden or veiled to us. these are forces which we are largely ignorant of. however, all things, ma

d area and begin the process of healing. close by gently massaging the entire body and silently vibrating the divine names of the middle pillar for equilibrium. the middle pillar exercise 241 endnotes 1. see regardie, the golden dawn, 90. 2. published in the golden dawn ]ournal, book 11: qalabah: theory and magic. 3. the "ch" in chai is to be pronounced like the "ch" in the scottish word loch. 4. the direction of this circulation (down the left and up the right) has a tendency to energize power in the middle pillar, resulting in a feeling of energy increase and a swelling in the body of light. the other direction (down the right and up the left) tends to relax the energy body, possibly resulting in a trance-state. 5. ths direction of circulated energy tends to cleanse the subtle body. 6. w

THE MOTHMAN PROPHECIES

t came on, right on schedule. suddenly we saw an identical-type light behind the trees north of our position in the very spot where i had seen the glowing disc descend. i knew there were no houses or roads in that direction. we divided our attention between the two lights. both seemed to be moving through the trees very slowly. i got out of the car with my flashlight and flashed it three times in the direction of the southern ridge. an instant later there were three extremely bright flashes. mary nearly jumped out of her skin "they answered you" she declared. the red light rose upward until it was a hundred feet or so above the trees. then it went out, as if someone had turned off a switch. then the light in the north dipped down behind the trees and disappeared. affidavit to whom it may c

t before the great october ufo wave, posters sprang up all over atlanta, georgia, proclaiming the eminent arrival of the space people. a georgia psychic was in mental communication with zandark, who identified himself as "a member of the united cosmic council; a commander in chief in charge of directing technical transmissions via mental telepathy or the combination of mediumistic telepathy under the direction of the confederation of cosmic space beings" zandark delivered the usual "we come to bring peace" message, claimed credit for building the sphinx, the pyramids "and other structural phenomenas" and complained that contactees were not being taken seriously enough, but were being "branded fools, fanatics, and personal publicity seekers" we were advised to shape up. bach of zandark's co

THE PATH OF KABBALAH

ining that, one attains equivalence of one s properties with the creator s, namely adhesion with him. when that happens, one receives the complete eternal abundance that the creator had intended for him in the design of creation. it is impossible to turn the will to receive into a will to bestow because it is our essence, and remains with us. it must only be clothed with an aim to bestow, meaning the direction of received bounty should be changed. in that situation, one s body (desires) will commence their process of correction, cleansing. if, for example, ten grams of the body are cleansed, then ten grams of the body can now be filled with light. when the light descends, it also restricts itself to ten grams to fit the corrected part of the body and clothe it. the two world systems pure a

ad such books that were written by righteous men such as baal hasulam, rabbi shimon bar-yochay and rabbi baruch ashlag, we connect with them through the surrounding light that surrounds us and purifies our desires, meaning our vessels. therefore, when we read these books we must always remember who wrote them and what his spiritual degree was. that enables us to not only connect with the idea and the direction, but also with the bridge that could help us in our progress, because we bond with the author himself. it is not important if the author is or is not in this world momentarily, we can bond with him in our feelings, while studying his books. the eldest son of baal hasulam, rabbi baruch ashlag, finished his studies at the yeshiva (school for orthodox jews) and started to work as a cons

t the next lot of desire to receive. the situations are much more acute and profound in spirituality, but at the same time, the power one obtains to handle them is greater too. we always choose the desire that gives us the greatest amount of pleasure in every situation. that conduct was imprinted in us from above and is unchangeable. but 273 of 273 what we can change is the intent, meaning invert the direction of the pleasure toward the origin, which the pleasure comes from. thus, the focus should be on feeling that source! the will to receive itself is not egoism. if i want to receive because the creator gives me pleasure, and i please him by receiving, it is considered giving, not receiving. if i don t care who gives me pleasure, even if i know that it comes from the creator, but take ev

THE STAR IN THE WEST BY CAPTAIN FULLER A CRITICAL ESSAY ON THE WORKS OF ALEISTER CROWLEY

all crowleyanity* to its ultimate end, will find that william shakespeare of avon was not the only man in this fair world who doubted not that by any other name a rose would smell as sweet *not only the lever of archimedes, but also the fulcrum he could not discover. let us now take an infinite series a,b,a,b,a,b. the question asked is: which is first, a or b? and the answer depends entirely upon the direction of thought. science will say that intelligence is last, and that matter slowly evolves into animal life; in fact, that matter (a) is first, and intelligence (b) is second. the idealists and sankhyas will put intelligence (b) first, and the series will run b,a,b,a,b,a. both, however, are indicating the same chain; but crowley* like the philosophers of the vedanta, strides beyond both

rom the age-worn lips of the sphinx; for as he himself says: eternal mockery is the real; eternal falsehood, the ideal *gargoyles, vol. iii, p. 93. however, hume arrives at a negative result of extraordinary worth. he took newton fs second law of motion* i.e, of cause and effect, and wrote against it a colossal gwhy? h *every change of motion is proportional to the force impressed, and is made in the direction of that force. berkeley, as we saw above, arrived at the conclusion, that it was impossible to solve the question of relationship between the things which are perceived, and the things which are not perceived; and in the gthree dialogues between hylas and philonous h he further elaborates this proposition. hume by a slightly different road arrives at an exactly similar conclusion, na

ed mental athletes. by act, word, and thought, both in quantity and quality, the one object of the ceremony is being constantly indicated. every fumigation, purification, banishing, invocation, evocation, is chiefly a reminder of a single purpose, until the supreme moment arrives, and every fibre of the body, every forcechannel of the mind, is strained, and in one overwhelming rush of the will in the direction desired. such is the real purport of all the apparently fantastic directions of solomon, abramelin, and other sages of repute. when a man has evoked and mastered such forces as taphtatharath, belial, amaimon, and the great powers of the elements, then he may safely be permitted to begin to try to stop thinking. for needless to say, the universe, including the thinker, exists only by

THE BOOK OF GATES

sh, and the floor covered with large blocks of stone, so as to deceive any one who should force the fallen wall near the pit, and make him suppose, that the tomb ended with the entrance-hall and the drawing-room. i am inclined to believe, that whoever forced all these passages must have had some spies with them, who were well acquainted with the tomb throughout. the tomb faces the north-east, and the direction of the whole runs straight south-west" footnotes 44:1 as belzoni's narrative is of interest, his account of his discovery of seti's tomb is given in the appendix to this chapter. 45:1 the alabaster sarcophagus of oimenepthah i, king of egypt. london, 1864, p. 14. 59:1 this is chapter lxxii. of the book of the dead. 61:1 pe and tep formed a double city in the delta. 63:1 the kher-heb

lds the sceptre in his right hand, and has the solar disk above his horns. he stands within a shrine which is enveloped in the voluminous folds of the serpent mehen, a serpent also stands on his tall before him. in front of the shrine stands sa, and behind it hekau. the gods who tow the boat are called tuaiu. p. 88 the sun's boat is met in this section by a company of thirteen gods, who are under the direction of a god who holds a staff in his hand. the names of the first seven gods are--nepemeh 1, nenha, 2, ba, heru, beha-ab, khnemu, and setchet; the third has the head of a ram, and the fourth that of a hawk. the last six gods click to view the boat of the sun towed by gods of the tuat. are described as "gods who are in the entrances" the god who bears the staff has no name. the text whic

THE SECRET RITUALS OF THE OTO

uth by many continental masonic groups, among them the french chapter of clermont, and it was from the ranks of the last mentioned organization that at some time between 1751 and 1754 baron von hund (1722-76) recruited the first members of the stricte observance, a quasi-templar masonic order which claimed to possess secret templar documents dating back to the fourteenth century and to work under the direction of mysterious unknown superiors, individuals irresponsible themselves but claiming absolute jurisdiction and obedience without question. in his history of the prussian monarchy mirabeau has described the first appearance of the agents of these unknown superiors: in about 1756 there appeared, as if they had sprung out of the earth, men sent, so they said, by unknown superiors and arme

, and what we might become. towards ten o clock in the evening, i being prostrated in my chamber, calling on god to assist me, suddenly heard the voice of mr. de pasqually, my director, who had died in the body more than two years previously. i heard him speaking distinctly outside my chamber, the door being closed, and the windows shut in like manner, the shutters also being secured. i turned in the direction of the voice, being that of the long garden belonging to the house, and thereupon i beheld m pasqually with my eyes, who began speaking, and with him were my father and mother, both also dead in the body. god knows the terrible night which i passed! the teachings of de pasqually seem to have had some influence upon another templar group, the order of the temple, which probably origin

ld. sword and belt are black and gold. the ante-room contains the tomb of j(acobus) b(urgundus) m(olensis) and is hung with black. the chamber of reflections contains a small altar or table on which is a skull and the ever-burning lamp. in the mouth of the skull is a green leaf. when more than 3 companions are present, they draw lots for the offices, the loosers remaining without, on guard, under the direction of the knight sentinel. file//c /documents%20and%20settings/michael..0secret%20rituals%20of%20the%20o.t.o/p2c8.html (1 of 13 [12/28/2001 2:05:02 pm] the secret rituals of the o.t.o* the word. g.c.60 babalon c.b.61 baphomet do what thou wilt* opening g.c: vvv vvv vvv62 file//c /documents%20and%20settings/michael..0secret%20rituals%20of%20the%20o.t.o/p2c8.html (2 of 13 [12/28/2001 2:05

TWO ESSAYS ON THE WORSHIP OF PRIAPUS

e genuine part of the collection now extant; but they are so intermixed, that it is difficult to say which are genuine and which are not. perhaps there is no surer rule for judging than to compare the epithets and allegories with the symbols and monograms on the greek medals, and to make their agreement the test of authenticity. the medals were the public acts and records of the state, made under the direction of the magistrates, who were generally initiated into the mysteries. we may therefore be assured, that whatever theological and mythological allusions are found upon them were part of the ancient religion of greece. it is from these that many of the orphic hymns and fragments are proved to contain the pure theology or mystic faith of the ancients, which is called orphic by pausanias

and when we find this supposed engine of divine vengeance upon the medals, we must not imagine that it is meant for the weapon of the supreme god, but for the symbol of his destroying attribute. what instrument the gonnis holds in his other hand, is not easily ascertained, it being a little injured by the carriage. in one of those pointed downwards he holds the lotus flower, to denote that he has the direction of the passive powers of production; and in the other, a golden ring or disc, which, i shall soon show, was the symbol by which many nations of the east represented the sun. his head is drawn into a conical, or pyramidal form, and surrounded by an ornament which evidently represents flames; the indians, as well as the greeks, looking upon fire as the essence of all active power; when

e medusa s head, are also, as dr. stukeley justly observed,3 greek modes of representing this winged disc joined with the serpents, as it frequently is, both in the egyptian sculptures, and those of chilmenar in persia. the expressions of rage and violence, which usually characterise the countenance of medusa, signify the destroying attribute joined with the generative, as both were equally under the direction of minerva, or divine wisdom. i am inclined to believe, that the large rings, to which the little figures of priapus are attached,4 had also the same meaning as the disc; for, if intended merely to suspend them by, they are of an extravagant magnitude, and would not answer their purpose so well as a common loop. on the phoenician coin above mentioned, this symbol, the winged disc, is

theocrit. idyll. ii. ver. 36. 98 on the worship placed them in pyramidal monuments, which were the symbols of fire; hence come those prodigious structures which still adorn that country. the soul which was to be emancipated was the divine emanation, the vital spark of heavenly flame, the principle of reason and perception, which was personified into the familiar d mon, or genius, supposed to have the direction of each individual, and to dispose him to good or evil, wisdom or folly, and all their consequences of prosperity and adversity.1 hence proceeded the doctrines, so uniformly inculcated by homer and pindar,2 of all human actions depending immediately upon the gods; which were adopted, with scarcely any variations, by some of the christian divines of the apostolic age. in the pastor of

TYSON DONALD NEW MILLENNIUM MAGIC

f life, but are completely unable to express or apply their intuition in any way. sci- entists pursue understanding apart from wisdom. they can manipulate matter and symbols, but are increasingly unable to find a purpose for their activities. xxiv new millennium magic the human enterprise that combines both wisdom and understanding is art. the artist manipulates concepts, symbols and materials at the direction of his or her spiritual insights, relying on skills acquired over years of dedicated study and practice to express these intuitions in ways that are potent and true. magic is the ultimate form of art. it is the art of causing change in the manifest world through the universal medium of unmanifest spirit. magic is not and can never be a social institution. it is a present and personal

likely to do the most good. for example, in society there are many pulses, one of which is patriotism-pacifism. if a group of magi believed their nation to be lacking in martial readiness and wished to do something about it, they would not exert themselves when the pulse of pacifism was rising; rather, they would bide their time until it had reached its crest, then add their force to the swing in the direction of patriotic fervor. this simple principle applies in personal affairs. when you wish to convert someone to your way of thinking, do not meet their opposition head on. first, allow them to expend their energy on arguments and protestations; then, when they have fallen silent, send a powerful pulse of your will to swing their mind in the opposite direction. of course, there will event

n arguments and protestations; then, when they have fallen silent, send a powerful pulse of your will to swing their mind in the opposite direction. of course, there will eventually be a reaction against your manipulation. this can be anticipated and lessened in intensity, and the next peri- od of receptivity can be utilized with even greater effect, so that the sum total is to move the person in the direction of your desires. this phenomenon of action-reaction extends beyond what are usually consid- ered the parameters of the magical art. it applies on all levels of being. however, the methods of the art can be used with great effect to augment or lessen a cyclic tendency as required. in this matter the coolest calculation is needed. it is not satisfymg to allow the opposition of another

he left side and left-hand motion seek the darkness. in southern latitudes, where the sun rises on the right hand and sinks on the left, it would be symbolically accurate to inscribe the circle in a counterclockwise direction, and to absorb it clockwise. at the equator, where the sun is six months in the northern sky and the other six months in the southern sky, it would be most correct to invert the direction in which the circle is projected on the equinoxes, so that for each half of the year the circle follows the course of the sun. this is usually not done. practitioners mindlessly adhere to the forms of magic established in the northern hemisphere, even when these forms are in manifest contradiction to the natural world. they are afraid to innovate, even though the magicians of old wer

it at the same moment. there are four apparent kinds of spiral motion. these are based upon the two possible tracks a helix may trace upon the wall of the infinitely long cylinder that leads from the manifest to the unmanifest. from the point of view of an observer looking into the cylinder, a helix may twist clockwise or counterclockwise away from the observer. each spiral is named according to the direction of the movement of awareness along it. this movement is always twofold; it can be inward or outward, and at the same time, it can be clockwise or counterclockwise. by reflecting the spiral and then reflecting it again, these forms result: 0 light light outward-counterclockwise/ dark outward-clockwise the vertical arm of the cross divides clockwise from counterclockwise motion, and th

letes the cycle. there could be no order without this returning pulse since if it were absent, every motion would proceed endlessly in single directions. what grew hotter would continue getting hotter indefinitely, and so on. the second he restores the balance. consider the seasons of the year. two are opposite (summer and winter, and the other two are essentially the same (temperate, except that the direction of motion is reversed fi-om one to the other. that is, in spring the temperature goes from cool to warm, and in autumn it goes from warm to cool. the changing of the seasons is often thought of as circular motion. if it were circular it would look like this: yod however, the actual motion of the seasons and all other cycles is spiral since each element is separated by time from the o

gle touches the west while the lion is in the south, a reasonable assignment when all else is considered: angel* eagle heavens bull lion horizon (east) bull earth (south) lion (north) angel (west) eagle fire is most appropriate to the south, region of blazing heat. water is the tra- ditional element of the west, where for the ancients the shoreless atlantic lay. earth can be assigned to the east, the direction of the unmeasured steppes that led to fabled china. north is the empty quarter where the winds were supposed to make their home, appropriate to air. adam kadmon stands with the axis of the earth along his spine, circled by the moon and stars. on his brow is the angel, elemental air, symbol of his higher aspi- rations. the lion, fire, lies curled around his lower body, symbol of stren

wing the unicursal nonagram in the air with the right index finger, or ritual instrument held in the right hand, beginning at the appropriate point and proceeding in a clockwise direction. a symbol of the force invoked should then be drawn in the center of the nonagram. in the figure at the top of page 115 the nature of each of the nine points is given based on the trinity of father-mother-child. the direction of unfolding is clockwise. the unmixed qualities are placed 120 degrees from each other. they are joined by two rays to their mixed essences; for example, the father-father aspect is linked by rays (moving in a clockwise direction) to father-mother and father-child. each two unmixed aspects is blended together, using the third as a joining medium: for example, between father-father a

en to be true. the magus follows cosmic law for wholly practical and pragmatic reasons. only by living in harmony with the light can the magus realize his or her highest potential as a human being. and it is only through the achieve- ment of aspects of this personal destiny that the magus can attain true happiness. the good and evil of a life are weighed against each other in the great scale, and the direction the pan tips determines whether the life was lived in vain, in dis- sonant mockery of god and therefore also in mockery of the true self, or whether it has contributed in some small way to the harmony of the cosmic design, which does not fall within the comprehension of any incarnate being. life lived in pur- suit of the light of spirit has value and purpose. life not lived for the l

like a giant clock. were the universe to endure forever, as some scientists have postulated (the steady state theory, eventually all the stars would burn themselves out and all the raw materials of new stars (hydrogen and helium) would also be consumed, pre- venting the formation of new stars. the universe would be one great cold expanse of darkness. this is the final fulfillment of entropy, and the direction it always tends. fortunately, the steady state theory is false. the universe is a closed system that will collapse back in upon itself long before all the stars exhaust their available fuel. entropy acting on the moral and spiritual levels of human beings reveals itself in the behavior we call evil. the devil is the mythic personification of this force, which actually exists and mani

TYSON DONALD SOUL FLIGHT

, or are able to stand upon the surface of water without sinking. since this would seem to be physically impossible-for how can the mass of an object be lessened without otherwise changing the object?-it is more 63. brewer, dictionary of miracles, 2 15. 56 soul flight likely a shared astral experience akin to the famous indian rope trick, during which onlookers partake in a group hallucination at the direction of the fakir. projections by saints a definite case of astral projection is related in the little flowers of st. francis of assisi, an italian work (fioretti) based on a medieval latin manuscript. it concerns the nun saint clare, who was so ill one year that she was unable to go to church on the feast of the nativity, which was a source of great vexation to her. but jesu christ, her

TYSON DONALD THE MAGICAL WORKBOOK

s become common in hatha yoga and other forms of eastern physical cuiture that emphasize the unity of mind and body, such as martial arts training. it also happens to be an excellent general method for 16 reclining exercises inducing a hypnotic state when done as a guided relaxation during which an instructor continues to speak and tells students what to visualize throughout the exercise. usually the direction is given that the student will feel relaxed and wonderful, and if a light hypnotic state has been achieved, this suggestion can have a potent and healthful effect. refrain from performing this exercise immediately after eating-wait at least an hour after a meal. do not do it in bed or you may fall asleep. do not do it when you are extremely tired, or sleepy, or sick. it is essential

ntire circle. this light shining from the beam that links the star with your heart-center is now so concentrated, it makes the astral temple glow, and can even be seen on the air of the physical temple. hear the rushing of the light as it descends. it sounds similar to roaring fire caught in a powerful downdraft. when you complete the third rotation, stop the turning of your body so that you face the direction of the spirit you intend to evoke into the triangle. in the present example, you stop turning with your body facing east, because east is the quarter of paralda. if you were evoking a spirit associated with elemental water and the west, you would complete the third rotation and continue to turn until you faced west, then stop. continue to gaze upward at the star with your arms spread

ete the vibration of the holy name ihvh, the whirling vortex of light surrounding your body turns a deep, rich yellow, the color of elemental air. breathe normally, contract your aura to its usual shape close to your skin, and reduce the size of your astral body until you are contained within the astral temple. 292 moving exercises lower your arms to your sides and assume the standing pose facing the direction in which the triangle points-in the present example, the east. continue to be aware of the beam of white light that passes through the top of your skull to link your heart-center with the blue-white star in the heavens, and of the swirling clockwise vortex of yellow light that fills the circle and surrounds your body. begin to perform the fourfold breath with pore breathing while kee

realm 304 moving exercises and the higher spheres, and as a result, lunar spirits are concerned with fantasies, dreams, illusions, delusions, manias, obsessions, and mental health, and partake of a mixture of the lower and higher natures. if you have a floor that will accept tape, you can outline the circle and triangle in this way, but do not draw or paint a permanent circle and triangle, since the direction in which the triangle points will vary from evocation to evocation. when using tape, define the circle with white tape, and the triangle with either yellow for east, red for south, blue for west, or green for north. those with a deck of tarot cards may use the twenty-two trumps to define the circle and triangle of evocation. consider the circle as the face of a great clock, with 12:o

universe; on the right of the second row, the wheel; on the left of the third row, the empress; in the center of the third row, the magician; on the right of the third row, the tower; on the left of the bottom row, the hanged man; second from left, the high priestess; third from left, the sun; at the right of the bottom row put the last judgment. the ten number cards of the suit corresponding to the direction in which the triangle points should be placed under these ten trumps that define the triangle. for air and the east, use swords; for fire and the south, use wands; for water and the west, use cups; for earth and the north, use pentacles. beneath the fool put the ace; beneath the universe, the two; beneath the wheel, the three; beneath the empress, the four; beneath the magician, the

its and their place in the earthly or infernal hierarchies, this method can be employed to call them forth into the triangle. the four kings of the elements and the divine, archangelic, angelic, and ruling beings placed over them, according to golden dawn teachings, are shown in the accompanying table. remember that hebrew is written and read from right to left. the apex of the triangle points in the direction most appropriate for the spirit or spirits that will be evoked into it. in the golden dawn system, elemental spirits of air are evoked into a triangle pointing east; spirits of fire into a triangle pointing south; spirits of water into a triangle pointing west; spirits of earth into a triangle pointing north. it is usually possible to determine an elemental affinity for any evoked sp

the spirit or spirits that will be evoked into it. in the golden dawn system, elemental spirits of air are evoked into a triangle pointing east; spirits of fire into a triangle pointing south; spirits of water into a triangle pointing west; spirits of earth into a triangle pointing north. it is usually possible to determine an elemental affinity for any evoked spirit, and to point the triangle in the direction appropriate for that spirit. evoking into the triangle 307 intellectual, emotionless spirits are airy; willful, violent spirits are fiery; loving, emotional spirits are watery; practical, tangible spirits are earthy. all materials used in the evocation exercise should be cleansed prior to laying them out on the circle and triangle. the easiest way to do this is with the cleansing pra

TYSON DONALD THE POWER OF THE WORD

the omission of the final name was also intentional on the part of nalvage, the angel who delivered them to kelley. there are numerous mistakes in the names and their sigils in casaubon and in james. the accompanying diagram shows the sigils of the names in their places on my own restored great table. this i believe to be their accurate shapes and placements. arrows at the end of each sigil show the direction in which the corresponding letters on the table are to be read. the sigils are numbered from one to ninety- two. it is an easy matter to discover the spelling of each name by tracing the letters on the restored table which its sigil touches. both the original spelling of these spirit names and the reformed spelling that is extracted from the reformed table of raphael are given below

ter of space. this appears to be the system adopted by john dee (see james, the enochian magick of dr. john dee, p. 119. these two approaches result in hndamentally different magical structures and cannot easily be reconciled. if we take as an example the watchtower of the south, which in my opinion is the watchtower in the lower left quadrant on the reformed great table of raphael, and associate the direction south with elemental fire (the usual association in modern magic, by linking the watchtower primarily with the element of fire, the three names of god on the watchtower (mor, dial, hctga) may be related to the three banners of fire (ihvh, ihw, ivhh) and the three fire signs of the zodiac (aries, sagittarius, leo. see the table of the banners in appendix e. alternatively, if we associ

ion based on nothing more than an analysis of the overall pattern of the keys, but if the keys are not logical and consistent, what use are they? nowhere else do two keys for the same quarter come together in the sequence. all keys from three to eighteen contain allusions to the quarters except the fourteenth key, although in some cases these allusions are indirect--for example, in the eighth key the direction is indicated by "midday" the sun is in the south at noon, which is why in latin the south is labeled meridies (see dee's own illustration in james's enochian magick of dr. john dee, p. 119. 220 tetragrammaton once the pattern of the keys is grasped, it is difficult to imagine why the thirteenth key should violate this pattern-and it is the only explicit violation. john dee encountere

UNCLE SETNAKT SEZ PERFORM A RITUAL TOASTING

ir desire and to his eternal glory" 7. drink a pledge to yourself of a deed to be done. herein lies the magic of this rite, through the great exaltation/invocation which you have just done, you've reached a state of changing that which is coming into being. by stating the deed you intend to accomplish, you are bringing to bear the very force you have invoked against the resistance of the world in the direction of your goal. this goal should be a real measurable goal that furthers your being. this isn't praying to somebody somewhere to send you something somehow- this is you directing the forces that are within and beyond you to further your own self. this is an extension and magnification of you! an example would be "i setnakt do raise this horn in troth to the great setnakt swearing that

WALLIS BUDGE E A LEGENDS OF THE EGYPTIAN GODS

he year. when a man cared for the protection of himself only he wore an amulet of some kind, in which the fluid of life was localized. when he wished to protect his house against invasion by venomous reptiles he placed statues containing the fluid of life in niches in the walls of various chambers, or in some place outside but near the house, or buried them in the earth with their faces turned in the direction from which he expected the attack to come. plate xvii. the metternich stele--obverse. plate xviii. the metternich stele--reverse. towards the close of the xxvith dynasty, when superstition in its most exaggerated form was general in egypt, it became the custom to make house talismans in the form of small stone stelae, with rounded tops, which rested on bases having convex fronts. on

WESTERN MANDALAS OF TRANSFORMATION SR AL

are for uniting and systematizing the principle cosmic ratios is by no means fanciful (view over atlantis, p. 139. figure 8-m: shm ihshvh figure 8-l agrippa's kamea numerous sigil designs have been given in previous chapters, so we are only giving one in this chapter. however, one of the things the student will note in using the kameas of agrippa (see figure 8-b) and case (see figure 8-e) is that the direction of the current is reversed when the word aleph (value 111) is traced on the square (aleph marks the beginning of the hebrew letters and is the fool in the tarot [see figure 8-l. reversed it is a mystical title of kether) the same holds true for the spirit of the planet, sorath. as mentioned before, when using words or phrases for magical workings in this way, one should seriously con

value 111) is traced on the square (aleph marks the beginning of the hebrew letters and is the fool in the tarot [see figure 8-l. reversed it is a mystical title of kether) the same holds true for the spirit of the planet, sorath. as mentioned before, when using words or phrases for magical workings in this way, one should seriously consider the intentions in designing the talisman and analyze if the direction of the current is sympathetic to one's purpose. we are giving the sigil of shem jeheshuah (see figure 8-m, which forms a perfect equilateral triangle on agrippa's kamea. there are many wonderful magical names associated with the numerical vibrations of the sun: six, thirty-six, 111 and 666. number thirty-six is especially favorable for working with feminine energy. correspondences: m

WHO ARE THE DRACONIANS

tral forces or entities that have not been fully "assimilated" psychologically into the alien "hive. but some things that cac refers to seem to make sense, especially the following quote in response to reports that an alien conflict resulted in a planetoid and accompanying ships crashing into jupiter. this planetoid was reportedly arriving from a dark star outside of our system called nemesis, in the direction of orion- a sphere which if it had enough mass would have become our nearest stellar neighbor, yet lacking mass it condenced into a large frozen planet about the size of jupiter. a dark star. this planetoid was reportedly filled with 40 million draco warriors in cryogenic freeze. the loss of this armada reportedly set back the draco/new world order takeover plans for planet earth con

WILLIAM WESCOTT THE CHALDEAN ORACLES OF ZOROASTER TRANSLATION

ng that one corporeal world is in the empyr um. prior to the supramundane light lay the "paternal depth" the absolute deity, containing all things "in potentia" and eternally immanent. this is analogous to the ain suph aur of the kabalah, three triads of three letters, expressing three triads of powers, which are subsequently translated into objectivity, and constitute the great triadic law under the direction of the demiurgus, or artificer of the universe. in considering this schema, it must be remembered that the supramundane light was regarded as the primal radiation from the paternal depth and the archetypal noumenon of the empyr um, a universal, all-pervading and, to human comprehension ultimate essence. the empyr um again, is a somewhat grosser though still highly subtilized fire and

WOLFSON ELLIOT ALEF MEM TAU KABBALISTIC MUSINGS ON TIME TRUTH AND DEATH

ed artifice that infuses living duration into a time dried up as a space. 67 real duration is experienced as an unfolding of time that cannot be measured unless it is spatially converted. this experience, moreover, is not subject to articulation, since language cannot a x meaning to the temporal flow without arresting its mobility.68 going beyond the bergsonian notion of time as inner duration in the direction of the more technical phenomenological analyses of husserl, temporal fluidity is ascribed to the intentional structure of internal time-consciousness.69 husserl would have agreed with bergson that reflection imposes the form of objective time upon an evanescent living present, but, in his mind, even the present has to be construed as a constitution of temporal intentionality striving

WORKBOOK FOR GRADE 0 VOID AND THE ABYSS

light of azazel, or shaitan embodied on earth through cain, the initiator of the sethanic path of witchcraft. east- lucifer as azazel in the earthbound form, the mentioning of twelve wings in reference to the serpent angel. lucifer is the freedom of will from which the individual may seek to strengthen and illuminate the self in ones own discovered light, or black flame. north- the cold north is the direction of not only cain as the lord of horsemen, but also of set-heh the adversary. set is the egyptian god of chaos, storms and darkness. the isolator, set is the adversarial god of change, strength and sufficiency through the will. set is the mask of azazel, the lord of flame. within witchcraft cain is considered the offspring of samael and lilith, thus being the same as baphomet. the ang

am which signifies divinity brought down to humanity. this is the gift of seth and lilith, who bring knowledge (gnosis) in different forms. he or she who would begin this path of luciferian transcendence must visualize this symbol, expand upon the essence of what it means to them and how it may be a point of direction in their own lesser and greater black magick. the sabbatic path flourishes upon the direction chosen within the lunar (lilith hecate) or solar (lucifer saturnus samael) paths of self-deification. mastery over ones environment through lesser black magick and sorcery. the sorcerous path is one of obstacles and tests, strengthening the self and exploring the very essence of what we are. this sigil also represents the fall and obtaining the knowledge of the serpent. this is worka

l ritual of the holy guardian angel is used to visualize and confirm light within the self, to direct that focus of mind and develop the body of light..the major arcana of the tarot is useful for developing the body of light. meditate on the attributes of each card, and then envision the self clearly reflecting these attributes via the mind. allow the consciousness to move through them. ascend in the direction of each plane. it is possible to use a mask to reach a agreed meditative state of bringing forth the angel of light, to focus and visualize the features of the mask as a face of the light. the ascending and rising pentagram..represents the element air and the aethyr, the element of lucifer in his form of azal ucel and lumiel. lucifer in this solar based form represents separation fro

ZALEWSKI GOLDEN DAWN ENOCHIAN MAGIC OCR

rcle by bringing the dagger point to the center of the first pentagram. stand with arms outstretched in the form of a cross and say: before me raphael behind me gabriel at my right hand michael at my left hand auriel before me flames the pentagram- behind me shines the six-rayed star and make the qabalistic cross as directed above, saying ateh, etc. for banishing, use the same ritual, but reverse the direction of the lines of the pentagram. 179 appendix e the grade signs the following signs are used in the golden dawn (the neophyte has two signs as shown: 180 t h e s i g n s o f t h e 5= 6 g r a d e commonly called the lvx formula or the divine white brilliance the signs of the 5=6 grade are broken down into three separate sections. the first is when the adept or aspiring magician calls ou

Return to Occult Library Index



Related Matches
adept age ages air altar ancient angel aries astral banishing bible birth black blue brother brothers candle ceremony christ christian christianity church circle circles consciousness cosmic creation creator cross crowley crystal darkness dead death degree degrees demon desires disciple divine earth east eastern egypt egyptian element elements elemental energy energies equinox esoteric eternal etheric evil evoked existence eye father fear fire five flames force forces form forms masonic gibreel god gods golden greek green healing heart heaven hebrew hexagram hierarchy hierophant history holy human humanity incense initiate initiates initiation intelligence invoke invoking invocation key king kingdom knowledge living lodge logos london lord lucifer lucis magic magick magical material matter meditation medium mental mind modern moon mother mysteries mystic mystical natural nature north occult order pentagram people physical plane planetary planet planets power powers priest pyramid re reality realm red religion religious rite ritual rituals royal sacred satan sea secret serpent set seven sky society solar soul souls south southern spell sphere spirit spirits spiritual square star stars state states stone sun supreme symbol symbols symbolic tablet temple three tradition tree triangle truth universe war water west white wisdom witchcraft women world worlds


http://www.hollywoodinsiders.net
MWLibCreator Ver.2 By:Michael Wynn